System Purchase Agreement with Harris Corporation1
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
SYSTEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT
800 MHz P25 DIGITAL TRUNKED SIMULCAST NETWORK
BY AND BETWEEN
THE CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
AND
HARRIS CORPORATION
CONTRACT NO. RFP 2017-006-AK -00
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
2
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
TABLE OF CONTENTS
CLAUSE CONTENT PAGE
1 Recital and Incorporations
2 Definitions
3 Contract Term
4 Option to Renew
5 Scope of Services
6 Compensation
7 Contingency Allowance
8 Progress Payments and Schedule
9 Ownership of Documents
10 Audit and Inspection Rights and Records Retention
11 Award of Agreement
12 Public Records
13 Compliance with Federal, State, and Local Laws
14 Indemnification
15 Default
16 Resolution of Contract Disputes
17 City's Termination Rights
18 Insurance
19 Non-Discrimination
20 Assignment
21 Notices
22 Miscellaneous Provisions
23 Successors and Assigns
24 Independent Contractor
25 Contingency Clause
26 Reaffirmation of Representations
27 Force Majeure
28 City not Liable for Delays
29 Use of Name
30 No Conflict of Interest
31 No Third Party Beneficiary
32 Survival
33 Truth-In-Negotiations Certification Representation and Warranty
34 Obligations for System Implementation
35 Changes and Additions
36 Testing and Acceptance
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
3
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
CLAUSE CONTENT PAGE
37 Coverage
38 Warranties
39 Interference
40 Patents
41 Remedies
42 Counterparts
43 Entire Agreement
EXHIBITS / ATTACHMENTS / APPENDICES
Exhibit A – Statement of Work
• Section 1 – Price Schedule
• Section 2 - System Description
• Section 3a – System Drawings
• Section 3b – Coverage Maps
• Section 4 – Project Management Plan
• Section 5 – Responsibilities Matrix
• Section 6 – Project Schedule
• Section 7 – Equipment List
• Section 8 – Training Plan
• Section 9 – Warranty Plan
• Section 10 – Recommended Spare Parts List
• Section 11 – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
• Section 12 – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
• Section 13 – Reliability Test Procedures
Exhibit B – Software License Agreement
Exhibit C – BeOn End User License Agreement
Exhibit D – Payment and Performance Bonds
Exhibit E – Maintenance Agreement
Exhibit F – City of Miami Beach Request for Proposal
Exhibit G – Harris Proposal
Exhibit H – Contractor’s Insurance Certificate
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
4
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
SYSTEM PURCHASE AGREEMENT
800 MHz P25 DIGITAL TRUNKED SIMULCAST NETWORK
BY AND BETWEEN THE CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
AND
HARRIS CORPORATION
This System Purchase Agreement (Agreement) is entered into this ______ day of
________, 2018 by and between the City of Miami Beach, a municipal corporation of the State
of Florida (“City”) whose address is 1700 Convention Center Drive, Miami Beach, Florida
33139, and Harris Corporation, a corporation, qualified to do business in the State of Florida
whose principal address is 221 Jefferson Ridge Parkway, Lynchburg, VA 24501, hereinafter
referred to as the (“Contractor”) (each a “Party” and collectively, the “Parties”).
RECITAL
WHEREAS, October 24, 2016, the City issued Request for Proposals (RFP) No. 2017-
006-AK, for Public Safety Radio Network (the “RFP”); and
WHEREAS, on February 15, 2017, the City received a proposal from Harris Corporation
in response to the RFP; and
WHEREAS, on June 7, 2017, the City Manager, having considered the recommendation
of the Evaluation Committee and having further conducted his own due diligence recommended
to that the Mayor and City Commission authorize the Administration to enter into negotiations
with Harris, as the first recommended proposer; and
WHEREAS, on June 7, 2017, the Mayor and City Commission of the City of Miami Beach,
Florida, approved Resolution No. 2017-30061, accepting the recommendation of the City
Manager, pursuant to Request for Proposals (RFP) No. 2017-006-AK, for a public safety radio
network; and authorizing the Mayor and City Clerk to enter into an agreement with Harris
Corporation upon conclusion of successful negotiations by the Administration; and
NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the mutual covenants and promises herein
contained, Contractor and the City agree as follows:
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
5
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
TERMS
1. RECITALS AND INCORPORATIONS:
The recitals are true and correct and are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this
Agreement. The City’s RFP, as well as Addendums 1 through 5 to the RFP, is hereby
incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement and attached hereto as Exhibit “F.” The
Scope of W ork are hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement and attached
as Exhibit “A.” The Contractor’s Pricing Proposal dated, June 30, 2017, is hereby incorporated
into and made a part of this Agreement as attached Exhibit “G.” The Contractor’s Insurance
Certificate is hereby incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement as attached Exhibit
“H.”
2. DEFINITIONS:
1) "Agreement" or “Contract Documents” means this System Purchase Agreement and
exhibits attached hereto, including the following documents, each of which are expressly
incorporated by reference: the Addenda to the RFP; the RFP; the Contractor’s Response
to the RFP, with the exception of the Section 3.8 Special Conditions, which are expressly
excluded; the Software License Agreement; Maintenance Agreement; the approved
Design Documents; the approved plans and specifications; and any change orders,
modifications, directives, and clarifications to this Agreement. In the event of a conflict
among or between the Contract Documents, the terms of this Agreement shall govern
and control, and the remaining documents comprising the Contract Documents shall
otherwise control in the order of priority set forth in this subsection.
2) "Attachments" means any supplemental material or documentation to this Agreement
which are expressly incorporated by reference and made a part of this Agreement as if
set forth in full. “Detailed Design Documents” shall mean those documents deliverable
by Contractor to City, and approved by the City, at the conclusion of the Detailed Design
Review described in the subsection Detailed Design Review under the Project
Management Planning section of this agreement.
3) "Change Order" or “Amendment” means a written document ordering a change in the
Contract Price or Contract Time or a change in the Work. Any Change Order (or
Amendment) must be duly executed by the City Manager, and any Change Order (or
Amendment) in excess of $50,000 shall be subject to the prior approval of the City
Commission.
4) "City" means the City of Miami Beach, Florida, a Florida municipal corporation. In all
respects hereunder, City’s performance is pursuant to the City’s capacity as Owner. In
the event the City exercises its regulatory authority as a governmental body, the exercise
of such regulatory authority and the enforcement of any rules, regulations, codes, laws,
and ordinances shall be deemed to have occurred pursuant to City’s authority as a
governmental body and shall not be attributable in any manner to the City as a party to
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
6
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
this Agreement.
5) "City Commission" means the legislative body of the City.
6) "City Manager" means the duly appointed Chief Administrative Officer of the City. The
City Manager shall be construed to include any duly authorized representatives of the
City designated in writing with respect to any specific matter(s) concerning the Contract
Documents (exclusive of those authorizations reserved to the City Commission or
regulatory or administrative bodies having jurisdiction over any matter(s) related to the
Project and/or the Contract Documents)
7) "Contingency Allowance" means the dollar amount established by the City, which is
available for City’s use at its sole discretion to defray additional exp enses relative to
unforeseen issues or items expressly chargeable to the City pursuant to the Contract
Documents. The Contractor has no right or entitlement whatsoever to the Contingency
Allowance and use thereof shall be subject to the City Manager’s pr ior written approval
and issuance of a Change Order by the City at its sole and absolute discretion. Any
unused amounts in Contingency Allowance shall accrue solely to the City.
8) “Detailed Design Documents” shall mean those documents deliverable by Contrac tor to
City at the conclusion of the Detailed Design Review described in the Subsection entitled
Detailed Design Review under the Project Management Planning Section of this
Agreement.
9) “Detailed Design Review” or “DDR” shall have the meaning given in the subsection
entitled Detailed Design Review under the Project Management Planning section of this
Agreement.
10) "Documentation Deliverables” shall mean the standard commercial quality manuals,
warranties, and as-built documentations, to be furnished by the Contractor to the City
pursuant to the terms set forth in the Statement of Work attached to this Agreement as
an exhibit and this Agreement.
11) "Effective Date” shall be the date this Agreement is signed by the last Party to sign it (as
such date is indicated in the Agreement). No W ork or Services will commence prior to
the Effective Date of the Agreement or thereafter, until a Notice to Proceed has been
issued by the City.
12) "Final Acceptance" means the event subsequent to Final Completion when the City
certifies in writing to the Contractor, that all work required under the Contract Documents
has been completed, accepted by the City, and the warranty period commences.
13) "Final Completion" means the date, subsequent to the date of System Acceptance, when
the City has issued the Letter of System Acceptance to the Contractor.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
7
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
14) "Hardware" shall mean, collectively, the Terminal Hardware and Infrastructure
Hardware, as defined herein.
15) "Infrastructure Hardware" shall mean all of the equipment, goods, and materials supplied
by Contractor for the System, as provided for in the Equipment List in the Statement of
Work attached to this Agreement as Attachment 4.
16) "Notice to Proceed” shall mean a written letter or directive issued by the City Manager or
his or her designee authorizing the Contractor to begin specified Work on the Project, or
any portion thereof. No Work shall commence until Notice to Proceed has been issued.
17) "Permits" shall mean all required governmental approvals needed to perform the Work,
including, but not limited to, permits referenced in the Contract Document.
18) “Project Kick-Off Meeting” shall mean the first meeting between the City and the
Contractor, one a Notice to Proceed has been issued, in which the City and the
Contractor will review all documents necessary to initiate the Project.
19) "Project Manager" shall mean each respective Party’s (City and Contractor) duly
authorized representative designated to manage the Project.
20) "Project Schedule" shall mean the schedule attached to the Statement of Work or
otherwise mutually agreed upon by Contractor and the City in writing, for the delivery of
the Hardware and Software and the performance of the Service s described in the
Statement of Work attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A, Section 5.
21) “Project Sites” shall mean those sites, including tower sites, where any construction work
is performed or any Infrastructure Hardware is installed under the terms of this
Agreement.
22) “Responsibility Matrix” shall mean the table which depicts the roles and responsibilities
of Contractor and the City as set forth this Agreement, and attached hereto as Exhibit A,
Section 6 - Responsibilities Matrix
23) "Services" or “Work” shall mean the services and work to be provided by Contractor to
the City included in the Statement of Work, and performed in accordance with the
standards and duties set forth in the Agreement.
24) "Software" shall mean the proprietary computer software of Contractor as owned
exclusively by Contractor or Contractor's suppliers, as appropriate, and as further
defined in and licensed to the City pursuant to the terms of the Software License
Agreement, as amended by Addendum.
25) "Software FX” shall mean a comprehensive software maintenance program that provides
periodic software updates to Harris' developed applications and subsystem security
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
8
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
updates.
26) Software License Agreement" shall mean the System Software License Agreement set
forth in Exhibit B, attached to this Agreement.
27) "Statement of Work" shall mean the description of the work to be performed by
Contractor to deliver the Hardware, install the System a nd provide the Services, all as
described in an exhibit attached to this Agreement. The work will be performed in
accordance with the standards and duties set forth in the Agreement.
28) “System” shall mean a Project 25 (P-25) compliant public safety communications
system, including (but not limited to) all infrastructure, hardware, subscriber units,
software, and services, in accordance with the Agreement and, more specifically, Exhibit
A, Section 2, System Description.
29) "System Acceptance" shall mean Acceptance of the System as set forth in the Testing
and Acceptance Section of this Agreement.
30) "System Acceptance Date" shall mean the date the System is accepted in writing by the
City or deemed accepted by the City as set forth in the Testing and Acceptance Section
of this Agreement.
31) "System Acceptance Tests" shall mean the testing procedures attached to the Statement
of Work and mutually agreed upon by the City and Contractor to be performed to
determine whether the System has met the Acceptance criteria either set forth in the
Statement of Work attached to this Agreement as an exhibit or as mutually agreed upon
in writing by the City and Contractor.
32) "Terminal Hardware" shall mean mobile units, portable units, control stations and related
accessories provided by Contractor as listed in the Statement of Work attached to this
Agreement as Exhibit A, Section 7.
33) "Total Agreement Price" shall mean the price of the Hardware, the Software license and
the Services to be furnished by Contractor to the City pursuant to the terms set forth in
the Statement of Work attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B1. The Total Agreement
Price shall not be increased without City’s proper written approval, through a duly
executed amendment or Change Order to this Agreement.
34) “Tower Sites” shall mean those sites where equipment will be ins talled on existing or
new tower sites as included in this Agreement as Exhibit A, 2 System Description and to
be finalized in the Detailed Design Documents or subsequent Change Orders.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
9
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
3. TERM:
The term of this Agreement shall commence on the Effective Date, and shall continue
thereafter for a warranty period term of three (3) years, commencing from the date the City
issues its letter of System Acceptance, unless earlier terminated in accordance with this
Agreement.
4. WARRANTY:
During the first three years after System Acceptance, Contractor agrees to provide
warranty maintenance services and software support pursuant to the Contract Documents.
5. SCOPE OF SERVICES:
A. Contractor agrees to provide the System and Services as specifically described in the
Contract Documents, and under the terms and conditions as set forth herein and, specifically,
in Exhibit A, Statement of Work, and including any other Attachments or Appendices hereto,
which by this reference are incorporated into and made a part of this Agreement. Contractor
and City shall perform their respective obligations as specified in accordance with the
Contract Documents.
B. Contractor represents and warrants to the City that: (i) it possesses all qualifications,
licenses, authorizations, and expertise required under the Solicitation Documents for the
performance of the Services, including but not limited to full qualification to do business in
Florida; (ii) it is not delinquent in the payment of any sums due the City, including payment
of permit fees, business tax receipts, occupational licenses , accounts or invoices , etc., nor
in the perf ormance of any obligations or payment of any monies to the City; (iii) all personnel
assigned to perform the Services are and shall be, at all times during the term hereof, fully
qualif ied and trained to perform the tasks assigned to each; (iv) the Services will be performed
in the manner described in Exhibit A; and (v) the person executing this Agreement on
behalf of Contractor has been duly authorized to execute the same and fully bind Contractor
as a party to this Agreement.
C. Contractor shall at all times provide fully qualified, competent, and physically capable
employees to perform the Services under this Agreement. City may require Contractor to
remove any employee the City deems careless, incompetent, insubordinate, or otherwise
objectionable and whose continued services under this Agreement is not in the best interest(s)
of the City.
D. Contractor understands and agrees that any and all liabilities regarding the use of any of
Contractor’s employees or any of Contractor’s subcontractors for Services related to this
Agreement shall be borne solely by Contractor throughout the term of this Agreement and
that this provision shall survive the termination of this Agreement.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
10
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
6. COMPENSATION:
The amounts payable by the City to the Contractor shall be based on the price schedule
outlined in Exhibit A, Statement of Work, Section 1, Price Schedule, attached hereto, which is
incorporate by reference as if fully set forth herein. Total Agreement price is Ten Million and
no/100 Dollars ($10,000,000.00).
7. PAYMENT SCHEDULE:
The amounts outlined in the Price Schedule (Exhibit A) shall be paid by the City to the
Contractor as follows:
A. Infrastructure (Network & Related Services) - $6,431,575
1. Ten percent (10%) of the Infrastructure Price shall be due at the time of the NTP.
2. Twenty (20%) of the Infrastructure Price shall be due at the time of the Detailed Design
Review Approval.
3. Twenty five percent (25%) of the Infrastructure Price shall be due at the time of
Infrastructure Equipment shipment.
4. Fifteen (15%) of the Infrastructure Price shall be due upon substantial completion of the
Hardware installation for the Police Department, EOC/Fire Station 2 and Council Tower
Sites, or the first three sites installed (exclusive of the mutually agreed upon value of any
punch-list items).
5. Fifteen percent (15%) of the Infrastructure Price shall be due upon substantial
completion of the Hardware installation for Collins Condominium, Tower 41 and Park
View Sites or final sites installed (exclusive of the mutually agreed upon value of any
punch-list items).
6. Fifteen percent (15%) of the Infrastructure Price plus any remaining unpaid portion of
the Total Agreement Price for all Hardware, Software and Services to be provided under
the terms of this Agreement (excluding the aggregate price of the Terminal Hardware
included in the Total Agreement Price) shall be due upon final Acceptance of the System.
B. Subscriber Hardware - $3,299,995
1. One Hundred percent (100%) of the purchase price of Subscriber Hardware shall be
invoiced upon delivery of the units on a per unit basis. The delivery schedule for the
radios shall be finalized during DDR.
C. Training - $268,430
1. One Hundred percent (100%) of the purchase price for training shall be invoiced upon
completion of each training section. The cost of each course is indicated below.
a. $ 81,510 – System Manager Training
b. $ 18,450 – Radio User Training
c. $ 28,425 – Dispatcher Training
d. $140,045 – Maintenance Technician Training
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
11
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
D. Warranty and Maintenance:
1. Infrastructure Warranty and Maintenance.
a.Years 1-3: No charge (Warranty).
b. Years 4-15: the annual amount of $458,333.33, payable in monthly installments of
$38,194.44, for a total amount of $5,500,000.
2. Subscriber Warranty and Maintenance.
a. Years 1-3: No charge (Warranty)
b. Years 4-15: the annual amount of $177,407.33, payable in monthly installments of
$14,783.94, for a total amount of $2,128,888.00.
8.PAYMENT TERMS:
A. Unless otherwise specif ically provided elsewhere in this Agreement, pursuant to State law,
payment shall be made in arrears based upon monthly progress billings for work performed
to the satisfaction of the City within forty-five (45) days after receipt of Contractor’s proper
invoice f or Services performed, as that term is defined by the Local Government Prompt
Payment Act, Section 218.70, et. seq., Florida Statutes. Such invoice shall be accompanied
by sufficient supporting documentation and contain sufficient detail, to allow a proper audit
of expenditures, should City require an audit to be performed. Any undisputed payment
not controverted by the City and, in addition, not received by Contractor within forty five (45))
days of the timeframe above shall allow Contractor with the right of any time after such due
date to suspend all Services hereunder pursuant to its internal work stoppage procedures
without being considered a breach of this Agreement. Invoices shall be sufficiently detailed so
as to comply with the “Florida Prompt Payment Act”, §218.70. - 218.79, Florida Statutes, and
other applicable laws. If Contractor is entitled to reimbursement of travel expenses (i.e., pricing
includes travel expenses as a specific item of compensation), then all bills/invoices for travel
expenses shall be submitted in accordance with Section 112.061, Florida Statutes. No advance
payment(s) shall be made at any time, unless as stated herein.
B. City may withhold, in hold or in part, payment to such extent as may be necessary to protect
itself from loss on account of (a) defective Work not remedied; and (b) Failure of Contractor to
provide any and all documents required by the Contract.
C. Contractor agrees and understands that (i) any and all subcontractors providing Services
related to this Agreement shall be paid through Contractor and not paid directly by the City, and
(ii) any and all liabilities regarding payment to or use of subcontractors fo r any of the Services
related to this Agreement shall be borne solely by Contractor.
9.CONTINGENCY ALLOWANCE:
The amount of contingency allowance under this Agreement shall be $1,550,000.00.
The contingency allowance shall be used at the City's discretion, and with the approval of the
City Manager, without requiring City Commission's approval, to pay for any element or service
that was unforeseen and not specifically required of the Contractor by the Contract
Documents, at the sole discretion of the City.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
12
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
10. OWNERSHIP OF DOCUMENTS:
Contractor understands and agrees that any information, document, report or any other
material whatsoever which is given by the City to Contractor, its employees, or any
subcontractor, or which is otherwise obtained or prepared by Contractor s ole l y a n d
e x c lus i v e l y f o r t h e Cit y , and not alr e a d y e s t abl i s hed i n t h e pub lic dom ain a t t h e t i m e
obt ain ed, pursuant to or under the terms of this Agreement, is and shall at all times remain
the property of the City. Contractor agrees not to use any information, document, report, or
material produced exclusively for the City for any other purpose whatsoever without the written
consent of City Manager, which may be withheld or conditioned by the City Manager
in his/her sole discretion. Contractor is permitted to make and to maintain duplicate copies of
the files, records, documents, etc., if Contractor determines copies of such records are
necessary subsequent to the termination of this Agreement; however, in no way shall the
conf identiality as permitted by applicable law be breached. The City shall maintain and retain
ownership of any and all work product provided by the Contractor to the City, including without
limitation, documents reports, and data which result upon the completion of the work and
Services under this Agreement. The Contractor will retain ownership solely of pre-existing
original boilerplate documents not produced exclusively for the City.
11. AUDIT AND INSPECTION RIGHTS AND RECORDS RETENTION:
a. Contractor agrees to provide access to the City or to any of its duly authorized
representatives, to any books, documents, papers, and/or records of Contractor which are
pertinent to this Agreement, for the purpose of audit or examination by the City. The City may,
at reasonable times, and for a period of up to three (3) years following the date of final payment
by the City to Contractor under this Agreement, audit and inspect, or cause to be audited and
inspected, those books, documents, papers, and records of Contractor which are related to
Contractor’s performance under this Agreement. Contractor agrees to maintain all such books,
documents, papers, and records at its principal place of business for a period of three (3) years
after final payment is made under this Agreement, and all other pending matters are closed.
Contractor’s f ailure to adhere to, or refusal to comply with, this condition shall result in the
immediate cancellation of this Agreement by the City.
b. The City may, at reasonable times during the term hereof, inspect Contractor’s
facilities and perform such tests, as the City deems reasonably necessary, to determine whether
the goods or services required to be provided by Contractor under this Agreement conform to
the terms of the Contract Documents. Contractor shall make available to the City all reasonable
facilities and assistance to facilitate the performance of tests or inspections by City
representatives.
12. AW ARD OF AGREEMENT:
Contractor represents and warrants to the City that it has not employed or retained
any person or company employed by the City to solicit or secure this Agreement and that it
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
13
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
has not offered to pay, paid, or agreed to pay any person (other than Contractor’s employees)
any fee, commission, percentage, brokerage fee, or gift of any kind contingent upon or in
connection with, the award of this Agreement.
13. PUBLIC RECORDS:
(A) Contractor shall comply with Florida Public Records law under Chapter 119, Florida
Statutes, as may be amended from time to time.
(B) The term “public records” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 119.011(12), which
means all documents, papers, letters, maps, books, tapes, photographs, films, sound
recordings, data processing software, or other material, regardless of the physical form,
characteristics, or means of transmission, made or received pursuant to law or ordinance
or in connection with the transaction of official business of the Employer.
(C) Pursuant to Section 119.0701 of the Florida Statutes, if the Contractor meets the definition
of “Contractor” as defined in Section 119.0701(1)(a), the Contractor shall:
(1) Keep and maintain public records required by the City to perform the service;
(2) Upon request from the City’s custodian of public records, provide the City with a
copy of the requested records or allow the records to be inspected or copied within
a reasonable time at a cost that does not exceed the cost provided in Chapter 119,
Florida Statutes or as otherwise provided by law;
(3) Ensure that public records that are exempt or confidential and exempt from public
records disclosure requirements are not disclosed, except as authorized by law,
for the duration of the contract term and following completion of the Agreement if
the Contractor does not transfer the records to the City;
(4) Upon completion of the Agreement, transfer, at no cost to the City, all public
records in possession of the Contractor or keep and maintain public records
required by the City to perform the service. If the Contractor transfers all public
records to the City upon completion of the Agreement, the Contractor shall destroy
any duplicate public records that are exempt or conf idential and exempt from public
records disclosure requirements. If the Contractor keeps and maintains public
records upon completion of the Agreement, the Contractor shall meet all applicable
requirements for retaining public records. All records stored electronically must be
provided to the City, upon request from the City’s custodian of public records, in a
format that is compatible with the information technology systems of the City.
(D) REQUEST FOR RECORDS; NONCOMPLIANCE.
(1) A request to inspect or copy public records relating to the City’s contract for product
and services must be made directly to the City. If the City does not possess the
requested records, the City shall immediately notify the Contractor of the request,
and the Contractor must provide the records to the City or allow the records to be
inspected or copied within a reasonable time.
(2) Contractor’s failure to comply with the City’s request for records shall constitute a
breach of this Agreement, and the City, at its sole discretion, may, in accordance
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
14
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
with the provisions of Section 15 of this Agreement: (1) terminate the Agreement;
(2) avail itself of the remedies set forth under the Agreement; and/or (3) avail itself
of any available remedies at law or in equity.
(E) CIVIL ACTION.
(1) If a civil action is filed against a Contractor to compel production of public records
relating to the City’s contract for services, the court shall assess and award against
the Contractor the reasonable costs of enforcement, including reasonable attorney
fees, if:
a. The court determines that the Contractor unlawfully refused to comply with
the public records request within a reasonable time; and
b. At least 8 business days before filing the action, the plaintiff provided written
notice of the public records request, including a statement that the Contractor
has not complied with the request, to the City and to the Contractor.
(2) A notice complies with subparagraph (1)(b) if it is sent to the City’s custodian of
public records and to the Contractor at the Contractor’s address listed on its
contract with the City or to the Contractor’s registered agent. Such notices must
be sent by common carrier delivery service or by registered, Global Express
Guaranteed, or certified mail, with postage or shipping paid by the sender and with
evidence of delivery, which may be in an electronic format.
(3) A Contractor who complies with a public records request within 8 business days
after the notice is sent is not liable for the reasonable costs of enforcement.
(F) IF THE CONTRACTOR HAS QUESTIONS REGARDING THE APPLICATION OF
CHAPTER 119, FLORIDA STATUTES, TO THE CONTRACTOR’S DUTY TO PROVIDE
PUBLIC RECORDS RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT, CONTACT THE CUSTODIAN
OF PUBLIC RECORDS AT:
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
ATTENTION: RAFAEL E. GRANADO, CITY CLERK
1700 CONVENTION CENTER DRIVE
MIAMI BEACH, FLORIDA 33139
E-MAIL: RAFAELGRANADO@MIAMIBEACHFL.GOV
PHONE: 305-673-7411
14. COMPLIANCE WITH FEDER AL, STATE AND LOCAL L AWS:
Contractor agrees to comply with and observe all applicable Federal, State, and
local laws, codes and ordinances, including, without limitation, the Code of Ordinances of
the City of Miami Beach, as they may be amended from time to time. Contractor further agrees
to include in all of Contractor’s agreements with subcontractors for any Services related to this
Agreement this provision requiring subcontractors to comply with and observe all applicable
federal, state, and local laws, rules, regulations, codes, and ordinances, as they may be
amended from time to time.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
15
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
15. RESOLUTION OF CONTRACT DISPUTES:
Contractor understands and agrees that all disputes between Contractor and the
City based upon an alleged violation of the terms of this Agreement by the City shall be
submitted to the City Manager for his/her resolution, prior to Contractor being entitled to seek
judicial relief, in connection therewith. The City Manager shall render an initial
recommendation for determination of such dispute, in writing, as soon as practicable, but not
later than forty-five (45) days of receipt of such claim, unless the parties mutually stipulate
otherwise in writing or other circumstances warrant a time extension as determined by the
City. Failure to render a written decision within the 45 days, or a later date if stipulated by the
parties, shall be considered a denial of the claim.
The adherence to this Section is a condition precedent to the institution of any civil action
by the Contractor against the City.
16. TERMINATION FOR CAUSE
If the Contractor shall fail to fulfill in a timely manner, or otherwise violates, any of the covenants,
agreements, or stipulations material to this Agreement, the City, through its City Manager, shall
thereupon have the right to terminate this Agreement for cause. Prior to exercising its option to
terminate for cause, the City shall notify the Contractor of its violation of the particular term(s) of
this Agreement, and shall grant Contractor thirty (30) days to cure such default. If such default
remains uncured after thirty (30) days, the City may terminate this Agreement without further notice
to Contractor.
Notwithstanding the above, the Contractor shall not be relieved of liability to the City for damages
sustained by the City by any breach of the Agreement by the Contractor. The City, at its sole
option and discretion, shall be entitled to bring any and all legal/equitable actions that it deems to
be in its best interest in order to enforce the City’s right and remedies against Contractor. The City
shall be entitled to recover all costs of such actions, including reasonable attorneys’ fees.
17. TERMINATION FOR CONVENIENCE OF THE CITY
THE CITY MAY ALSO, THROUGH ITS CITY MANAGER, AND FOR ITS CONVENIENCE AND
WITHOUT CAUSE, TERMINATE THE AGREEMENT AT ANY TIME DURING THE TERM BY
GIVING WRITTEN NOTICE TO CONTRACTOR OF SUCH TERMINATION; WHICH SHALL
BECOME EFFECTIVE WITHIN THIRTY (30) DAYS FOLLOWING RECEIPT BY THE
CONTRACTOR OF SUCH NOTICE. IF THE AGREEMENT IS TERMINATED FOR
CONVENIENCE BY THE CITY, CONTRACTOR SHALL BE PAID FOR ANY PRODUCT AND
SERVICES SATISFACTORILY PERFORMED UP TO THE DATE OF TERMINATION.
18. TERMINATION FOR INSOLVENCY
The City also reserves the right to terminate the Agreement in the event the Contractor is placed
either in voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
16
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
In such event, the right and obligations for the parties shall be the same as provided for in Section
5.2.
19. INDEMNIFICATION:
Contractor agrees to indemnify, hold harmless and defend the City of Miami Beach and its officers,
employees, agents, and contractors, from and against any and all actions (whether at law or in
equity), claims, liabilities, losses, and expenses, including, but not limited to, attorneys’ fees and
costs, for personal, economic or bodily injury, wrongful death, loss of or damage to property, by
reason of third party claims, which may arise or be alleged to have arisen from the negligent acts,
errors, omissions or other wrongful conduct of the Contractor, its officers, employees, agents,
contractors, or any other person or entity acting under Contractor’s control or supervision, in
connection with, related to, or as a result of the Contractor’s performance of the Services pursuant
to this Agreement. To that extent, the Contractor shall pay all such claims and losses and shall
pay all such costs and judgments which may issue from any lawsuit arising from such claims and
losses, and shall pay all costs and attorneys’ fees in the defense of such claims and losses,
including appeals. The City agrees to notify Contractor in writing as soon as practical of any third
party claim, demand or cause of action for which the City will request indemnification from
Contractor and will provide Contractor with the necessary information and assistance to defend or
settle such claim, demand, or cause of action. The Contractor expressly understands and agrees
that any insurance protection required by this Agreement or otherwise provided by the Contractor
shall in no way limit the Contractor’s responsibility to indemnify, keep and save harmless and
defend the City or its officers, employees, agents and instrumentalities as herein provided.
The parties agree that one percent (1%) of the total compensation to Contractor for
performance of the Services under this Agreement is the specific consideration from the
City to the Contractor for the Contractor’s indemnity agreement. The provisions of this
Section 6.1 and of this indemnification shall survive termination or expir ation of this
Agreement.
20. INSURANCE:
The Contractor shall maintain and carry in full force during the Term, the following insurance:
1. Comprehensive General Liability – $2,000,000 (per occurrence);
2. Professional Liability – $1, 000,000 (per occurrence);
2. Automobile Liability – $2,000,000 (per occurrence); and
3. Workers Compensation & Employers Liability, as required pursuant to Florida Statutes.
The insurance must be furnished by insurance companies authorized to do business in the State
of Florida. All insurance policies must be issued by companies rated no less than “B+” as to
management and not less than “Class VI” as to strength by the latest edition of Best’s Insurance
Guide, published by A.M. Best Company, Oldwick, New Jersey, or its equivalent.
All of Contractor’s certificates shall evidence endorsements providing that written notice shall be
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
17
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
given to the City at least thirty (30) days prior to, cancellation in the policy. The insur ance
certificates for General Liability shall evidence the City as an additional insured and evidence a
waiver of subrogation endorsement.
Electronic certificates of insurance must be submitted to the City’s Risk Manager for approval
(prior to any work and/or services commencing) and will be kept on file in the Office of the Risk
Manager. The City shall have the right to obtain from the Contractor a specimen copy of the
insurance policies, in the event that the certificates of insurance are inadequate t o ascertain
compliance with the required coverage.
The Contractor is also solely responsible for obtaining and submitting all insurance certificates
for any sub-Contractors.
Compliance with the foregoing requirements shall not relieve the Contractor of the liabilities and
obligations under this Section or under any other portion of this Agreement.
The Contractor shall not commence any work and or services pursuant to this Agreement until
all insurance required under this Section has been obtained and such insurance has been
approved by the City’s Risk Manager.
If, in the judgment of the City, prevailing conditions warrant the provision by Contractor of
additional liability insurance coverage or coverage which is different in kind, the City reserves
the right to require the provision by Contractor of an amount of coverage different from the
amounts or kind previously required and shall afford written notice of such change in
requirements thirty (30) days prior to the date on which the requirements shall take effect. Should
the Contractor fail or refuse to satisfy the requirement of changed coverage within thirty (30) days
following the City’s written notice, this Contract shall be considered terminated on the date that
the required change in policy coverage would otherwise take effect.
Contractor shall be responsible for assuring that the insurance certificates required under this
Agreement remain in f ull force and effect for the duration of this Agreement, including any
extensions hereof. If insurance certificates are scheduled to expire during the term of this
Agreement and any extension hereof, Contractor shall be responsible for submitting new
or renewed insurance certificates to the City’s Risk Management Administrator as soon as
coverages are bound with the insurers. In the event that expired certificates are not replaced,
with new or renewed certif icates which cover the term of this Agreement and any extension
thereof:
(i) the City shall suspend this Agreement until such time as the new or renewed
certificate(s) are received in acceptable form by the City’s Risk Management
Administrator; or
(ii) the City may, at its sole discretion, terminate the Agreement for cause and seek re-
procurement damages from Contractor in conjunction with the violation of the terms
and conditions of this Agreement.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
18
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
Compliance with the foregoing requirements shall not relieve Contractor of its liabilities
and obligations under this Agreement.
21. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY:
The City desires to enter into this Agreement only if in so doing the City can place a limit on the
City's liability for any cause of action, for money damages due to an alleged breach by the City
of this Agreement, so that its liability for any such breach never exceeds the sum of the
compensation/fee to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement, less any amounts
actually paid by the City as of the date of the alleged breach. Contractor hereby expresses its
willingness to enter into this Agreement with Contractor’s recovery from the City for any damages
from any action for breach of contract to be limited to a maximum amount of the
compensation/fee to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement, less any amounts
actually paid by the City as of the date of the alleged breach.
Accordingly, and notwithstanding any other term or condition of this Agreement, Contractor
hereby agrees that the City shall not be liable to the Contractor for damages in an amount in
excess of the compensation/fee to be paid to the Contractor pursuant to this Agreement, less
any amounts actually paid by the City as of the date of the alleged breach, for any action or claim
for breach of contract arising out of the performance or non -performance of any obligations
imposed upon the City by this Agreement.
Nothing contained in this section or elsewhere in this Agreement is in any way intended to be a
waiver of the limitation placed upon the City's liability, as set forth in Section 768.28, Florida
Statutes.
Except for Contractor’s liability to third parties for its willful misconduct or negligent acts or
omissions, the total liability of Contractor, including its subcontractors or suppliers, for all claims
of any kind for any loss or damage, whether in contract, warranty, tort (including negligence or
infringement), strict liability or otherwise, arising out of, connected with, or resulting from the
performance or non-performance of this Contract or from the manufacture, sale, delivery,
installation, technical direction of installation, resale, repair, replacement, licensing, or use of any
Hardware, Software or the furnishing of any Service, shall not exceed the total amount of the
Contract. Except as to title, any such liability shall terminate upon the expiration of the Warranty
Period. Upon expiration of the Warranty Period the limit on liability for the maintenance shall be
covered in the Maintenance Agreement.
22. NONDISCRIMINATION:
In connection with the performance of the Services, the Contractor shall not exclude from
participation in, deny the benefits of, or subject to discrimination anyone on the grounds of race,
color, national origin, sex, age, disability, religion, income or family status.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
19
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
Additionally, Contractor shall comply fully with the City of Miami Beach Human Rights
Ordinance, codified in Chapter 62 of the City Code, as may be amended from time to time,
prohibiting discrimination in employment, housing, public accommodations, and public services
on account of actual or perceived race, color, national origin, religion, sex, intersexuality,
gender identity, sexual orientation, marital and familial status, age, disability, ancestry, height,
weight, domestic partner status, labor organization membership, familial situation, or political
affiliation.
23. ASSIGNMENT:
This Agreement shall not be assigned, sold, conveyed, pledged, encumbered or
otherwise transferred by Contractor, in whole or in part, and Contractor shall not assign any
part of its operations, without the prior written consent of the City Manager, which may be
withheld or conditioned, in the City Manager’s sole discretion.
24. NOTICES:
All notices or other communications required under this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be given by hand-delivery or by registered or certified U.S. Mail, return receipt
requested, addressed to the other party at the address indicated herein or to such other
address as a party may designate by notice given as herein provided. Notice shall be deemed
g iven on the day on which personally delivered; or if by mail, on the fifth day after being posted
or the date of actual receipt, whichever is earlier.
TO CONTRACTOR: TO THE CITY:
Lori Rodriguez
Contracts Manager
225 Jefferson Ridge Parkway Drive
Lynchburg, VA 24501
434-455-9240
lrodri13@harris.com
Jimmy L. Morales
City Manager
1700 Convention Center Drive
Miami Beach, Florida 33139
305-673-7010
jimmymorales@miamibeachfl.gov
Phil Beeson
Division Counsel
225 Jefferson Ridge Parkway Drive
Lynchburg, VA 24501
434-455-9240
pbeeson@harris.com
Alex Denis
Procurement Director
1755 Meridian Avenue
Miami Beach, Florida 33139
305-673-7490
alexdenis@miamibeachfl.gov
25. MISCELLANEOUS PROVISIONS:
A. This Agreement shall be construed and enforced according to the laws of the State
of Florida. Venue in any proceedings between the parties shall be in any state or federal court in
Miami-Dade County, Florida. Each party shall bear its own attorney’s fees. Each party waives
any defense, whether asserted by motion or pleading, that the aforementioned courts are an
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
20
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
improper or inconvenient venue. Moreover, the parties consent to the personal jurisdiction
of the aforementioned courts and irrevocably waive any objections to said jurisdiction. The
parties irrevocably waive any rights to a jury trial.
B. Title and paragraph headings are for convenient reference and are not a part of
this Agreement.
C. No waiver or breach of any provision of this Agreement shall constitute a waiver
of any subsequent breach of the same or any other provision hereof, and no waiver shall be
eff ective unless made in writing.
D. Should any provision, paragraph, sentence, word or phrase contained in this
Agreement be determined by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, illegal or otherwise
unenf orceable under the laws of the State of Florida or the City, such provision, paragraph,
sentence, word or phrase shall be deemed modified to the extent necessary in order to
conform with such laws, or if not modifiable, then same shall be deemed severable , and in
either event, the remaining terms and provisions of this Agreement shall remain unmodified
and in f ull force and effect or limitation of its use.
E. Contractor shall comply with all applicable laws, rules and regulations in the
performance of this Agreement, including but not limited to licensure, and certifications
required by law f or professional service Contractors.
F. This Agreement constitutes the sole and entire agreement between the parties
hereto. No modification or amendment hereto shall be valid unless in writing and executed by
properly authorized representatives of the parties hereto. Except as otherwise set forth in Article
4 above, the City Manager shall have the sole authority to extend, amend, or modify this
Agreement on behalf of the City.
G. City will make reasonable effort to obtain and transfer, in electronic form, to
Contractor that available information, data and documents needed for Contractor’s Services.
The City agrees that all information, documents and data Contractors requests for the
requested services will be made available and transmitted in electronic form, that all such
information, documents and data provided will be complete and accurate, that Contractor will
have the full cooperation of the City personnel, vendors and retirement systems, that the
City will issue a representation letter from management concerning these matters, and that
Contractor may rely upon such information.
H. Any Governmental, not-for-profit or quasi-governmental entity in the State of
Florida, with the acquiescence of the Contractor, may avail itself of this contract and purchase
any and all identical goods/services, specified herein from the Contractor at the Contract
price(s) and timeframe established herein, when permissible by federal, state and local laws,
rules, and regulations.
26. SUCCESSORS AND ASSIGNS:
This Agreement shall be binding upon the parties hereto, their heirs, executors,
legal representatives, successors, or assigns.
27. INDEPENDENT CONTRACTOR:
Contractor has been procured and is being engaged to provide services to the City as
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
21
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
an independent contractor, and not as an agent or employee of the City. Contractor further
understands and agrees that Contractor’s or subcontractors’ use or entry upon City properties
shall not in any way change its or their status as an independent contractor.
28. CONTINGENCY CLAUSE:
Funding f or this Agreement is contingent on the availability of funds and an annual
appropriation by the City Commission, at its sole discretion, and continued authorization for
program activities and the Agreement is subject to amendment or termination due to lack of
allocated and available funds, reduction or discontinuance of funds or change in laws, codes,
rules, policies, program requirements, or regulations, upon thirty (30) days written notice to the
Contractor.
29. FORCE MAJEURE:
A “Force Majeure Event” shall mean an act of God, act of governmental body or
military authority, fire, explosion, power failure, flood, storm, hurricane, sink hole, other natural
disasters, epidemic, riot or civil disturbance, war or terrorism, sabotage, insurrection, blockade,
or embargo. In the event that either party is delayed in the performance of any act or obligation
pursuant to or required by the Agreement by reason of a Force Majeure Event, the time for
required completion of such act or obligation shall be extended by the number of days equal
to the total number of days, if any, that such party is actually delayed by such Force Majeure
Event. The party seeking delay in performance shall give notice to the other party specifying
the anticipated duration of the delay, and if such delay shall extend beyond the duration
specif ied in such notice, additional notice shall be repeated no less than monthly so long as
such delay due to a Force Majeure Event continues. Any party seeking delay in performance
due to a Force Majeure Event shall use its best efforts to rectify any condition causing such
delay and shall cooperate with the other party to overcome any delay that has resulted.
30. NO DAMAGES FOR DELAY:
Notwithstanding any other provision in the Contract Documents to the contrary, NO
CLAIM FOR DAMAGES OR ANY CLAIM OTHER THAN FOR AN EXTENSION OF TIME
SHALL BE MADE OR ASSERTED AGAINST CITY BY REASON OF ANY DELAYS
including, without limitation, any claim for an increase in the Total Agreement Price, or
payment or compensation to the Co ntractor or its subcontractors of any kind for direct,
indirect, consequential, impact, or other costs, expenses, lost profits, compensation,
reimbursement or damages including, but not limited to, costs of acceleration or
inefficiency arising because of d elay, disruption, interference or hindrance from any
cause whatsoever, whether such delay, disruption, interference, or hindrance be
reasonable or unreasonable, foreseeable or unforeseeable, or avoidable or unavoidable,
and irrespective of whether such del ay constitutes an Excusable Delay (as defined below)
and irrespective of whether such delay results in an extension of time; provided, however,
Contractor’s hindrances or delays are not solely due to fraud, bad faith, willful, or
intentional interference by the City in the performance of the Work, and then only where
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
22
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
such acts continue after Contractor’s written notice to the City of such alleged
interference.
31. USE OF NAME:
Contractor understands and agrees that the City is not engaged in research for
advertising, sales promotion, or other publicity purposes. Contractor is allowed, within the limited
scope of normal and customary marketing and promotion of its work, to use the general results
of this project and the name of the City. The Contractor agrees to protect any confidential
information provided by the City and will not release information of a specific nature without prior
written consent of the City Manager or the City Commission.
32. NO CONFLICT OF INTEREST:
Contractor hereby certifies to the City that no individual member of Contractor, no employee, and
no subcontractor under this Agreement or any immediate family member of any of the same
is also a member of any board, commission, or agency of the City. Contractor hereby
represents and warrants to the City that throughout the term of this Agreement, Contractor, its
employees, and its subcontractors will abide by this prohibition of the City Code.
33. NO THIRD-PARTY BENEFICIARY:
There are no express or implied third party beneficiaries to this Agreement. No persons
other than the Contractor and the City (and their authorized and approved successors and
assigns, if any) shall have any rights whatsoever under this Agreement.
34. SURVIVAL:
All obligations (including but not limited to indemnity and obligations to defend and hold
harmless) and rights of any party arising during or attributable to the period prior to expiration
or earlier termination of this Agreement shall survive such expiration or earlier termination.
35. TRUTH-IN-NEGOTI ATION CERTIFICATION, REPRESENTATION AND WARRANTY:
Contractor hereby certifies, represents and warrants to the City that on the date
of Contractor’s execution of this Agreement, and so long as this Agreement shall remain in full
force and effect, the wage rates and other factual unit costs supporting the compensation to
Contractor under this Agreement are and will continue to be accurate, complete, and current.
Contractor understands, agrees and acknowledges that the City shall adjust the amount of the
compensation and any additions thereto to exclude any significant sums by which the City
determines the contract price of compensation hereunder was increased due to inaccurate,
incomplete, or non- current wage rates and other factual unit costs. All such contract adjustments
shall be made within one (1) year of the end of this Agreement, whether naturally expiring or
earlier terminated pursuant to the provisions hereof.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
23
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
36. CHANGES AND ADDITIONS:
A. City Requested Changes: The City may request changes in or additions to the
Work or in the time or place of performance of the Work under this Agreement. If any such
change causes an increase or decrease in the cost of, or the time required for, performance of
any part of the Work under this Agreement, Contractor shall be entitled to an equitable
adjustment, by Change Order, in the Total Agreement Price, the Project Schedule, or both. Any
such adjustment in the Total Agreement Price resulting in an increase to the Total Agreement
Price will require an amendment to the Agreement, or Project Schedule shall be mutually
satisfactory to the City and Contractor. Price increases and/or extensions of time shall not be
binding upon either Party unless and until evidenced by a Change Order, and executed
Amendment, if applicable, signed by the parties hereto. Any change that amends the contract
price by an amount less than or equal to $50,000, may be approved by the City Manager. Any
change that amends the contract price by more than $50,000, must b e approved by the City
Commission.
37. PATENTS:
A. Contractor warrants that the System furnished hereunder shall be delivered free
of any rightful claim of any third party for infringement of any United States patent or copyright.
If the City notifies Contractor promptly of the receipt of any claim that the System infringes a
United States patent or copyright and gives Contractor information, assistance and exclusive
authority to settle and defend such claim, Contractor at its own expense shall defend, or may
settle, any suit or proceeding against the City so far as based on a claimed infringement which
breaches this warranty. If, in any such suit arising from such claim, the continued use of the
System for the purpose intended is enjoined by any court of competent jurisdiction, Contractor
shall, at its expense and option, either: (1) procure for the City the right to continue using the
System, or (2) modify the System so that it becomes non -infringing, or (3) replace the System
or portions thereof so that it becomes non-infringing, or (4) remove the System and refund the
purchase price (less reasonable depreciation for use). The foregoing states the entire liability of
Contractor for patent or copyright infringement by the System and is subject to any limitation of
total liability set forth in this Agreement.
B. The preceding subsection (A) shall not apply to: (1) any portion of the System
which is manufactured to the City's design, or (2) the use of the System in conjunction with any
other apparatus or material not supplied by Contractor to the extent that such conjoined use
causes the alleged infringement. As to any portion of the System or use described in the
preceding sentence, Contractor assumes no liability whatsoever for patent infringement.
C. The patent and copyright warranty and indemnity obligations recited above are in
lieu of all other patent and copyright warranties and indemnities whatsoever, whether oral,
written, express, implied or statutory.
38. REMEDIES:
B. In the event of a material breach of this Agreement by Contractor which shall
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
24
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
continue for thirty (30) or more days after written notice of such breach (including a reasonably
detailed statement of the nature of such breach) shall have been given to Contractor by the City,
the City will be entitled to avail itself cumulatively of any and all remedies available at law or in
equity (provided such remedies are not otherwise limited under the terms of this Agreement) and
either: (1) suspend performance of its payment obligations under the Agreement for as long as
the breach continues uncorrected; or (2) terminate this Agreement by written notice to Contractor
if the breach remains uncorrected. The following sh all constitute a “material breach” of this
Agreement: (1) violation by Contractor of any State, Federal or local law, or failure by Contractor
to comply with any applicable States and Federal service standards, as expressed by applicable
statutes, rules and regulations; (2) failure by Contractor to carry applicable licenses or
certifications as required by law; (3) failure of Contractor to comply with reporting requirements
contained herein; (4) inability of Contractor to perform the Work provided for herein ; and (5)
failure to perform any of the work or Services required by the Contract Documents, or otherwise
failing to comply with any of the material terms of this Agreement or the Contract Documents .
C. In the event of: (1) any failure by City for forty-five (45) or more days to make any
payment when due (for reasons other than a material breach on the part of the Contractor, as
provided in Section 37.A), or (2) any other material breach of this Agreement by City which shall
continue for forty-five (45) or more days after written notice of such breach (including a
reasonably detailed statement of the nature of such breach) shall have been given to City by
Contractor, Contractor shall be entitled to avail itself cumulatively of any and all remedies
available at law or in equity (provided such remedies are not otherwise limited under the terms
of this Agreement) and either: (1) suspend performance of its obligations under this Agreement
for as long as the breach remains uncorrected; or (2) terminate this A greement by written notice
to City if the breach remains uncorrected.
D. In the event the City terminates this Agreement as provided herein, all finished and
unfinished Hardware and Documentation Deliverables produced or made by Contractor for the
City under this Agreement shall become the property of the City and Contractor shall be entitled
to receive compensation in accordance with the terms of this Agreement for any such Hardware
and Documentation Deliverables. Notwithstanding the above, Contractor shall not be relieved of
liability to the City for damages sustained by the City by virtue of any breach of this Agreement
by Contractor described in subsection A above and, after providing Contractor with written notice
of breach as set forth in subsection A, the City may withhold any payments to Contractor for the
purpose of set-off of any damages, as agreed upon or finally adjudicated, against such payment.
The City reserves all rights and remedies under applicable laws.
39. WARRANTIES:
A. Hardware and Services
Contractor warrants for the following periods of time from the Acceptance Date
(hereinafter referred to as the "Warranty Period"), that the Hardware and installation
Services furnished by Contractor under this Agreement shall be free from defects in
material and workmanship and shall conform to the Agreement specifications. Any
Services provided during the Warranty Period are set forth in the Statement of Work. Any
and all claims for breach of this warranty are conclusively deemed waived unless made
within the Warranty Period. The Warranty Period for additional Hardware purchased by
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
25
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
City from Contractor after System Acceptance shall be warranted for the following periods
of time from the date the Hardware is delivered to City:
1. for mobile and portable radios, twenty-four (24) months.
2. for all other Hardware, one (1) year.
B. For purposes of this Warranty the batteries supplied by Contractor shall be deemed
defective if: (1) the battery capacity is less than 80% of rated capacity, o r (2) the battery develops
leakage. Replacement batteries shall be warranted only for the remaining unexpired portion of
the Warranty Period. This warranty becomes void if: (1) the battery has been subjected to any
kind of misuse, detrimental exposure, o r has been involved in an accident, or (2) the battery is
used in equipment or service other than the Hardware for which it is specified.
C. During the Warranty Period, if any component of the Hardware or portion of the installation
Services fails to meet the foregoing warranties, Contractor's sole obligation and City's exclusive
remedy under this warranty shall be the correction by Contractor of the failure at Contractor 's
option: (1) by repairing any defective component of the Hardware, or (2) by furnis hing any
necessary repaired or replacement parts, or (3) by the redoing of the faulty installation. Any
such failure, or the repair or replacement of the defective component or the redoing of any
installation, shall not extend the Warranty Period. Where such failure cannot be corrected by
Contractor's reasonable efforts, the parties will negotiate an equitable adjustment in price, which,
at a minimum, shall cover the City’s costs to correct the subject failure or deficiency. Contractor
will be responsible for all charges incurred in returning defective parts to Contractor's plant and
shipping repaired or replacement parts to the City. All warranty labor must be performed by an
authorized service group approved by Contractor either at its place of business, for mobile or
portable equipment, or at the City's location for fixed location equipment should Contractor
determine that it is not feasible to return the fixed location equipment to Contractor's authorized
service group.
D. Any additional purchases of equipment, including radios, and installation services which
may be purchased by City and delivered or performed by Contractor after System Acceptance,
shall be warranted on the same terms, limitations, and exclusions as are set forth herein, except
that the warranty on the equipment and installation services shall be for a period of two (2) years
for additional Terminal Hardware items from the date of delivery of that item of equipment, one
(1) year for additional Infrastructure Hardware items from the date of delivery of that item of
equipment, and one (1) year from the date of completion of that installation service.
E. Contractor's obligations shall not apply to: (1) Hardware or components thereof which
are normally consumed in operation, or, or (2) defects which are the result of improper storage,
use, or installation performed by other than Contractor, maintenance performed by other than
Contractor, or repair performed by other than Contractor, or (3) Hardware which has been
subjected to any other kind of misuse or detrimental exposure or has been involved in an
accident, or (4) Hardware or installations altered or repaired by any party other than Contractor
without Contractor's prior written consent.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
26
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
F. Coverage Warranty. Notwithstanding the other provisions of this Section Warranties,
Contractor’s only Warranty as to radio coverage is that the System, prior to Acceptance, shall
have successfully passed the coverage tests in the Acceptance Test Plan.
G. Software
The warranty for the Software is set forth in the Software License Agreement.
H. THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION AND IN THE
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT CONSTITUTE THE ONLY WARRANTIES WITH
RESPECT TO THE HARDWARE, SOFTWARE AND SERVICES AND THE CITY'S EXCLUSIVE
REMEDIES IN THE EVENT SUCH WARRANTIES ARE BREACHED. THEY ARE IN LIEU OF
ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR
STATUTORY INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND THE WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE.
IN NO EVENT SHALL CONTRACTOR BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR
INDIRECT DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS OR
REVENUES.
40. CONCEALED CONDITIONS: If, following City’s Acceptance of the Detailed Design
Documents, Contractor encounters a concealed condition, of which it had no reason to be aware,
at one or more Project Sites, then the Parties agree to work together to determine the best
course of action and agree to negotiate in good faith a Change Order and an equitable
adjustment to the Project Schedule and/or Total Agreement Price. Any such adjustment in the
Total Agreement Price or Project Schedule shall be mutually satisfactory to City and Contractor.
Price increases and/or extensions of time shall not be binding upon either Party unless and until
evidenced by a Change Order signed by the parties hereto.
41. PRODUCT DISCONTINUANCE: Subject to its obligation to fulfill its obligations set forth in
the Agreement, Contractor reserves the right to change or to discontinue any product covered
by the Agreement provided that Contractor agrees to make available to the City a functionally
equivalent replacement product equal to or better than the product discontinued.
42. INTERFERENCE: Radio System coverage and performance are subject to degradation due
to anomalous propagation and interference beyond the reasonable control of Contractor.
Contractor cannot be responsible for degradation or disruption of Service caused by operation
of other radio Systems or by natural phenomena or other interference over which the Contractor
has no reasonable control. In the event of a case of degradation due to interfer ence by an
outside party, Contractor will provide engineering support to City at City’s expense to support
Contractor’s efforts in resolving the interference issue with the outside party.
43. COUNTERPARTS: This Agreement may be executed in two or more counterparts,
each of which shall constitute an original but all of which, when taken together, shall
constitute one and the same agreement.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
27
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
44. ENTIRE AGREEMENT: This instrument and its attachments constitute the sole and only
agreement of the parties relating to the subject matter hereof and correctly set forth the rights,
duties, and obligations of each to the other as of its date. Any prior agreements, promises,
negotiations, or representations not expressly set forth in this Agreement are of no force or effect.
CONTRACT NO. RFP2017-006-AK -00
28
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System
N:\Proposals\16231 - Miami Beach P25 Upgrade (KAIH)\09_Post Submittal\02_Negotiations\_02_08_18 Final Contract Documents\Harris Purchase
Agreement_Final.docx
IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this instrument to be executed
by their respective officials thereunto duly authorized, this the day and year above written.
“City”
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH, a municipal
ATTEST: corporation
_______________________________ By: ___________________________________
Print Name:
Title: ____________________
“Contractor”
ATTEST: HARRIS CORPORATION
By:
Print Name: Print Name:
Title: _________________________
Title: __________________________ (Authorized Signatory)
(Corporate Seal)
City of Miami Beach, Florida Contract No.
RFP592382
29
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System Rev. 4/4/17
POWER OF ATTORNEY/
CORPORATE
RESOLUTION
(Included following the System Purchase Agreement)
City of Miami Beach, Florida Contract No.
RFP592382
30
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System Rev. 4/4/17
EXHIBIT A
Statement of Work
RFP No. 2017-006-AK
• Section 1 – Price Schedule
• Section 2 - System Description
• Section 3a – System Drawings
• Section 3b – Coverage Maps
• Section 4 – Project Management Plan
• Section 5 – Responsibilities Matrix
• Section 6 – Project Schedule
• Section 7 – Equipment List
• Section 8 – Training Plan
• Section 9 – Warranty Plan
• Section 10 – Recommended Spare Parts List
• Section 11 – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
• Section 12 – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
• Section 13 – Reliability Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
APPENDIX A PROPOSAL TENDER FORM
GROUP 1. NETWORK PRICING
1.A Equipment Description - RF CORE Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
System Controller 1 $ 1,203,165 $ 902,374 $ 902,374
Audio Gateway included in System Controller Price
Simulcast Sync. Eq.1 $ 5,534 $ 4,151 $ 4,151
WAN/LAN Equipment 1 $ 36,539 $ 27,404 $ 27,404
Receiver Voter/Selector included in System Controller Price CP#1
ISSI Gateway Equipment included in System Controller Price
ISSI Gateway Microwave 1 104,024$ 104,024$ $ 104,024
System/Alarm Manager Computers 1 $ 9,031 $ 6,773 $ 6,773
Spare Parts - Core 1 Lot $ 100,277 $ 75,208 $ 75,208
Microwave (Loop + Hot Standby)
Protected Microwave System 1 $ 108,933 $ 108,933 $ 108,933
Microwave Antenna System included in Microwave System Price
M/W Installation included in Microwave System Price
Site Civils
Standby Battery Plant System $
Emergency Generator System $
Electrical Work and Grounding 1 Lot $ 32,188 $ 32,188 $ 32,188
CommSHOP Asset Mgmt System 1 Lot $ 111,882 $ 111,882 $ 111,882
*
$ 1,372,937
1.B Engineering and Project Management Cost Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Site Engineering/Permits/Drawings 1 $ 100,495 $ 100,495 $ 100,495
Project Management 1 $ 78,575 $ 78,575 $ 78,575
$ 179,070
1.C Equipment Installation Labor Cost Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Equipment Installation Lot $ 87,396 $ 87,396 $ 87,396
$ 87,396
1.D Annual Maintenance Cost Qty Maintenance cost
Annual Maintenance Cost 1 year
$ -
$ 1,639,403
Sub-Total Equipment
Included
Bidder affirms that the prices stated on the proposal price form below represents the entire
cost of the items in full accordance with the requirements of this RFP, inclusive of its terms,
conditions, specifications and other requirements stated herein, and that no claim will be
made on account of any increase in wage scales, material prices, delivery delays, taxes,
insurance, cost indexes or any other unless a cost escalation provision is allowed herein and
has been exercised by the City Manager in advance. The Bid Price Form (Section 5) shall be
completed mechanically or, if manually, in ink. Proposal Tender Forms (Section 5)
completed in pencil shall be deemed non-responsive. All corrections on the Proposal
Tender Form (Section 5) shall be initialed.
Failure to submit Section 5, Proposal Tender Form, in its entirety and fully executed by the deadline established for the
receipt of proposals will result in proposal being deemed non-responsive and being rejected.
1. Simulcast System Control Point #1: (Primary Core at Police Headquarters)
Reusing Existing Equip
Reusing Existing Equip
Sub-Total Annual Maintenance Cost
Grand Total for Group 1 ( Item 1.A through 1.D)
Sub-Total
Sub-Total Equipment Installation Labor
Total Maintenance cost
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 1
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
2.A Equipment Description - RF CORE Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Network Controller 1 $ 206,968 $ 155,226 $ 155,226
Audio Gateway included in System Controller Price
Simulcast Sync. Eq.1 $ 5,534 $ 4,151 $ 4,151
WAN/LAN Equipment 1 $ 36,539 $ 27,405 $ 27,405
Receiver Voter/Selector
ISSI Gateway Equipment included in System Controller Price
System/Alarm Manager Computers 1 $ 9,031 $ 6,773 $ 6,773
Microwave (Loop + Hot Standby)
Protected Microwave System 1 $ 108,933 $ 108,933 $ 108,933
Microwave Antenna System included in Microwave System Price
M/W Installation included in Microwave System Price
Site Civils
Standby Battery Plant System $
Emergency Generator System $
Electrical Work and Grounding 1 Lot $ 32,188 $ 32,188 $ 32,188
*
*
*
$ 334,676
2.B Engineering and Project Management Cost Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Site Engineering/Permits/Drawings 1 $ 100,495 $ 100,495 $ 100,495
Project Management 1 $ 78,575 $ 78,575 $ 78,575
$ 179,070
2.C Equipment Installation Labor Cost Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Equipment Installation Lot $ 49,948 $ 49,948 $ 49,948
$ 49,948
2.D Annual Maintenance Cost Qty Maintenance cost
Annual Maintenance Cost 1 year
$ -
$ 563,694
Sub-Total Equipment
Sub-Total
Sub-Total Equipment Installation Labor
Total Maintenance
cost
Included
Sub-Total Annual Maintenance Cost
Grand Total for Group 1 ( Item 2.A through 2.D)
included in System Controller Price CP#1
2. Simulcast System Optional Control Point #2: (Secondary Core at EOC)
Reusing Existing Equip
Reusing Existing Equip
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 2
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
3.A Equipment Description - RF Site Equip Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Transmitters 10 $ 32,127 $ 24,095 $ 240,950
-software P25 Ph 2 Lic.10 $ 9,500 $ 7,125 $ 71,250
Transmitters Antenna Systems 2 $ 12,924 $ 11,632 $ 23,264
Combiner Package(s)2 $ 12,125 $ 10,913 $ 21,826
Receiver Antenna 1 $ 7,771 $ 6,994 $ 6,994
Tower-top Preamp 1 $ 1,990 $ 1,990 $ 1,990
Multicoupler 1 $ 2,300 $ 2,300 $ 2,300
Receivers included in Transmitters Price
LAN/WAN Equipment 1 $ 95,830 $ 71,873 $ 71,873
Distributed Control Point (DCP) - Main 1 $ 100,000 $ 75,000 $ 75,000
Interop Equipment
800 MHz Interop Links (Qty 6)1 Lot $ 40,843 $ 30,632 $ 30,632
VHF Interop Links (Qty 3)1 Lot $ 19,882 $ 14,912 $ 14,912
UHF Interop Links (Qty 3)1 Lot $ 19,763 $ 14,822 $ 14,822
Smartnet/P25 Interop Links (Qty 10)1 Lot $ 55,828 $ 55,828 $ 55,828
Interop Gateway 2 $ 71,386 $ 53,540 $ 107,080
Microwave (Loop + Hot Standby)
Protected Microwave System 1 $ 108,933 $ 108,933 $ 108,933
Microwave Antenna System included in Microwave System Price
M/W Installation included in Microwave System Price
Site Civils
Standby Generator System 1 $ 132,423 $ 132,423 $ 132,423
Battery/Charger System 1 $ 42,455 $ 42,455 $ 42,455
Site-Civils Modifications Elect work 1 $ 41,250 $ 41,250 $ 41,250
Equipment Shelter w/Elevated Platform 1 $ 289,888 $ 289,888 $ 289,888
Tower - Structural Analysis Only 1 $ 5,938 $ 5,938 $ 5,938
*
$ 1,359,608
3.B Engineering and Project Management Cost Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Site Engineering/Permits/Drawings 1 $ 100,495 $ 100,495 $ 100,495
Project Management 1 $ 78,575 $ 78,575 $ 78,575
$ 179,070
3.C Equipment Installation Labor Cost Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Equipment Installation - RF & Ant.Lot $ 115,330 $ 115,330 $ 115,330
$ 115,330
3.D Annual Maintenance Cost Qty Maintenance cost
Annual Maintenance Cost 1 year
$ -
$ 1,654,008
Total Maintenance
cost
3. Simulcast System Transmit/Receive Site #1: Council Towers with Main Simulcast DCP
Sub-Total Equipment
Sub-Total
Sub-Total Equipment Installation Labor
Included
Sub-Total Annual Maintenance Cost
Grand Total for Group 1 ( Item 3.A through 3.D)
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 3
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
3.A Equipment Description - RF Site Equip Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Transmitters 10 $ 32,127 $ 24,095 $ 240,950
-software P25 Ph 2 Lic.10 $ 9,500 $ 7,125 $ 71,250
Transmitters Antenna Systems 2 $ 12,924 $ 11,632 $ 23,264
Combiner Package(s)2 $ 12,125 $ 10,913 $ 21,826
Receiver Antenna 1 $ 7,771 $ 6,994 $ 6,994
Tower-top Preamp 1 $ 1,990 $ 1,990 $ 1,990
Multicoupler 1 $ 2,300 $ 2,300 $ 2,300
Receivers included in Transmitters Price
LAN/WAN Equipment 1 $ 95,830 $ 71,873 $ 71,873
Distributed Control Point (DCP) -
Backup 1 Included
Interop Equipment
800 MHz Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
VHF Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
UHF Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
Smartnet/P25 Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
Microwave (Loop + Hot Standby)
Protected Microwave System 1 $ 108,933 $ 108,933 $ 108,933
Microwave Antenna System included in Microwave System Price
M/W Installation included in Microwave System Price
Site Civils
Standby Generator System 1 $ 132,423 $ 132,423 $ 132,423
Battery/Charger System 1 $ 42,455 $ 42,455 $ 42,455
Site-Civils Modifications Elect/Ground 1 $ 40,625 $ 40,625 $ 40,625
Equipment Shelter
Tower - Structural Analysis Only 1 $ 5,938 $ 5,938 $ 5,938
*
*
$ 770,821
3.B Engineering and Project Management Cost Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Site Engineering/Permits/Drawings 1 $ 100,495 $ 100,495 $ 100,495
Project Management 1 $ 78,575 $ 78,575 $ 78,575
$ 179,070
3.C Equipment Installation Labor Cost Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Equipment Installation - RF & Ant.Lot $ 119,670 $ 119,670 $ 119,670
$ 119,670
3.D Annual Maintenance Cost Qty Maintenance cost
Annual Maintenance Cost 1 year
$ -
$ 1,069,561
3. Simulcast System Transmit/Receive Site #2: Tower 41 with backup Simulcast DCP
Sub-Total Equipment
Sub-Total
Sub-Total Equipment Installation Labor
Total Maintenance
cost
Included
Sub-Total Annual Maintenance Cost
Grand Total for Group 1 ( Item 3.A through 3.D)
Reusing Existing Equip
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 4
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
3.A Equipment Description - RF Site Equip Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Transmitters 10 $ 32,127 $ 24,095 $ 240,950
-software P25 Ph 2 Lic.10 $ 9,500 $ 7,125 $ 71,250
Transmitters Antenna Systems 2 $ 12,924 $ 11,632 $ 23,264
Combiner Package(s)2 $ 12,125 $ 10,913 $ 21,826
Receiver Antenna 1 $ 7,771 $ 6,994 $ 6,994
Tower-top Preamp 1 $ 1,990 $ 1,990 $ 1,990
Multicoupler 1 $ 2,300 $ 2,300 $ 2,300
Receivers included in Transmitters Price
LAN/WAN Equipment 1 $ 76,330 $ 57,248 $ 57,248
Distributed Control Point (DCP) -
Backup 1 Included
Interop Equipment
800 MHz Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
VHF Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
UHF Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
Smartnet/P25 Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
Microwave (Loop + Hot Standby)
Protected Microwave System 1 $ 108,933 $ 108,933 $ 108,933
Microwave Antenna System included in Microwave System Price
M/W Installation included in Microwave System Price
Site Civils
Standby Generator System 1 $ 132,423 $ 132,423 $ 132,423
Battery/Charger System 1 $ 42,455 $ 42,455 $ 42,455
Site-Civils Modifications Elect/Ground 1 $ 41,250 $ 41,250 $ 41,250
Equipment Shelter w/Elevated Platform 1 $ 289,888 $ 289,888 $ 289,888
Tower - Structural Analysis Only 1 $ 5,938 $ 5,938 $ 5,938
*
$ 1,046,709
3.B Engineering and Project Management Cost Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Site Engineering/Permits/Drawings 1 $ 100,495 $ 100,495 $ 100,495
Project Management 1 $ 78,575 $ 78,575 $ 78,575
$ 179,070
3.C Equipment Installation Labor Cost Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Equipment Installation - RF & Ant.Lot $ 118,410 $ 118,410 $ 118,410
$ 118,410
3.D Annual Maintenance Cost Qty Maintenance cost
Annual Maintenance Cost 1 year
$ -
$ 1,344,189
3. Simulcast System Transmit/Receive Site #3: Parkview Point with backup Simulcast DCP
Sub-Total Equipment
Sub-Total
.
Total Maintenance
cost
Included
Sub-Total Annual Maintenance Cost
Grand Total for Group 1 ( Item 3.A through 3.D)
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 5
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
3.A Equipment Description - RF Site Equip Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Transmitters 10 $ 32,127 $ 24,095 $ 240,950
-software P25 Ph 2 Lic.10 $ 9,500 $ 7,125 $ 71,250
Transmitters Antenna Systems 2 $ 12,924 $ 11,632 $ 23,264
Combiner Package(s)2 $ 12,125 $ 10,913 $ 21,826
Receiver Antenna 1 $ 7,771 $ 6,994 $ 6,994
Tower-top Preamp 1 $ 1,990 $ 1,990 $ 1,990
Multicoupler 1 $ 2,300 $ 2,300 $ 2,300
Receivers included in Transmitters Price
LAN/WAN Equipment 1 $ 76,330 $ 57,248 $ 57,248
Distributed Control Point (DCP) -
Backup 1 Included
Interop Equipment
800 MHz Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
VHF Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
UHF Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
Smartnet/P25 Interop Links included on Council Tower price page
Microwave (Loop + Hot Standby)
Protected Microwave System 1 $ 108,933 $ 108,933 $ 108,933
Microwave Antenna System included in Microwave System Price
M/W Installation included in Microwave System Price
Site Civils
Standby Generator System 1 $ 126,050 $ 126,050 $ 126,050
Battery/Charger System 1 $ 42,455 $ 42,455 $ 42,455
Site-Civils Modifications Elect/Ground 1 $ 23,125 $ 23,125 $ 23,125
Equipment Shelter - New AC units and
Fire Supression Only 1 $ 61,875 $ 61,875 $ 61,875
Tower - New on Rooftop 1 $ 55,938 $ 55,938 $ 55,938
*
$ 844,198
3.B Engineering and Project Management Cost Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Site Engineering/Permits/Drawings 1 $ 98,620 $ 98,620 $ 98,620
Project Management 1 $ 78,575 $ 78,575 $ 78,575
$ 177,195
3.C Equipment Installation Labor Cost Number
Required
Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Equipment Installation - RF & Ant.Lot $ 90,630 $ 90,630 $ 90,630
$ 90,630
3.D Annual Maintenance Cost Qty Maintenance cost
Annual Maintenance Cost 1 year
$ -
$ 1,112,023
Sub-Total Equipment Installation Labor
Included
Sub-Total Annual Maintenance Cost
Grand Total for Group 1 ( Item 3.A through 3.D)
Total Maintenance
cost
3. Simulcast System Transmit/Receive Site #4: Mid Beach with backup Simulcast DCP
Sub-Total Equipment
Sub-Total
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 6
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
4.A Equipment Description - Dispatch Equip Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Console/Audio Gateway
(Dispatch Position)17 $ 55,803 $ 41,852 $ 711,484
Console/Audio Gateway
(Dispatch Position for Traffic/Code)1 $ 55,803 $ 41,852 $ 41,852
UHF Base Stations - Fire Station Alerting 2 $ 14,430 $ 10,823 $ 21,646
UHF Antenna System 1 $ 15,644 $ 14,080 $ 14,080
WAN/LAN Equipment 2 $ 7,038 $ 5,279 $ 10,558
Backup Control Stations with Remote
Controllers and Antenna System 17 $ 18,918 $ 14,189 $ 241,213
Gateway Equipment 1 $ 39,850 $ 29,888 $ 29,888
System/Alarm Manager Computers
Spare Parts - Dispatch Center 1 Lot $ 55,360 $ 41,520 $ 41,520
Logging Recorder 2 $ 87,832 $ 87,832 $ 175,664
Microwave (Loop + Hot Standby)
Microwave Link Equipment (Microwave
only Site located at New City Hall)1 $ 108,933 $ 108,933 $ 108,933
Site Civils
Standby Battery Plant System
Emergency Generator System
Electrical Work and Grounding 1 Lot $ 32,188 $ 32,188 $ 32,188
$ 1,429,026
4.B Engineering and Project Management Cost Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Site Engineering/Permits/Drawings 1 $ 104,245 $ 104,245 $ 104,245
Project Management 1 $ 78,575 $ 78,575 $ 78,575
$ 182,820
4.C Equipment Installation Labor Cost Qty Listed Unit
Cost Unit Cost Extended Cost
Equipment Installation Lot $ 49,948 $ 49,948 $ 49,948
$ 49,948
4.D Annual Maintenance Cost Qty Maintenance cost
Annual Maintenance Cost 1 year
$ -
$ 1,661,794
Initial System Discount - Infrastructure $ (897,711)
8,146,961$ Group 1 Network Pricing Total (Items 1 through 4)
4. EOC/Backup Dispatch: (Includes Main Dispatch at Police Headquarters)
Sub-Total Equipment
Sub-Total
Sub-Total Equipment Installation Labor
Total Maintenance
cost
Included
Sub-Total Annual Maintenance Cost
Grand Total for Group 1 ( Item 4.A through 4.D)
Reusing Existing Equip
included in RF Core Equip price
Reusing Existing Equip
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 7
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
APPENDIX A PROPOSAL TENDER FORM
A. Mobiles Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Multiband (VHF/UHF/7/800) Motorcycle 27 $ 9,790 35% $ 6,364 $ 171,828
Multiband (VHF/UHF/7/800) Marine Grade
Application 6 $ 9,010 35% $ 5,857 $ 35,142
Multiband (VHF/UHF/7/800) Command
Vehicle remote mount w/headset jacks 8 $ 9,010 35% $ 5,857 $ 46,856
Multiband capable configured 7/800
remote mount w/handheld controller 370 $ 8,508 35% $ 5,530 $ 2,046,100
Multiband (VHF/UHF/7/80 )remote mount
w/handheld controller 50 $ 9,008 35% $ 5,855 $ 292,750
Programming and Installation 461 $ 735 0% $ 735 $ 338,835
$ 2,931,511
B. Portables Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Multiband capable (configured 7/800)
w/ full key pad (System)
individual charger speaker mic (no antenna)
ear piece
belt clip
duty case/holster
vehicle charger 2 batteries
Multi-unit charger 50 $ 795 35% $ 517 $ 25,850
Multiband Portable (VHF/UHF/7/800)
w/ full key pad (System)
individual charger speaker mic (no antenna)
ear piece belt clip
duty case/holster
vehicle charger 2 batteries
Programming and Installation 600 $ 38 0% $ 38 $ 22,800
$ 3,075,650
C. Control Stations Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Multiband (VHF/UHF/7/800) w/desktop
mic (includes antenna system)6 $ 15,259 35% $ 9,918 $ 59,508
Installation Services to existing Station PA 6 $ 735 0% $ 735 $ 4,410
$ 63,918
D. Other Equipment Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
SWAT type headset/earpiece transducer 100 $ 650 35% $ 423 $ 42,300
Radio Programmming Tools 1 $ 8,064 35% $ 5,242 $ 5,242
BeOn User Licenses (Pkg of 5)10 $ 1,675 100% $ - $ -
$ 47,542
$ 6,118,621
1. Police Department
Minimum Features: AES Encryption; Multikey; OTAR; OTAP; GPS; Call Paging Alert
Sub-Total Mobiles:
$ 2,421,500
$ 9,315 35% $ 6,055
500 $ 7,450 35% $ 4,843
100 $ 605,500
Sub-Total Portables:
Sub-Total Control Stations:
Sub-Total Other Equipment:
Total Subscriber Equipment. Police Department (Item A through D):
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 8
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
A. Mobiles Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Multiband (VHF/UHF/7/800)Marine Grade
Application 2 $ 7,620 35% $ 4,953 $ 9,906
Multiband capable ( configured 7/800)
remote mount/dual head 24 $ 8,235 35% $ 5,353 $ 128,472
Multiband capable (configured 7/800)
remote mount 10 $ 7,040 35% $ 4,576 $ 45,760
Apparatus headset and installation
services 6 $ 2,299 13% $ 2,000 $ 12,000
Programming and Installation 36 $ 735 0% $ 735 $ 26,460
$ 222,598
B. Portables Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Multiband Portable ( VHF/UHF/7/800)
w/ partial key pad (model 2/scan)
large knobs
individual charger
speaker mic (no antenna)
ear piece
belt clip
duty case/holster
vehicle charger
2 batteries
AES & OTAR for Qty 25 of 51 radios above 25 $ 1,290 35% $ 839 $ 20,975
Multiband ( VHF/UHF/7/800) Water
Resistant
partial key pad (model 2/scan)
large knobs
individual charger
speaker mic (no antenna)
ear piece
belt clip
duty case/holster
vehicle charger
2 batteries
Multiband capable (configured 7/800) w/
partial key pad (model 2/scan)
large knobs
individual charger
speaker mic (no antenna)
ear piece
belt clip
duty case/holster
vehicle charger
2 batteries
2. Fire Department
Minimum Features: GPS; Call Paging Alert, Intrinsically Safe/UL Certified, Man Down, OTAP
Sub-Total Mobiles:
51 $ 8,695 35% $ 5,652 $ 288,252
$ 29,040
141 $ 6,730 35% $ 4,375 $ 616,875
5 $ 8,935 35% $ 5,808
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 9
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Multiband capable (configured 7/800)
Water Resistant
partial key pad (model 2/scan)
large knobs
individual charger
speaker mic (no antenna)
ear piece
belt clip
duty case/holster
vehicle charger
2 batteries
Programming and Installation 207 $ 38 0% $ 38 $ 7,866
Multi-unit station charger 46 $ 795 35% $ 517 $ 23,782
Speaker Mic 31 $ 629 35% $ 409 $ 12,679
Duty case/holder 15 $ 140 35% $ 91 $ 1,365
$ 1,046,144
C. Control Stations Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Multiband (VHF/UHF/7/800) w/desktop
mic 6 $ 13,709 35% $ 8,911 $ 53,466
Installation Services to existing Station PA 6 $ 735 0% $ 735 $ 4,410
$ 57,876
D. Fire Alerting Control Station Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
UHF Configured for Fire Alert Solution 6 $ 7,699 35% $ 5,004 $ 30,024
Installation Services to existing Station PA 6 $ 735 0% $ 735 $ 4,410
Radio Programmming Tools 1 $ 8,064 35% $ 5,242 $ 5,242
$ 39,676
$ 1,366,294
Sub-Total Portables:
Sub-Total Fire Alerting Control Station:
Sub-Total Control Stations:
Total Subscriber Equipment. Fire Department (Item A through D):
10 $ 6,970 35% $ 4,531 $ 45,310
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 10
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
A. Mobiles Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Multiband (VHF/UHF/7/800) remote
mount (includes antenna system)5 $ 7,540 35% $ 4,901 $ 24,505
Programming and Installation 5 $ 735 0% $ 735 $ 3,675
$ 28,180
B. Portables Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Multiband Portable (VHF/UHF/7/800) w/
w/partial key pad (model 2/scan)
larger knobs
individual charger
speaker mic (no antenna)
ear piece
belt clip
duty case/holster
vehicle charger
2 batteries
AES & OTAR for Qty 5 of 50 radios above 5 $ 1,290 35% $ 839 $ 4,195
Multi-unit vehicular charger w/DC/AC
inverter if necessary 6 $ 826 35% $ 537 $ 3,222
Multi-unit station charger 6 $ 795 35% $ 517 $ 3,102
Programming and Installation 50 $ 38 0% $ 38 $ 1,900
Radio Programmming Tools 1 $ 8,064 35% $ 5,242 $ 5,242
$ 278,461
$ 306,641
A. Portables Estimated
Quantities Listed Price Discount %Unit Price Extended Total
Low Tier Portable (700/800) w/keypad,
speaker mic (no antenna)
ear piece
belt clip
duty case/holster
individual charger
2 batteries
XG-25P with same accessories as Low Tier
Portable plus OTAR and AES features 25 $ 4,235 35% $ 2,753 $ 68,825
Radio Programmming Tools 1 $ 8,064 35% $ 5,242 $ 5,242
Programming and Installation 207 $ 38 0% $ 38 $ 7,866
Control Station 2 $ 9,269 35% $ 6,025 $ 12,050
Programming and Installation 2 $ 735 0% $ 735 $ 1,470
$ 473,467
Initial System Discount - Radios $ (3,396,878)
Sub-Total Portables:
Total Subscriber Equipment Non-Public Safety:
3. Emergency Management
Minimum Features: GPS; Call Paging Alert, OTAP
Sub-Total Mobiles:
50 $ 8,025 35% $ 5,216 $ 260,800
Group II Total 2. Subscriber Equipment (Items 1 through 4)4,868,145.00$
Total Subscriber Equipment Emergency Management (Item A through B):
4.Non-Public Safety
Minimum Features: GPS; Call Paging Alert, OTAP
182 $ 3,195 35% $ 2,077 $ 378,014
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 11
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
APPENDIX A PROPOSAL TENDER FORM
GROUP 3. TRAINING COST
Description Total
System Manager Training $81,510
Radio User Training $18,450
Dispatcher Training $28,425
Maintenance Technician Training $140,045
Harris Technical University (HTU) Refresher Training (1 yr, up to
500 Students) $-
Total Training Cost $ 268,430
TOTAL per Groups 1 through 3 Total amount
Group 1. Network Price $ 8,146,961.00
One Time Additional Discount $ (1,715,386.00)
Group 1. Network Price - Net of Discount $ 6,431,575.00
Group 2. Subscriber Equipment $ 4,868,145.00
One Time Additional Discount $ (1,568,150.00)
Group 2. Subscriber Equipment - Net of Discount $ 3,299,995.00
Group 3. Training Cost $ 268,430.00
One Time Additional Discount $ -
Group 3. Training Cost - Net of Discount $ 268,430.00
*Grand Total ( Groups 1 through 3) $ 10,000,000.00
*Basis for cost point allocation as noted in Section 0400-4, Cost Proposal Evaluation.
Qty 25 XG-25 portable radios (featuring OTAR and AES)
replacing XG-15 unencrypted portable radios
OTAR and AES features added to 25 Fire Dept portables
OTAR and AES features added to 5 Emer. Mgmt portables
All Police Radios are full key pad (System) models
One additional Console for Traffic/Code
Microwave link for the additional Console for Traffic/Code
Microwave link for the ISSI
Extended Warranty to 3 years including NOC Monitoring
(Value of these items is $406,932)
Grand Total of $10M Includes the following additional equipment, upgrades, and features
requested by the City during negotiations:
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 12
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
GROUP 4. WARRANTY AND MAINTENANCE COST
Infrastructure Year 4 - 5 $600,000
Infrastructure Year 6 - 10 $1,600,000
Infrastructure Year 11 - 15 $1,900,000
Hardware Refresh Year 7 and Year 12 $1,400,000
Total Warranty/Maintenance Cost $ 5,500,000
**Grand Total ( Groups 1 through 4) $ 15,500,000.00
** Contingent upon exercising of Radio Maintenance options
OPTIONAL RADIO MAINTENANCE PRICING
Description Total
** Year 4 through 5 - Radios Maintenace $234,258
** Year 6 through 10 - Radios Maintenance $649,974
**Year 11 through 15 - Radios Maintenance $753,498
Total Radio Warranty/Maintenance Cost $ 1,637,730
OTHER OPTIONAL PRICING
Description Total
Additional Channel at 4 Sites (up to 12 channels) $130,460
Additional Channel at 4 Sites (13 channels up to 16 channels) $165,111
ISSI Microwave Links (Cities of Aventura, Hialeah, and Coral
Gables) $312,071
Spare Parts - Subscriber Equipment $725,416
Test Equipment $224,847
Additional ISSI Talkpaths (Qty of 5) $9,375
** Per RFI response dated June 19, 2017
Bidder's Affirmation
Company: Harris Corporation
Authorized Representative: Lori Rodriguez
Address: 221 Jefferson Ridge Parkway, Lynchburg VA 24501
Telephone: 434-455-9240
Email: lrodri13@harris.com
Authorized Representative’s Signature:
Warranty, Maintenance, Support, Software updates cost after final acceptance
Section 1 - Price Schedule
Page 13
Exhibit A - Statement of Work - Price Schedule
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 1
System Description
City of Miami Beach System Overview
The Miami Beach P25 Phase 2 trunked radio system will support communications between fixed
locations, dispatch control centers, fire stations, and the work force in the field who use mobile and
portable radios. It will include the following subsystems and equipment:
High availability VIDA core, featuring a fully redundant hot standby and geographically
separated configuration. The primary core will be installed at the Miami Beach Police
Department Headquarters, and the secondary VIDA Core at the Fire Station 2/EOC building.
• The City of Miami Beach VIDA core will be directly connected (without the use of
gateways of any kind) to the City of Miami VIDA core for seamless interoperability and
automatic roaming between the two cities.
Two network management and administration terminals, one each, at the main and backup
dispatch centers’ supervisor positions. In addition, the network management and
administration system is accessible at any City VIDA P25 network location by authorized
users.
One 800 MHz P25 Phase 2 simulcast system, comprised of four RF sites with ten P25
MASTR V Repeaters each, providing 18 simultaneous Phase 2 Talkpaths (simultaneous radio
calls), installed at the following sites:
• Council Towers North (RF site and virtualized simulcast control point)
• Tower 41 (RF site and virtualized redundant simulcast control point)
• Parkview Point Condominium (RF site and virtualized redundant simulcast control point)
• 5600 Collins Avenue Condominium (RF site and virtualized redundant simulcast control
point)
18 Symphony Dispatch Consoles and associated fallback control stations:
• 13 consoles for the Main Dispatch Center, located at the Miami Beach PD Headquarters.
• 4 consoles for the Backup Dispatch Center, located at the Fire Station 2 / EOC building.
• 1 console for Parking and Code Compliance Dispatch, located at the 4182 Sheridan
Avenue Public Parking Garage.
Redundant ISSI Gateways (virtual servers on the VIDA Core), featuring one ISSI gateway
connection to the following existing Harris P25 system:
Miami-Dade County
Analog to voice over IP (VoIP) interoperability gateway for interconnectivity links to:
• 800 MHz mutual aid channels
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 2
• Intercity, Coast Guard and bridges (VHF Frequencies)
• Miami-Dade County Fire – UHF Frequency
Encompass gateway providing ten interconnectivity links to SmartNet systems in the area
Network infrastructure that is configured and equipped to support P25 voice AES encryption,
Over-the-Air Rekeying (OTAR) and Over-the-Air Programming (OTAP).
BeOn Server with 50 application licenses included for interoperability with Android or IOS
Smartphones and tablets.
Backhaul – licensed microwave backhaul for all RF sites and dispatch centers, in loop + hot
standby configuration.
Backhaul – licensed microwave hot standby links between one City of Miami Beach RF site
and one City of Miami RF site, to establish direct core to core connectivity.
Two P25 trunked radio logging recorders
Replacement of UHF base stations and control stations associated with the existing backup
Fire Alerting System, including:
• Six 700/800 MHz P25 Trunked control stations at fire stations for primary and secondary
voice dispatch.
• Six UHF conventional control stations at fire stations for secondary signaling
communications.
• Two UHF duplex base stations, duplexers, and associated antenna systems for secondary
signaling communications.
Mobile, portable, and control station subscriber units. Please refer to Section 7 - Equipment
List for details.
Spare parts for infrastructure equipment.
Engineering, implementation, testing, staging, training, install, programming and other
support services to provide the City of Miami Beach with a new P25 fully functional radio
system.
Ex
h
i
b
i
t
A
–
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
W
o
r
k
–
S
y
s
t
e
m
D
e
s
c
r
i
p
t
i
o
n
Re
q
u
e
s
t
f
o
r
P
r
o
p
o
s
a
l
s
(
R
F
P
)
P
u
b
l
i
c
S
a
f
e
t
y
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
,
2
0
1
7
-
0
0
6
-
A
K
Ci
t
y o
f
M
i
a
m
i
B
e
a
c
h
,
F
l
o
r
i
d
a
February 2018
Section 2 System Description Page 3
O
v
e
r
a
l
l
S
y
s
t
e
m
B
l
o
c
k
D
i
a
g
r
a
m
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 4
RF Simulcast Site Selection
Harris will provide four simulcast sites to meet the City of Miami Beach’s coverage requirements.
Existing Sites
Three existing full (Transmit-Receive) RF site locations will be re-used in the new system.
Council Towers North
Tower 41
Parkview Point Condominium
New Site
Harris identified one new Full (Transmit-Receive) RF leased location:
5600 Collins Avenue Condominium
Harris will leverage an existing fire panel room (lobby floor, which is one floor above ground level),
and provide necessary site improvements in addition to an emergency generator, DC power system,
and microwave backhaul.
Figure 2 provides the design parameters of each of the site locations.
Site Parameters
Name Council Towers Tower 41 Parkview Point 5600 Collins Ave
Id s10_CT s11_T41 s12_PP s13 56C
Equipment Installation New Rooftop
Shelter
Rooftop
Room
New Rooftop
Shelter
Lobby-level Room
Antenna Installation Rooftop Rooftop Rooftop Rooftop
Latitude 25.781389 25.814167 25.859861 25.835967
Longitude -80.131806 -80.125833 -80.127361 -80.121464
Two (2) x 5CH Combiner DSCC85 DSCC85 DSCC85 DSCC85
Two (2) x Tx Coax 7/8" Foam 7/8" Foam 7/8" Foam 7/8" Foam
One (1) x Rx Coax 7/8" Foam 7/8" Foam 7/8" Foam 7/8" Foam
Tx & Rx Length (ft) 75 50 100 280
Tx & Rx Ant Ht (ft) 130 192 174 180
Two (2) x Tx & Rx Ant Model DS7C10F36U-N BMR10HT2 BMR10AT2 BMR10HT2
Tx & Rx Ant Azimuth 270 190 180 0
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 5
Name Council Towers Tower 41 Parkview Point 5600 Collins Ave
Tx & Rx Ant Gain (dBd) 10 13.1 11.1 13.1
One (1) x 16CH Multicoupler CP00918 CP00918 CP00918 CP00918
One (1) x Tower Top Amp CP00732 CP00732 CP00732 CP00732
Miami Beach RF Sites
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 6
Coverage Guarantee
Harris provides the following coverage guarantees to the City of Miami Beach:
Coverage Guarantees for Miami Beach
Guarantee Building
Loss Boundary
RFP
Required
DAQ
Harris
Guaranteed
Coverage
Mobile N/A Citywide DAQ 4.0 98%
Portable
Street Level N/A Citywide DAQ 3.4 98%
Portable In
Building -
Residential
12dB
Citywide +
(extending out 4 miles
from the land-based
boundary of the City)
DAQ 3.4 98%
Portable In
Building 28dB Citywide DAQ 3.4 98%
Critical
Buildings 28dB 17 Buildings DAQ 3.4 98%
Protection from Excessive Adjacent Tile Failures
Harris interprets the intent of RFP Section C.8-2 last sentence “However, it will not be acceptable to
provide a coverage guarantee which includes a relatively large number of failed points within any
one multi-grid area, while still meeting the overall goal of 98% coverage.” is to avoid large coverage
holes within the City. Our design guarantees that no three adjacent grids will fail DAQ Testing where
adjacency is defined as tiles sharing a common face.
Coverage Plots
Section 3b of the contract includes a set of coverage plots that depict the following:
Mobile – quarter-wave antenna, center vehicle trunk
Portable outdoor – shoulder/microphone w/o antenna, quarter-wave antenna on radio at hip
Portable in building – shoulder/microphone w/o antenna, quarter-wave antenna on radio at
hip
• 6 db loss profile (for information only)
• 12 db loss profile (guaranteed coverage)
• 20 db loss profile (for information only)
• 28 db loss profile (guaranteed coverage)
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 7
Additional Information about Mobile Coverage
As requested by RFP Section C.8-2, Harris verified that, within a 10-mile radius of the center of the
service area boundary, the system provides approximately 315 square miles of DAQ 4.0 mobile
coverage. Of that total area, approximately 105 square miles correspond to land mass.
Coverage Testing
Harris will perform coverage testing using three separate grid structures:
An approximate 1,500 tile count using 0.075mi X 0.075mi grids in the land mass within a
boundary filtered by roads. This grid structure is shown in Figure 5, depicted in black.
An approximate 790 tile count using 0.1mi X 0.1 mile grids within the City waterways
boundary. This grid structure is shown in Figure 5, depicted in blue.
An approximate 350 tile count using 0.5mi X 0.5mi grids within the external water boundary
extending out 4 miles from the City land mass and waterways boundaries. This grid structure
is shown in Figure 5, depicted in green.
Test Grid Structures for Miami Beach
Unified Network Management and Control
VIDA Core Technology
A redundant VIDA core performs all the mission critical services required for the Miami Beach
trunked P25 system. The redundant cores each reside on a VIDA application server (VAS); which is a
single physical server configured using virtual machine technology, to simultaneously run multiple
Operating Systems (OS), each in an independent environment called a Virtual Machine (VM).
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 8
The VAS interfaces with a storage area network (SAN) of multiple hard drives configured in a RAID
array. The SAN stores the Harris VIDA applications and their guest operating systems.
The VAS allocates the appropriate processing, RAM (memory), and networking resources for each
VM.
Figure 6 illustrates the High Availability VIDA network configuration chosen for the City of Miami
Beach.
Simplified Location-HA VIDA Core
Services, Applications, and Solutions Configured for Miami Beach
Management Applications and Services:
Network Switching Service (NSS)
Unified Administration System (UAS)
Enterprise Network Manager (ENM)
Regional Site Manager (RSM)
Activity Warehouse (AW)
VIDA Device Manager (DM)
Network Switching Service
The Network Switching Service (NSS) is a fully integrated voice and data controller.
The switching services route calls to and from each voice group or mobile data user on a real-time
basis and regulates voice and data traffic on the network.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 9
It maintains a database of these voice group files and routes the IP voice traffic of one member to all
other members of a given voice group.
Unified System Administration (UAS)
The Unified Administration System (UAS) service provides an open system interface to the radio
system. It enables the radio system administrator to manage operational aspects of the system
including configuring users; establishing their privileges, organization, and security; and configuring
voice group coverage.
Enterprise Network Manager
The Enterprise Network Manager (ENM) is an all-in-one network management monitoring platform
suited for the entire enterprise; including servers, operating systems, network appliances and database
applications. It informs and alerts regarding the state of the network, applications and hardware
through a single web browser interface.
Regional Site Manager (RSM)
The Regional Site Manager (RSM) routes administrative information (users and groups) between the
UAS and each site. The RSM also routes activity data from the Sites to the ENM.
Activity Warehouse
Activity Warehouse (AW) is a report generating application used to monitor various aspects of a P25
VIDA network. Activity Warehouse uses network-accessible web pages for initiating and delivering
reports. Reports can be generated based on IP call activity related to RF sites, consoles, Gateways,
and other devices on the VIDA network. Activity Warehouse performs data searches on call logging
data created and stored by VIDA network components. Parameters stored within this data are
searchable and can report in textual, tabular, and graphical formats.
VIDA Device Manager (DM)
VIDA Device Manager is a Microsoft Windows-based application that facilitates the loading of code
updates and personalities to numerous devices throughout the VIDA network. It centralizes and
provides a common interface for this function.
Security and Encryption Services:
Active Directory
Microsoft Active Directory (AD) is the software solution providing network authentication tools for
total system protection within the VIDA network. It monitors login and password authentications,
Group Policies, and other information necessary to secure a VIDA network.
ePolicy Orchestrator
The McAfee ePolicy Orchestrator (ePO) centrally manages security for systems, networks, data, and
compliance solutions. With McAfee ePO, administrators create escalation paths and automate
remediation tasks.
Security Update Management Service
The Security Update Management Service (SUMS) acquires, tests, packages, and distributes many
patch policies directly for customers, removing considerable patch management overhead. This
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 10
largely automated process provides a consistent, high-quality patch in a timely manner. The SUMS
automation agent continuously monitors and reports endpoint state, including patch levels, to a
management server.
This agent also compares endpoint compliance against defined policies, such as mandatory patch
levels.
Network Key Management Facility
The Network Key Management Facility (KMF), is a P25 network product that works in conjunction
with the UAS Key Management service to provide complete management of voice encryption keys
for all supported network devices including subscriber devices. The server-based KMF application
generates keys and distributes them via Over-The-Air-Rekeying (OTAR).
LMR Technologies / Interoperability Solutions that reside on the VAS:
VIDA Transcoder
As configured for the City of Miami Beach, the VIDA Transcoder provides interoperability
communications between vocoders for P25 Phase 1, P25 Phase 2, and ADPCM1. The VIDA
Transcoder (XCD) is a VIDA core service that converts IP voice and data packets sent over the VIDA
network from one vocoder type to another.
Inter-RF Subsystem Interface Gateway
The Inter-RF Subsystem Interface (ISSI) provides P25 TIA-standardized network-level
communication between P25 radio systems, regardless of system manufacturer.
Its primary functions are to call management, entity tracking, and registration between the local
VIDA system and other RF Subsystems (RFSSs). In addition to inter-system communication, the
ISSI service also provides the interface that enables radios to roam between systems.
BeOn Group Communications Services
The BeOn solution is a VoIP- based, push-to-talk (PTT) communications system operating over
public or private wireless networks. The solution extends traditional land mobile radio (LMR)
services onto broadband capable third generation (3G) and 4G/LTE cellular networks.
The BeOn PTT application can be installed on commercial-off-the-shelf (COTS) Android-based
smartphones, iPhones, XLP-220 radios and Windows devices.
Radio Dispatch Subsystem
Harris will provide Symphony Dispatch Consoles to replace the City’s existing consoles. The existing
Consoles will remain operational until the transition to the new system is complete.
1 Adaptive Differential Pulse-Code Modulation
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 11
Symphony Console
Harris will provide 18 Symphony Dispatch Consoles and associated fallback control stations,
distributed as:
13 consoles for the Main Dispatch Center, located at the Miami Beach PD Headquarters
4 consoles for the Backup Dispatch Center, located at the Fire Station 2 / EOC building
1 console for Parking and Code Compliance Dispatch, located at the 4182 Sheridan Avenue
Public Parking Garage.
Included in the console counts are supervisory positions at the main and backup dispatch centers,
which will be equipped with a system management terminal (SMT) and color laser printer. The SMT
provides access to network management and administration services.
Each Symphony radio console operates independently of others co-located at either City dispatch
facility.
Each dispatch location has a redundant IP-based local area network (LAN) through which each
console connects to the VIDA network.
Each Symphony Dispatch Platform includes:
Symphony console and PC application with Windows operating system
Remote Symphony Baton software
AES encryption
Conventional and paging capabilities
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 12
HD monitor
Set of two speakers
Mouse
Keyboard
Footswitch
Desk-mounted gooseneck microphone
Over-the-head solid boom headset
Six-wire jack box with headset adapter (dual)
Power supply
Each Symphony dispatch console includes dual network interface cards (NIC’s). Each NIC port
connects to a different local service access router (SAR) in a redundant configuration.
Trunk Logging Recorder (TLR) System
Harris will provide the VPI/NICE EMPOWER 911 as the logging recorder solution for the City of
Miami Beach. Local service, training and support will be through our south Florida partner Replay
Systems, who is also a certified Harris channel partner.
System Configuration
Two TLR systems will be deployed: one at the Miami Beach PD Headquarters and the other one at
the EOC. Both TLRs will be remotely accessible. The VPI solution will be configured by Harris to
support 160 recorded session/channels. It is expandable to 400 channels. A summary of the logging
recorder configuration is provided below:
Each VPI EMPOWER 911 consists of three integrated solutions, Capture, Quality and
Coaching
2 x Dell R530 - 2U Chassis - Win2012 R2 Server (Raid 1: Dual 1TB Drives). Single 6-Core
CPU, 8GB RAM, Dual Power Supplies. 2 voiceboard slots available.
• 160-channel logging, expandable to up to 400 channels, including:
Radio traffic controlled by the VIDA Core (includes P25, conventional, and gateway)
Analog telephone traffic
Digital telephone traffic
• VPI software certified for operation on a Harris P25 system
• Web based interface accessible from VIDA System Management Terminals (SMT’s) and
from any PC that is part of the Miami Beach VIDA network.
• Storage architecture supports either a centralized or distributed model, recordings can be
kept online on redundant, hot-swappable hard drives for storage. Or archive data on long-
term storage media, such as DVDs or Network Attached Storage (NAS/SAN) devices.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 13
2x Dell T630 – FU Chassis – Win2012 R2 Server (Raid 1: Dual 1TB Drives for OS
+ Raid 1: Dual 160GB Solid State Drives for database processing). Dual 4-Core
CPU's, 8GB RAM, Dual Power Supplies. External DVD archiving drive. 6 voice
board slots available.
Interfaces:
Telephone: Analog, Digital, VoIP, BRI, PRI, T1, E1 & NENA NG911-(i3) with ANI/ALI
Radio: Conventional Analog, Digital, RoIP, Trunked, APCO P25 ISSI/CSSI
VPI interfaces with the Harris P25 system via an Ethernet connection to the Harris network core.
Telephone resources connect directly to the logging recorder server.
Fire Alerting System
Harris will furnish and install the following equipment to modernize and continue the operation of the
City’s primary and secondary fire station alerting (FSA) systems:
Six 700/800 MHz control stations operating on the P25 trunking system to support FSA
system voice for both primary and secondary alerting paths. Control stations will be installed
at remote fire stations.
Six UHF base/control stations installed at remote fire stations to support secondary path FSA
signaling.
Two UHF duplex base stations, duplexers, and associated antenna systems to support
secondary path signaling. The duplex base stations will be installed at the Miami Beach
Police Department location and serve as replacements for the existing Quantar base stations
currently in use.
The UHF alerting subsystem as currently implemented by the City extends secondary path Zetron
M26 signaling from Fire Dispatch at the Police Department to the remote fire stations. The two
Zetron Model 26 encoders currently installed at the primary and secondary fire dispatch consoles will
remain in the modernized FSA system and interconnect with the two replacement UHF base stations,
respectively. The Model 26 encoders will remain within the proximity of the Fire Service primary and
secondary Harris Symphony consoles, which will retain supervisory control over the Model 26
encoders.
The Zetron Model 26 encoders generate a multi-tone Fast FSK (FFSK) signaling format for
communication with Model 6 or Model 6203 Station Transponders. Maintaining the Model 26
encoders and the Zetron FFSK signaling preserves the two-way monitoring and control of the remote
fire stations via the secondary signaling path. The Zetron equipment integrated with the Harris radio
equipment will continue to monitor the integrity of the secondary communications path, provide
acknowledgement to the dispatcher upon receipt of an alert, listen for apparatus status updates, and
control and monitor fire house facilities.
Each Model 26 will directly connect to a UHF base station, providing for completely duplicated
alerting facilities. Only one of these subsystems will operate at a time, the other will be disabled by
console auxiliary control.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 14
Loop-Protected Microwave Network
The loop-protected NEC microwave network will operate in the licensed L6GHz and 11GHz
frequency bands, with FCC class “A,” high performance antennas rated at 155 mph.
Harris combines the microwave equipment with MPLS routing technology allowing for a resilient
design that, in the event of a microwave path failure, automatically reroutes traffic without any impact
to the user. Additionally, the system is designed with serviceability in mind as all microwave radios
will be installed in the equipment shelter and not on the tower.
To provide for optimum link paths, Harris will perform a thorough path survey and analysis of
microwave path, assessing the preliminary topology studies for performance and availability in
meeting:
Microwave link segment availability not less than 99.99975%
Flat fade margin of not less than 40db per link segment
Figure 8 depicts the microwave backhaul network with design for 155Mbps throughput capacity size
to support the new system P25 and support the existing system. The network topology is ring
configuration for path redundancy with monitored hot standby RF equipment for each hop.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 15
City of Miami Beach MPLS Microwave System
Microwave system provisioning and performance monitoring will be via a fully functional, web-
based network/element management system solution provide by NEC. This solution integrates with
the Harris Enterprise Network Manager (ENM) providing an all-in-one network management
monitoring platform. It informs and alerts the users regarding the state of the network, applications
and hardware through a single web browser interface.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 16
Interoperability Sub-System & User Roaming
Core to Core connectivity with City of Miami
The City of Miami Beach VIDA core will be directly connected (without the use of gateways of any
kind) to the City of Miami VIDA core for seamless interoperability and automatic roaming between
the two cities. The connection is contingent upon Cities of Miami Beach and Miami entering an
inter-local agreement.
ISSI Gateway Proposal Design
Harris will provide one ISSI gateway connection. These ISSI services will allow interoperability and
automatic roaming user radio roaming with the P25 Miami-Dade County system. The connection is
contingent upon City of Miami Beach and Miami Dade County entering an inter-local agreement.
Interoperability with Mutual Aid Systems
Interoperability with Mutual Aid systems is supported at two levels: at the radio level and at the
network level.
At the radio level, all the radio user radio models provided by Harris are configured to support
conventional analog mode of operation within their equipped frequency bands of operation.
At the network level, or directly hardwired into the proposed VIDA P25 system, computer-controlled
(radio user initiated) and dispatcher-controlled interoperability link stations will be deployed at
Council Tower RF location and will be interfaced to the City’s VIDA P25 Network using
Interoperability Gateways.
Interoperability Gateway
The Interoperability Gateway is a multi-channel gateway used to interface analog radio
communications equipment, such as control stations and mobile radios, to the VIDA Network. Audio
from the analog source is wired to the gateway, converted to digital format P25 Phase 1, Phase 2, or
ADPCM (as appropriate to the intended points of communication), and then routed to the rest of the
system, as needed, through IP-based network connections.
Figure 9 shows a simplified version of a typical interoperability link. Each Interoperability Gateway
chassis supports up to three Unified Audio Cards (UAC). Each card supports up to four links.
Multiple chassis can be deployed at any particular location on the VIDA network.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 17
Analog Interoperability Link
Interoperability Gateway Proposal Design
Harris will install Interoperability Gateways at two locations:
Council Tower RF Site
Miami Beach PD Headquarters
City Council Tower Site
Three Interoperability Gateway chassis will be installed at this location, in order to provide 22
computer-controlled (radio user initiated) and dispatcher-controlled interoperability links. Two spare
links are reserved for future use. Figure 10 includes detailed information about the proposed
interoperability links at this location.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – System Description
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 2
System Description
Page 18
Analog Interoperability Links at Miami Beach PD
Resource Number of Links Audio Source
800 MHz Mutual Aid 6 Harris-provided Control Stations
Inter – City VHF 155.370MHz 1 Harris-provided Base Station
Coast Guard VHF frequency 1 Harris-provided Base Station
1 Bridges – VHF frequency 1 Harris-provided Control Station
Miami-Dade County Fire – UHF Frequency 3 Harris-provided Control Station
Legacy SmartNet Systems (Encompass
Gateway)
10 Harris-provided Control Stations
Total Number of Links 22
Miami Beach PD Headquarters
One Interoperability Gateway chassis will be installed at this location. It will provide computer-
controlled (radio user initiated) and dispatcher-controlled links to the two UHF duplex base stations
used for Fire Station Alerting. Two spare links are reserved for future use.
Interoperability with Legacy SmartNet Systems
Encompass Gateway
Harris will provide the Encompass Gateway to support the passing of up to ten concurrent audio
talkgroups, emergency calls, and unit ID signaling between legacy SmartNet systems in the region
and the City’s new P25 network.
Harris is providing a total of ten Encompass Gateway interfaces and control stations to interface with
the existing network. This equipment will be installed at City Council Tower Site.
Prior to the use as interfaces to legacy SmartNet systems in the region, the Encompass Gateway will
be configured to interface to the City’s existing system so it can be used during cutover to the P25
system, providing a safety net for radio users that, for any reason, find themselves without a P25
radio.
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP 16231
PREPARED BY: J MOCCI
DATE:
SKETCH #: V.017 SHEET # 1 OF 1
PRELIMINARY ENGINEERING SKETCH
COMPANY CONFIDENTIAL
RF COMMUNICATIONS DIVISION
PUBLIC SAFETY & PROFESSIONAL COMMUNICATIONS
BLOCK DIAGRAM07/11/2017
City of Miami Beach, FL
P25 TX-RX Site 1
New Microwave
Loop
Interoperability
Gateway (4 Talkpaths)
Miami Beach Police Department
WAR/RAR
Network Switching Center 1, Main Dispatch Center
Premier SR10 NSC1 (Application HA)
VIDA Application Server (VAS):
- NSS, ENM, UAS, RSM,
- ISSI, Transcoder, KMF, BeOn
- AD, EPO, SUMS
Block Diagram
Council TowerLogging
Recorder
MPLS
IFW
SAR
P25 TX-RX Site 2
SAR1
Tower 41
10 Channels
Virtualized
Control Point 2 MPLS
Router
P25 TX-RX Site 3
SAR1
Parkview Point
10 Channels
Virtualized
Control Point 3 MPLS
Router
P25 TX-RX Site 4
SAR1
5600 Collins Condominium
10 Channels
Virtualized
Control Point 4 MPLS
Router
SAR
(Redundant)
Symphony Dispatch Consoles
and Backup Radios – 13 each
System
Management
Terminal
Dispatch Room
Communications
Room
EOC
WAR/RAR
Network Switching Center 2, Backup Dispatch Center
Premier SR10 NSC1 (Application HA)
VIDA Application Server (VAS):
- NSS, ENM, UAS, RSM,
- ISSI, Transcoder, KMF, BeOn
- AD, EPO, SUMS
Logging Recorder MPLS
IFW
SAR
(Redundant)
Symphony Dispatch Consoles
and Backup Radios – 4 each
System
Management
Terminal
Dispatch Room
Communications Room
SAR1
10 Channels
Virtualized
Control Point 1 MPLS
Router
City of Miami & MD
County P25 systems
Interoperability Gateway
(24 Talkpaths)
SAR
2 UHF
Base Stations
Fire Alert
Spares (2)
800 MHz MA (6)
VHF, UHF Interop (6)
Encompass Gateway
SmartNet Interop (10)
Spares (2)
Dispatch Center
Parking and Code Enforcement
MPLS
Router
SAR
(Redundant)
Symphony Dispatch
Console and Backup
Radio – 1 each
CAB
Connectivity
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 01/11/17 Fig.
V001Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y.Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
NSC2 CABINET
(FRONT)
HEIGHT : 78.5"
WIDTH : 24"
DEPTH : 42"
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
VAS2
SAN2
WAR/RAR2
IFW2
NETCLOCK/GPS
RACK
UNITS
MICROWAVE RACK
HEIGHT : 82.125"
WIDTH : 23.81"
DEPTH : 22.63"
MICROWAVE RADIOS
AND ASSOCIATED DC
POWER SYSTEM
ATS2
AC2DC1
AC2DC1
IAR2
ATS1
NETGEAR STORAGE
RPS
FIRE STATION 2 / EOC
NSC2
RACKUP
FALLBACK CS 4
FALLBACK CS 3
FALLBACK CS 2
FALLBACK CS 1
LOGGING RECORDER
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 01/11/17 Fig.
V001Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y.Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
FIRE STATION 2 / EOC
NSC2
EXISTING FLOOR PLAN
EMPTY
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
18'-0"
3'-0"
8 '-0 "
PARTIALLY
EMPTY
CABINET
UPS
BATTERIES
BATTERIES
3'-0"
15'-0"
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
3 '-0 "
E X I S T I N G
E Q U I P M E N T
M O S T L Y
E M P T Y
NOTES:
1 – Rack labeled “Mostly Empty” contains fiber optic equipment.
Harris assumed this equipment can be moved to space
available in the “Patch Panels” area.
2 – Rack labeled “Mostly Empty” would then be removed to
create space for microwave rack.
3 – Cabinet labeled “Empty” would be removed to create space
for NSC2 cabinet.
4 – This is a preliminary diagram. Dimensions are
approximated.
PATCH PANELS
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 01/11/17 Fig.
V001Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y.Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
FIRE STATION 2 / EOC
NSC2
AS NEEDED FLOOR PLAN
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
18'-0"
3'-0"
8 '-0 "
PARTIALLY
EMPTY
CABINET
UPS
BATTERIES
BATTERIES
3'-0"
15'-0"
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
3 '-0 "
E X I S T I N G
E Q U I P M E N T
NOTES:
1 – Rack labeled “Mostly Empty” has been removed.
2 – Cabinet labeled “Empty” has been removed.
3 – This is a preliminary diagram. Dimensions are
approximated.
PATCH PANELS
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 01/11/17 Fig.
V001Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y.Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
FIRE STATION 2 / EOC
NSC2
FINAL FLOOR PLAN
NSC 2
CABINET
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
PATCH PANELS
18'-0"
3'-0"
8 '-0 "
PARTIALLY
EMPTY
CABINET
UPS
BATTERIES
BATTERIES
3'-0"
15'-0"
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
EXISTING
EQUIPMENT
3 '-0 "
E X I S T I N G
E Q U I P M E N T
µW A V E
R A C K
NOTES:
1 – NSC2 cabinet and microwave rack are shown in green.
2 – This is a preliminary diagram. Dimensions are
approximated.
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 01/11/17 Fig.
V001Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y.Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
FIRE STATION 2 / EOC
NSC2
FALLBACK CONTROL STATIONS DIAGRAM
FALLBACK CS 47
FALLBACK CS 3
FALLBACK CS 2
FALLBACK CS 1
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6 DB
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6DB
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6 DB
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6DB
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
v002Prepared: Juan Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
NSC1 CABINET
(FRONT)
HEIGHT : 78.5"
WIDTH : 24"
DEPTH : 42"
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
VAS1
SAN1
WAR/RAR
IFW
NETCLOCK/GPS
RACK
UNITS
4-TP IG
ATS2
AC2DC1
AC2DC1
IAR
ATS1
LOGGING RECORDER
NETGEAR STORAGE
RPS
INTEROPERABILITY
CABINET
HEIGHT : 83"
WIDTH : 22.5"
DEPTH : 20.25""
FALLBACK CS 12
FALLBACK CS 11
FALLBACK CS 10
FALLBACK CS 9
FALLBACK CS 8
FALLBACK CS 7
FALLBACK CS 6
FALLBACK CS 5
FALLBACK CS 4
FALLBACK CS 3
FALLBACK CS 2
FALLBACK CS 1
FALLBACK CS 13
UHF FSA BACKUP
UHF FSA MAIN
MIAMI BEACH PD
NSC1
RACKUP
MICROWAVE RACK
HEIGHT : 82.125"
WIDTH : 23.81"
DEPTH : 22.63"
MICROWAVE RADIOS
AND ASSOCIATED DC
POWER SYSTEM
UHF TX & RX FILTERS
8CH CTL ST COMBINER
6CH CTL ST COMBINER
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
v002Prepared: Juan Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
MIAMI BEACH PD
NSC1
CURRENT FLOOR PLAN
NOTES:
1 – Rack 3 only contains 1 desktop
computer and 1 printer. These
devices equipment can be installed
in Rack 4, so Rack 3 can be
removed.
2 – This is a preliminary
diagram. Dimensions are
approximated.
E X I S T I N G P O W E R
E Q U I P M E N T
TRAINING
ROOM
25'-5"
1 3 '-0 "
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
2'-0"
3'-0"
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
3'-0"
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
3'-0"
R
A
C
K
1
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
M
A
A
N
D
U
H
F
F
S
A
2'-0"
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
LOWER
FLOOR
LEVEL
6'-5"
R
A
C
K
2
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
M
A
&
F
B
C
S
R
A
C
K
3
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
P
C
A
N
D
P
R
I
N
T
E
R
R
A
C
K
4
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
5
N
E
E
R
A
µ
W
A
V
E
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
v002Prepared: Juan Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
MIAMI BEACH PD
NSC1
FLOOR PLAN
PHASE 1 OF IMPLEMENTATION
NOTES:
1 – Rack 3 is replaced by µwave
rack.
2 -NSC and interoperability
cabinets are installed in a
temporary place.
3 – This is a preliminary
diagram. Dimensions are
approximated.
E X I S T I N G P O W E R
E Q U I P M E N T
TRAINING
ROOM
25'-5"
1 3 '-0 "
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
2'-0"
2'-0"
3'-0"
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
3'-0"
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
3'-0"
R
A
C
K
1
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
M
A
A
N
D
U
H
F
F
S
A
2'-0"
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
LOWER
FLOOR
LEVEL
2 '-8 "
2'-6"
NSC
CABINET
U H F &
F A L L B A C K
C S ’s
R
A
C
K
2
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
M
A
&
F
B
C
S
R
A
C
K
3
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
P
C
A
N
D
P
R
I
N
T
E
R
R
A
C
K
4
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
5
N
E
E
R
A
µ
W
A
V
E
µ
W
A
V
E
R
A
C
K
Front
F r o n t
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
v002Prepared: Juan Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
MIAMI BEACH PD
NSC1
FLOOR PLAN
PHASE 2 OF IMPLEMENTATION
NOTES:
1 – Interoperability Cabinet is re-
located.
2 – NSC rack is re-located. Its final
placement inside this room is yet to
be defined.
3 -NSC cabinet is installed in a
temporary place. Its final
placement inside this room is yet to
be defined.
4 – This is a preliminary
diagram. Dimensions are
approximated.
E X I S T I N G P O W E R
E Q U I P M E N T
TRAINING
ROOM
25'-5"
1 3 '-0 "
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
2'-0"
2'-0"
3'-0"
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
3'-0"
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
S
A
N
D
S
H
E
L
V
E
S
3'-0"2'-0"
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
O
p
e
n
R
a
c
k
F
r
o
n
t
LOWER
FLOOR
LEVEL
4 '-8 3 /1 6 "
2'-6"
NSC
CABINET
U
H
F
&
F
A
L
L
B
A
C
K
C
S
’
s
R
A
C
K
3
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
P
C
A
N
D
P
R
I
N
T
E
R
R
A
C
K
4
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
S
Y
S
T
E
M
R
A
C
K
5
N
E
E
R
A
µ
W
A
V
E
µ
W
A
V
E
R
A
C
K
Front
R
A
C
K
2
C
U
R
R
E
N
T
M
A
&
F
B
C
S
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
v002Prepared: Juan Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
FALLBACK CS 13
FALLBACK CS 12
FALLBACK CS 11
FALLBACK CS 10
FALLBACK CS 9
FALLBACK CS 8
FALLBACK CS 7
FALLBACK CS 6
FALLBACK CS 5
FALLBACK CS 4
FALLBACK CS 3
FALLBACK CS 2
FALLBACK CS 1 8-CHANNEL CONTROL
STATION COMBINER
HC110T1-08F
6-CHANNEL CONTROL
STATION COMBINER
HC110T1-06F
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6 DB
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6DB
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6 DB
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6DB
MIAMI BEACH PD
NSC1
FALLBACK CONTROL STATIONS ANTENNA
SYSTEMS DIAGRAM
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
V003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
5600 COLLINS - 10 CHANNEL SIMULCAST DCP SITE RACKUP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
RACK
UNITS
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RACK
UNITS
P25 SIMULCAST RACK
HEIGHT : 85.5"
WIDTH : 20.25"
DEPTH : 19.3"
NETWORK SENTRY
POWER
SUPPLY 1
NWS POWER SUPPLY
GPS RECEIVER 2
GPS RECEIVER 1
FAN
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 1 – 4)
POWER
SUPPLY 2
POWER
SUPPLY 3
POWER
SUPPLY 4
POWER
SUPPLY 5
POWER
SUPPLY 6
POWER
SUPPLY 7
POWER
SUPPLY 8
PA 1
PA 2
PA 3
PA 4
PA 5
PA 6
PA 7
PA 8
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 5 – 8)
SAR & SAS1
MULTICOUPLER
P25 SIMULCAST RACK
HEIGHT : 85.5"
WIDTH : 20.25"
DEPTH : 19.3"
POWER
SUPPLY 9
FAN
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 9 –10)
POWER
SUPPLY 10
PA 9
PA 10
MULTICOUPLER-EXP
SAS3
SAS2
BLANK PANEL
1 – 1
855.4375
1 – 3
856.9625
1 – 2
855.8125
1 – 4
857.8375
1 – 5
858.9625
2 – 5
859.8125
2 – 1
855.6125
2 – 3
857.4375
2 – 4
858.4375
2 – 2
856.4375
BLANK PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
NOTES:
1 – Combiners feature integrated
power monitor.
2 – DC Power System for P25
Equipment is not depicted.
3 – This is a preliminary drawing.
MME
MICROWAVE RACK
HEIGHT : 82.125"
WIDTH : 23.81"
DEPTH : 22.63"
MICROWAVE RADIOS
AND ASSOCIATED DC
POWER SYSTEM
MPLS ROUTER
TX FILTER 2
TX FILTER 1
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
V003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
5600 COLLINS
FLOOR PLAN
NOTES:
1 - 5600 Collins Condominium is a new site for the
City’s RF architecture
2 - Building has 18 floors including ground floor and
pent house
3 - Building has additional 2 floors of height on top of
the roof (elevator room/mechanical room) on top of
which we will be mounting antennas facing East).
4 - Equipment to be installed inside the Fire Panel
Room (lobby floor, which is one floor above ground
level).
5 - Height to ceiling is 8'1"
6 - Height to red pipe is 7'3"
7 - This is a preliminary drawing.
14'-1"
4'-7"
EXISTING EQUIPMENT
BATTERY
CABINET
P25
MASTR V
RACK #2
P25
MASTR V
RACK #1
2'-6"
DC POWER
21'-6"
10'-8"
7'-4"
MICRO
WAVE
RACK #1
2'-6"
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
v003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
COUNCIL TOWERS - 10 CHANNEL SIMULCAST DCP SITE RACKUP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
RACK
UNITS
TX FILTER 2
TX FILTER 1
P25 SIMULCAST RACK
HEIGHT : 85.5"
WIDTH : 20.25"
DEPTH : 19.3"
NETWORK SENTRY
POWER
SUPPLY 1
NWS POWER SUPPLY
GPS RECEIVER 2
GPS RECEIVER 1
FAN
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 1 – 4)
POWER
SUPPLY 2
POWER
SUPPLY 3
POWER
SUPPLY 4
POWER
SUPPLY 5
POWER
SUPPLY 6
POWER
SUPPLY 7
POWER
SUPPLY 8
PA 1
PA 2
PA 3
PA 4
PA 5
PA 6
PA 7
PA 8
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 5 – 8)
SAR & SAS1
MULTICOUPLER
P25 SIMULCAST RACK
HEIGHT : 85.5"
WIDTH : 20.25"
DEPTH : 19.3"
POWER
SUPPLY 9
FAN
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 9 –10)
POWER
SUPPLY 10
PA 9
PA 10
MULTICOUPLER-EXP
SAS3
SAS2
BLANK PANEL
GPS RECEIVER 1
1 – 1
855.4375
1 – 3
856.9625
1 – 2
855.8125
1 – 4
857.8375
1 – 5
858.9625
2 – 5
859.8125
2 – 1
855.6125
2 – 3
857.4375
2 – 4
858.4375
2 – 2
856.4375
BLANK PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
COMBINER RACK
HEIGHT : 65.5"
WIDTH : 21.25"
DEPTH : 25.5"
NOTES:
1 – Combiners
feature integrated
power monitor.
2 – DC Power
System for P25
Equipment is not
depicted.
3 – This is a
preliminary
drawing.
MME
INTEROPERABILITY
CABINET
HEIGHT : 83"
WIDTH : 22.5"
DEPTH : 20.25""
8TAC94
8TAC93
8TAC92
8TAC91
8CALL90
MA-FLA
MD FIRE UHF
MD FIRE UHF
MD FIRE UHF
BRIDGES VHF
COAST GUARD VHF
INTER CITY VHF
SNET/P25 1 SNET/P25 2
SNET/P25 3 SNET/P25 4
SNET/P25 5 SNET/P25 6
SNET/P25 7 SNET/P25 8
SNET/P25 9 SNT/P25 10
MPLS ROUTER
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RACK
UNITS
MICROWAVE RACK
HEIGHT : 82.125"
WIDTH : 23.81"
DEPTH : 22.63"
MICROWAVE RADIOS
AND ASSOCIATED DC
POWER SYSTEM
8CH CTL ST COMBINER
8CH CTL ST COMBINER
iRIM 1
iRIM 2
iRIM 3
iRIM 4
iRIM 5
12-TP IG
12-TP IG
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
v003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
SCALE = 3/8"=1' (.375"=12")
COUNCIL TOWERS
FLOOR PLAN
INTEROP
RACK
NOTES:
1 – Equipment shelter is new.
2 – This is a preliminary drawing.
MICRO
WAVE
RACK #1
CLEARANCE PER NEC
CLEARANCE
PER NEC
15'-4"
FRONTP25
MASTR V
RACK #1
RF
COMBINER
RACK
3'-0"
MTS
ATS
1 0 '-7 "
P25
MASTR V
RACK #2
BATTERY
CABINETDC POWER
2'-7 3/4"
3'-1 1/4"
6 "
2'-9"
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
v003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
8TAC94
8TAC93
8TAC92
8TAC91
8CALL90
MA-FLA
MD FIRE UHF
MD FIRE UHF
MD FIRE UHF
BRIDGES VHF
COAST GUARD VHF
INTER CITY VHF
SNET/P25 10
SNET/P25 9
SNET/P25 8
SNET/P25 7
SNET/P25 6
SNET/P25 5
SNET/P25 4
SNET/P25 3
SNET/P25 2
SNET/P25 1 8-CHANNEL CONTROL
STATION COMBINER
HC110T1-08F
8-CHANNEL CONTROL
STATION COMBINER
HC110T1-08F
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6 DB
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 6 DB
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA
800 MHZ YAGI ANTENNA
VHF MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 7 DB
VHF MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 7 DB
VHF MHZ YAGI ANTENNA – 7 DB
UHF MHZ YAGI ANTENNA–10 DB
UHF MHZ YAGI ANTENNA–10 DB
UHF MHZ YAGI ANTENNA–10 DB
COUNCIL TOWERS
CONTROL STATIONS ANTENNA SYSTEMS
DIAGRAM
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
V003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
PARKVIEW POINT - 10 CHANNEL SIMULCAST DCP SITE RACKUP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
RACK
UNITS
P25 SIMULCAST RACK
HEIGHT : 85.5"
WIDTH : 20.25"
DEPTH : 19.3"
NETWORK SENTRY
POWER
SUPPLY 1
NWS POWER SUPPLY
GPS RECEIVER 2
GPS RECEIVER 1
FAN
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 1 – 4)
POWER
SUPPLY 2
POWER
SUPPLY 3
POWER
SUPPLY 4
POWER
SUPPLY 5
POWER
SUPPLY 6
POWER
SUPPLY 7
POWER
SUPPLY 8
PA 1
PA 2
PA 3
PA 4
PA 5
PA 6
PA 7
PA 8
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 5 – 8)
SAR & SAS1
MULTICOUPLER
P25 SIMULCAST RACK
HEIGHT : 85.5"
WIDTH : 20.25"
DEPTH : 19.3"
POWER
SUPPLY 9
FAN
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 9 –10)
POWER
SUPPLY 10
PA 9
PA 10
MULTICOUPLER-EXP
SAS3
SAS2
BLANK PANEL
GPS RECEIVER 1
1 – 1
855.4375
1 – 3
856.9625
1 – 2
855.8125
1 – 4
857.8375
1 – 5
858.9625
2 – 5
859.8125
2 – 1
855.6125
2 – 3
857.4375
2 – 4
858.4375
2 – 2
856.4375
BLANK PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
COMBINER RACK
HEIGHT : 65.5"
WIDTH : 21.25"
DEPTH : 25.5"
NOTES:
1 – Combiners feature integrated
power monitor.
2 – DC Power System for P25
Equipment is not depicted.
3 – This is a preliminary drawing.
MME
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RACK
UNITS
MICROWAVE RACK
HEIGHT : 82.125"
WIDTH : 23.81"
DEPTH : 22.63"
MICROWAVE RADIOS
AND ASSOCIATED DC
POWER SYSTEM
MPLS ROUTER
TX FILTER 2
TX FILTER 1
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
V003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
SCALE = 3/8"=1' (.375"=12")
PARKVIEW POINT
FLOOR PLAN
NOTES:
1 – Equipment shelter is new.
2 – This is a preliminary drawing.
MICRO
WAVE
RACK #1
CLEARANCE PER NEC
CLEARANCE
PER NEC
15'-4"
FRONTP25
MASTR V
RACK #1
RF
COMBINER
RACK
3'-0"
MTS
ATS
1 0 '-7 "
P25
MASTR V
RACK #2
BATTERY
CABINETDC POWER
2'-7 3/4"
3'-1 1/4"
6 "
2'-9"
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
V003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
TOWER 41 - 10 CHANNEL SIMULCAST DCP SITE RACKUP
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
RACK
UNITS
P25 SIMULCAST RACK
HEIGHT : 85.5"
WIDTH : 20.25"
DEPTH : 19.3"
NETWORK SENTRY
POWER
SUPPLY 1
NWS POWER SUPPLY
GPS RECEIVER 2
GPS RECEIVER 1
FAN
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 1 – 4)
POWER
SUPPLY 2
POWER
SUPPLY 3
POWER
SUPPLY 4
POWER
SUPPLY 5
POWER
SUPPLY 6
POWER
SUPPLY 7
POWER
SUPPLY 8
PA 1
PA 2
PA 3
PA 4
PA 5
PA 6
PA 7
PA 8
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 5 – 8)
SAR & SAS1
MULTICOUPLER
P25 SIMULCAST RACK
HEIGHT : 85.5"
WIDTH : 20.25"
DEPTH : 19.3"
POWER
SUPPLY 9
FAN
MASTR V SHELF
(CH 9 –10)
POWER
SUPPLY 10
PA 9
PA 10
MULTICOUPLER-EXP
SAS3
SAS2
BLANK PANEL
1 – 1
855.4375
1 – 3
856.9625
1 – 2
855.8125
1 – 4
857.8375
1 – 5
858.9625
2 – 5
859.8125
2 – 1
855.6125
2 – 3
857.4375
2 – 4
858.4375
2 – 2
856.4375
BLANK PANEL
POWER SUPPLY
NOTES:
1 – Combiners feature integrated
power monitor.
2 – DC Power System for P25
Equipment is not depicted.
3 – This is a preliminary drawing.
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
RACK
UNITS
MICROWAVE RACK
HEIGHT : 82.125"
WIDTH : 23.81"
DEPTH : 22.63"
MICROWAVE RADIOS
AND ASSOCIATED DC
POWER SYSTEM
MPLS ROUTER
TX FILTER 2
TX FILTER 1
MME
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
V003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
SCALE = 3/8"=1' (.375"=12")
TOWER 41
EXISTING FLOOR PLAN
NOTES:
1 - Phased Implementation to optimize use of space and minimize installation disruption to SmartNet.
2 - MASTRV DC power system runtime temporarily reduced so it fits in one cabinet.
3 - Legacy PA System 220 MHz Ham Radio Repeater is temporarily removed.
4 - Install 2 MASTR V racks, one of them with built-in TX Combiners.
5 - Complete power systems installation with full required runtime after cutover.
6 - Legacy PA System 220 MHz Ham Radio Repeater is re-installed after cutover.
7 - This is a preliminary drawing.
open
2 x Tx
Combiners
SmartNet
GPS Time
reference
unit
Combiners
SmartNet
5 Repeaters
SmartNet
5 RepeatersOpen
Legacy PA
System 220
MHz Ham
Radio
Repeater
Uwave
Network
Monitoring
· cavity
filters
· Fire station
alerting
· IMAX 800
· GPS
reference
unit
3'-0"
19'-3"
9'-0"
HVAC
UPS
12'-0"
7'-0"
cabinet
C
a
b
l
e
e
n
t
r
y
P
o
r
t
s
HVAC
17'-6"
Open Rack Front
19'-0"
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
V003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
Harris DC
Power
Plant 1
2 x Tx
Combiners
SmartNet
GPS Time
reference
unit
Combiners
SmartNet
5 Repeaters
SmartNet
5 Repeaters
Harris
Mwave
Rack
MASTR V
RACK1
Uwave
Network
Monitoring
· cavity
filters
· Fire station
alerting
· IMAX 800
· GPS
reference
unit
3'-0"
19'-3"
9'-0"
HVAC
UPS
12'-0"
7'-0"
cabinet
C
a
b
l
e
e
n
t
r
y
P
o
r
t
s
HVAC
17'-6"
Open Rack Front
19'-0"
MASTR V
RACK2
Combiners
TOWER 41
PHASE 1 FLOOR PLAN
NOTES:
1 - Phased Implementation to optimize use of space and minimize installation disruption to SmartNet.
2 - MASTRV DC power system runtime temporarily reduced so it fits in one cabinet.
3 - Legacy PA System 220 MHz Ham Radio Repeater is temporarily removed.
4 - Install 2 MASTR V racks, one of them with built-in TX Combiners.
5 - Complete power systems installation with full required runtime after cutover.
6 - Legacy PA System 220 MHz Ham Radio Repeater is re-installed after cutover.
7 - This is a preliminary drawing.
THIRD ANGLE PROJECTION
MBP # 16231
Date: 06/21/17 Fig.
V003Prepared by: J. Mocci / Y. Malette
MIAMI BEACH, FL
Confidential, Proprietary & Competition Sensitive
P R E L I M I N A R Y
D R A W
I N G
Harris DC
Power
Plant 1
MASTR V
RACK1
· cavity
filters
· Fire station
alerting
· IMAX 800
· GPS
reference
unit
5'-4 5/16"
16'-10 11/16"
9'-0"
HVAC
UPS
12'-0"
7'-0"
cabinet
C
a
b
l
e
e
n
t
r
y
P
o
r
t
s
HVAC
17'-6"
Open Rack Front
19'-0"
MASTR V
RACK2
Combiners
Harris DC
Power
Plant 2
TOWER 41
COMPLETE FLOOR PLAN
NOTES:
1 - Phased Implementation to optimize use of space and minimize installation disruption to SmartNet.
2 - MASTRV DC power system runtime temporarily reduced so it fits in one cabinet.
3 - Legacy PA System 220 MHz Ham Radio Repeater is temporarily removed.
4 - Install 2 MASTR V racks, one of them with built-in TX Combiners.
5 - Complete power systems installation with full required runtime after cutover.
6 - Legacy PA System 220 MHz Ham Radio Repeater is re-installed after cutover.
7 - This is a preliminary drawing.
Legacy PA
System 220
MHz Ham
Radio
Repeater
Harris
Mwave
Rack
RF Integrity
Wednesday, February 01, 2017 11:41:00
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 1A - Mobile Outdoor Talkout
Service:Mobile, Outdoors
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:5.0 ft.
Mobile Transmit Power:44.0 dBm
Mobile Antenna Gain: 0.0 dB Front center of trunk w/ light bar (-7.4 dB)
Miscellaneous Loss: 2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:43.7 W 46.4 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.Loss: 0.9 dB
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 149.6 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.0 dBm(Max)53.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:40.7 W 46.1 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.Loss: 0.6 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 192 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 151.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:46.8 W 46.7 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.Loss: 1.2 dB
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.1 dBm(Max)50.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Figure Figure 1A - Mobile Outdoor Talkout - Page 2
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:75.9 W 48.8 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.Loss: 3.3 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 180 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 151.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 15:54:45
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 1A - Mobile Outdoor Talkout
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
26° 00' 00"
-
8
0
°
1
6
'
3
0
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 14:52:44
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 2A - Portable Outdoor Talkout
Service:Portable, Outdoors, No SMA
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:43.7 W 46.4 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.Loss: 0.9 dB
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 146.6 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.0 dBm(Max)53.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:40.7 W 46.1 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.Loss: 0.6 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 192 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:46.8 W 46.7 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.Loss: 1.2 dB
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 144.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.1 dBm(Max)50.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Figure Figure 2A - Portable Outdoor Talkout - Page 2
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:75.9 W 48.8 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.Loss: 3.3 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 180 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 14:26:14
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 2A - Portable Outdoor Talkout
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s10_CT
s13 56C
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Wednesday, February 01, 2017 08:44:32
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 2B - Portable Outdoor Talkback
Service:Portable, Talkback, Outdoors, No SMA, NB P25 Trunking
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:5.0 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.9 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 142.7 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 8.2 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 144.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.6 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 140.6 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Figure Figure 2B - Portable Outdoor Talkback - Page 2
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 6.7 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:1-5/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 144.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, February 01, 2017 08:46:35
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 2B - Portable Outdoor Talkback
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
26° 00' 00"
-
8
0
°
1
6
'
3
0
"
s11_T41
s10_CT
s13 56C
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 15:00:57
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 3A - Portable Indoor Talkout (6 dB loss profile)
Service:Portable, Indoors, No SMA
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:43.7 W 46.4 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.Loss: 0.9 dB
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 146.6 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.0 dBm(Max)53.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:40.7 W 46.1 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.Loss: 0.6 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 192 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:46.8 W 46.7 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.Loss: 1.2 dB
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 144.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.1 dBm(Max)50.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Figure Figure 3A - Portable Indoor Talkout (6 dB loss profile) - Page 2
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:75.9 W 48.8 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.Loss: 3.3 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 180 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 14:26:37
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 3A - Portable Indoor Talkout (6 dB loss profile)
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 15:13:03
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure Figure 3B - Portable Indoor Talkback (6 dB loss profile)
Service:Portable, Talkback, Indoors, No SMA, NB P25 Trunking
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.9 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 145.7 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 8.2 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Figure Figure Figure 3B - Portable Indoor Talkback (6 dB loss profile) - Page 2
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.6 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 143.6 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 5.4 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 14:26:47
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure Figure 3B - Portable Indoor Talkback (6 dB loss profile)
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 15:02:07
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 4A - Portable Indoor Talkout (12 dB loss profile)
Service:Portable, Indoors, No SMA
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:43.7 W 46.4 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.Loss: 0.9 dB
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 146.6 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.0 dBm(Max)53.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:40.7 W 46.1 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.Loss: 0.6 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 192 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:46.8 W 46.7 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.Loss: 1.2 dB
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 144.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.1 dBm(Max)50.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Figure Figure 4A - Portable Indoor Talkout (12 dB loss profile) - Page 2
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:75.9 W 48.8 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.Loss: 3.3 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 180 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 14:26:55
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 4A - Portable Indoor Talkout (12 dB loss profile)
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 15:15:52
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 4B - Portable Indoor Talkback (12 dB loss profile)
Service:Portable, Talkback, Indoors, No SMA, NB P25 Trunking
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.9 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 145.7 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 8.2 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Figure Figure 4B - Portable Indoor Talkback (12 dB loss profile) - Page 2
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.6 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 143.6 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 5.4 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 14:27:04
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 4B - Portable Indoor Talkback (12 dB loss profile)
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 15:03:52
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 5A - Portable Indoor Talkout (20 dB loss profile)
Service:Portable, Indoors, No SMA
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:43.7 W 46.4 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.Loss: 0.9 dB
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 146.6 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.0 dBm(Max)53.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:40.7 W 46.1 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.Loss: 0.6 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 192 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:46.8 W 46.7 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.Loss: 1.2 dB
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 144.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.1 dBm(Max)50.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Figure Figure 5A - Portable Indoor Talkout (20 dB loss profile) - Page 2
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:75.9 W 48.8 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.Loss: 3.3 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 180 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 14:28:47
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 5A - Portable Indoor Talkout (20 dB loss profile)
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 15:17:36
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 5B - Portable Indoor Talkback (20 dB loss profile)
Service:Portable, Talkback, Indoors, No SMA, NB P25 Trunking
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.9 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 145.7 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 8.2 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Figure Figure 5B - Portable Indoor Talkback (20 dB loss profile) - Page 2
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.6 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 143.6 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 5.4 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 14:28:47
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 5B - Portable Indoor Talkback (20 dB loss profile)
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 15:05:09
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 6A - Portable Indoor Talkout (28 dB loss profile)
Service:Portable, Indoors, No SMA
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:43.7 W 46.4 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.Loss: 0.9 dB
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 146.6 dB(Hzn)ERP: 53.0 dBm(Max)53.0 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:40.7 W 46.1 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.Loss: 0.6 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 192 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:46.8 W 46.7 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.Loss: 1.2 dB
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 144.5 dB(Hzn)ERP: 54.1 dBm(Max)50.9 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Figure Figure 6A - Portable Indoor Talkout (28 dB loss profile) - Page 2
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Transmitter:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Output Power:75.9 W 48.8 dBm
Combiner:DSCC85 Channel: 5 Spacing: 500 kHz Loss: 2.1 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.Loss: 3.3 dB
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(Hzn)Height: 180 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 148.7 dB(Hzn)ERP: 56.1 dBm(Max)55.1 dBm(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 15:52:28
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 6A - Portable Indoor Talkout (28 dB loss profile)
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
RF Integrity
Monday, January 30, 2017 15:18:57
Project Information
Project:16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP:16231
Engineer:Juan Mocci
Figure:Figure 6B - Portable Indoor Talkback (28 dB loss profile)
Service:Portable, Talkback, Indoors, No SMA, NB P25 Trunking
System Parameters
Frequency:806 - 870 MHz
Terminal Antenna Height:3.5 ft.
Portable Transmit Power:34.8 dBm
Portable Antenna Gain:-2.0 dB
Site Parameters
Site ID:s10_CT
Site Name:Council Towers
Latitude:25° 46' 53.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 54.500" W
Site Elevation:36 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.9 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 75 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:DS7C10F36U-N Azimuth: 270°Gain: 10.0 dBd(Max) 10.0 dBd(Hzn)Height: 130 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 145.7 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 157 ft.
Site ID:s11_T41
Site Name:Tower 41
Latitude:25° 48' 51.000" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 33.000" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 8.2 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 50 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 190°(100°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 205 ft.
Figure Figure 6B - Portable Indoor Talkback (28 dB loss profile) - Page 2
Site ID:s12_PP
Site Name:Parkview Point
Latitude:25° 51' 35.500" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 38.500" W
Site Elevation:23 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 7.6 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 100 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10AT2 Azimuth: 180°Gain: 11.1 dBd(Max) 7.9 dBd(Hzn)Height: 174 ft. (C.L.)
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 143.6 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 184 ft.
Site ID:s13 56C
Site Name:5600 Collins Ave
Latitude:25° 50' 09.480" N (NAD83)
Longitude:80° 07' 17.270" W
Site Elevation:33 ft.
Area Type:Database PLAG Version: 15.1
Building Loss:Database
Receiver:MASTR V Manufacturer: Harris RFCD
Additional Gain: 0.0 dB Total System Gain: 7.3 dB
Multicoupler:CP00918 Channel: 16 TTA Pad: 0.0 dB Distribution Pad: 5.4 dB
Duplexer Loss: 0.0 dB
Coax:7/8" Foam Length: 280 ft.
Tower Top Amp:CP00732
Antenna:BMR10HT2 Azimuth: 0°(270°)* Gain: 13.1 dBd(Max) 12.1 dBd(H
Vertical Pattern:Yes Mechanical Tilt: 0°
Allowable Path Loss: 147.8 dB(Hzn)HAAT: 200 ft.
* - Due to the vendor supplied data the installation azimuth differs from the RAPTR azimuth.
Azimuth in parenthesis indicates the alignment orientation for installation.
RF Integrity
RAPTR Version 28.0.390
Wednesday, January 25, 2017 15:51:15
Project: 16231 Miami Beach_FL_v001
MBP: 16231
Figure: Figure 6B - Portable Indoor Talkback (28 dB loss profile)
Engineer: Juan Mocci
Map type - 1:100,000
Note: Map depicts coverage across the defined service area. Statistical variability does not allow
for guarantee of coverage in specific locations, but does represent graphically area % coverage.
Scale - miles
0 4
25° 56' 18"
-
8
0
°
1
3
'
0
9
"
s11_T41
s13 56C
s10_CT
s12_PP
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 1
Project Management Plan
Program Overview
Harris will install and implement the P25 Communication System and microwave backhaul network at
the sites listed in Figure 1. Six sites are existing City of Miami Beach sites with a new site located at
5600 Collins Avenue added to the City of Miami Beach P25 System. The existing Rebeca Towers
receive only and microwave backhaul site will not be utilized in the new P25 network.
Figure 1. P25 System and Microwave Network Sites
Site # Site Name Street Address LAT North / LONG West
Coordinates
Site
Status
1 Park View Point (R, M) 7441 Wayne Avenue 25⁰ 51’ 35.5” / 80⁰ 7’ 38.5” Existing
2 5600 Collins Avenue (R, M) 5600 Collins Avenue 25⁰ 50’ 9.48” / 80⁰ 7’ 17.27” New
3 Tower 41 (R, M) 4101 Pine Tree Drive 25⁰ 48’ 52” / 80⁰ 7’ 33” Existing
4 Council Towers (R, M) 1040 Collins Ave # 2 25⁰ 46’ 53” / 80⁰ 7’ 54.5” Existing
5 Police Department – NSC1 (M) 1100 Washington Station 25⁰ 46’ 56” / 80⁰ 7’ 59” Existing
6 Fire Station 2/EOC/NSC2 (M) 2310 Pine Tree Drive 25°47'59" / 80° 7'51" Existing
7 City Hall (M) 1700 Convention Center Dr. 25°47'33.98" / 80° 8'7.55"W Existing
(R): P25 Upgrade Radio Site
(M): Microwave Backhaul Site
This system shall include two dispatch sites located at:
Site Name Address LAT / LONG Coordinates Site Status
Police Department – NSC1 1100 Washington Station 25⁰ 46’ 56” / 80⁰ 7’ 59” Existing
Fire Station 2/EOC – NSC2 2310 Pine Tree Drive 25°47'59" / 80° 7'51" Existing
An additional Symphony dispatch console position and back up control station shall be provided for
Parking and Code Enforcement.
The City of Miami Beach network of sites is depicted in Figure 2.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 2
Figure 2. Miami Beach P25 Upgrade, with Microwave Backhaul Sites
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 3
The overall network of P25 sites, microwave backhaul links and ISSI Gateway backhaul links, are
depicted in Figure 3.
Harris shall provide one ISSI Gateway Link and MW backhaul to the CAB site for connectivity to the
Miami Dade System. Optional ISSI links and MW Backhaul sites to Aventura, Hialeah and Coral
Gables Systems are also depicted in Figure 3.
Figure 3. Miami Beach P25 Upgrade, with Microwave Backhaul Sites and Optional ISSI Links
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 4
Preliminary Project Schedule and Responsibility
Matrix
The installation and implementation of the equipment and P25 system, backhaul network, site
development, as well as the removal and disposition of the current legacy equipment shall be executed
according to the Preliminary Project Schedule (Section 5) and Responsibility Matrix (Section 6). The
Preliminary Project Schedule extends over an 18-month period for the new system installation,
implementation, deployment, and system acceptance. Approximately two months of existing system
decommissioning are included in the Project Plan scheduled for completion after system acceptance.
Kick-Off Meeting
The Project Manager will initiate project implementation with a Project Kick-off Meeting followed by
a Preliminary Design Review (PDR). Harris and the City will mutually agree on the timing and
schedule of these meetings. The objectives of the meeting include:
Introduction of all project participants
Review of the roles of the project participants
Review of the overall project scope, objectives, and deliverables
Review of the current site status
Review of the City of Miami Beach-owned site documentation
Review of the current frequency plan
Review of the preliminary schedule
Schedule site surveys with the City of Miami and each site’s knowledgeable personnel
The project team will use the information obtained during the Kick-off Meeting, PDR, and site
surveys, along with the regulatory and engineering documentation, to deliver the final system design at
the Detailed Design Review (DDR).
Harris will order all long-lead items and materials following the PDR to be able to comply with the 18-
month schedule.
Detailed Design Review (DDR)
Harris will conduct a Detailed Design Review (DDR) meeting approximately sixty days after the
Kick-Off Meeting. During the review, Harris will present and deliver an updated project schedule and
design package for the entire system and its components, including:
Transmit/Receive Sites
Site Antenna Systems
Receiver Voter/Simulcast Control Point Equipment
System Controller/Server Equipment
Dispatcher Console Subsystem
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 5
Microwave Connectivity Subsystem
Radio/Microwave Alarm Subsystem.
The submitted drawings shall illustrate, as a minimum:
Relative cabinet/rack location
Equipment power wiring (primary and emergency)
Equipment interconnection wiring (signal and control)
RF components interconnection details, i.e., transmitter, combiner, antenna, etc.
Appropriate signal/voltage levels to facilitate alignment of level-sensitive components.
Harris will provide site civil drawings depicting location details of equipment to be placed in existing
or new facilities, and supporting structural analyses. The Harris Team will present design drawings
and documentation during the DDR with the City. All drawings, network system and subsystem
diagrams shall serve as the basis for final as-build documents which shall be submitted to the City’s
Project Representative after system acceptance testing has been successfully completed. The updated
DDR project schedule shall serve as the baseline for system deployment.
Manufacturing and Staging
After final design approval, the project team will schedule manufacturing using its material planning
system. The factory will manufacture the RF equipment, integrate it with the key supplier items and
test each rack of equipment.
After manufacturing and test, system engineers will assemble the equipment in the factory staging
facility. The system engineers will work with staging technicians to make all intra-rack connections for
each site’s equipment. Ethernet cable connections will simulate transmission networks and ensure the
equipment connects to the network switches. Technicians will set the IP addresses and verify operation
of the network and radio system. Radios will be configured to operate on a test user database
programmed into the system. Several consoles will be set up to demonstrate dispatch operation.
System levels will be verified, and all features will be tested to signify the system is ready for Factory
Acceptance Test (FAT).
Running the FAT will demonstrate the radio system functionality. The FAT will utilize functional
Acceptance Test Plan (ATP) tests appropriate to run in the factory staging environment. The ATP
defines each test, with instructions on how to set up and run the test and compares them to the
expected results. The test team will conduct, score and initial each test.
Shipping, Warehousing and Inventory
At the conclusion of staging, Harris will prepare the equipment for delivery to the sites. Wrapping
each rack in clear plastic wrap and properly securing it ensures safe transportation. Harris will arrange
shipment of equipment and materials to a Harris-provided storage area near the point of installation or
directly to the City’s sites. Once delivered, the equipment is inventoried and completeness of the
shipment is confirmed with the City of Miami Beach.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 6
Subscriber equipment typically ships and are received separately, since control stations, mobile, and
portable radios are individually boxed. Subscriber equipment will also be shipped, delivered and
inventoried with Harris and City of Miami Beach verifying and confirming receipt.
Site Development
Upon Detailed Design Review (DDR) approval, shipments of parts and materials will be coordinated
with the suppliers, based on the project schedule to ensure parts and materials are available as needed
on each site.
The site development work will occur in parallel to radio system equipment manufacturing and
staging. Site development is performed in accordance with Harris best practices and industry
standards.
Harris and its subcontractors will perform the site development and site improvements for each site.
System Installation
System equipment will be installed at sites based on the final design presented at the Detailed Design
review (DDR). Qualified technicians will install the new equipment and integrate the subsystems, as
required.
The installation plans will be developed during the detailed design phase of the project and presented
to the City of Miami Beach for review and approval at the DDR. Based on site surveys conducted by
Harris personnel or its subcontractors, the installation plan will include floor plan drawings, equipment
rack-up drawings, antenna location details, as well as installation procedures. The installation plan will
coordinate all activities of the project team, minimizing installation conflicts and ensuring that system
implementation proceeds efficiently. The project team will take great care to ensure that there is
minimal disruption in service when installing the new P25 Phase 2 System in existing equipment
locations.
The installation plan will determine the order for the installation process. The planned order will be
determined by the City of Miami Beach and the Harris team based on the availability of the site
locations and needs.
Site equipment installations will follow industry standards, including Harris Grounding and Lightning
Protection. The project team will periodically review the installation work to ensure implementation of
these standards.
Installation activities will be separated between infrastructure equipment installation, and user radio
installation.
Equipment Installation
Antenna Systems
A key aspect of the infrastructure equipment work is installation of the new P25 Phase 2 Antenna
Systems. Installation of new antenna systems will occur on new and existing rooftop sites.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 7
New antenna system installations will consider the location of the existing City’s antennas and the
timing of their removal. The location of the antenna systems on the sites will be coordinated with the
site owner when City of Miami Beach obtains or modifies a site lease.
Harris will use experienced tower crews to install the antenna systems. The antennas will be mounted
on appropriate mounts and the RF cables will be supported with transmission line hangers secured to
the tower cable ladder. The cables will have ground kits installed near the antenna and as they leave
the tower as per the work plan and industry standards.
Infrastructure Equipment
Upon completion of the antenna system work, installation crews will install the base-stations and
associated equipment. Once the infrastructure racks are secure in place, grounded and connected to
power, technicians will verify proper levels and settings preparing the site for the acceptance test.
Installation crews will also complete installation and commissioning of network cores, dispatch
consoles, logging recorders, and other infrastructure equipment, according to the detailed
implementation plan.
The City of Miami Beach’s personnel, and/or their representatives, will be provided advance notice to
prepare for their participation in acceptance testing. The installation team will record the alignment
and test data and provide copies to the City. Copies of the individual site alignment and test data will
be available at each site.
User Equipment
The project team and the City of Miami Beach personnel will work together to develop a mutually
agreeable cutover schedule. The project team will provide overall management and planning of the
installation and test activities and field service personnel will perform the installations. The project
team will schedule and coordinate user training and distribution of the portable and mobile user
equipment, according to the cutover plan installation schedule. All mobile radio installations will
involve close coordination with the City and participating user agencies to minimize disruption to their
operation and to reduce out-of-service and unproductive time.
Experienced mobile installation crews will perform the installations at user locations, local shops, and
central points, as specified in the cutover plan.
System Optimization
Upon installation of infrastructure equipment, the System Engineer(s) will work with the on-site
technicians to optimize the equipment in preparation for acceptance testing.
Stabilization Period
The system will have a burn-in period encompassing 60 days of stable operation following System
Optimization. The 60-day burn-in period will demonstrate reliable system operation.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 8
Acceptance Testing
Harris will perform systems acceptance testing according to the agreed upon Acceptance Test Plan
(ATP) and system contract. The project team will notify the City of Miami Beach when installation
and optimization are complete and the system is ready for acceptance testing.
The tests fall into the following categories:
Site inspections
Functional test procedures
Coverage test procedures
Operational testing
The System Engineer will provide documentation defining each of the test areas. The ATP procedures
contain a short description, test methodology, and a record form for logging results and acceptance
signatures for each test. A punch list will document any issues found. The team will work towards a
swift resolution. Follow-up documents will show the corrective action required to resolve open items.
Upon satisfactory completion of each testing phase, the Project Manager will present the system
acceptance documentation to the City of Miami Beach’s Project Manager. With the City’s approval,
the project team and the City of Miami Beach can proceed with cutover and begin transitioning users
onto the new system.
Transition Plan Overview
At a high-level, the City of Miami Beach transition consists of the following stages:
Site Surveys: We will survey all RF sites and dispatch centers in detail (six physical
locations). Final site survey reports define all site deficiencies that need to be addressed by
Harris.
Equipment Shipping and Housing: After factory staging all equipment ships to a location in
the City of Miami Beach.
Installation: The microwave at all the sites and the network core equipment (at the Miami
Beach PD Headquarters and at the Fire Station 2 / EOC building) installs followed by the RF
site equipment (four sites). Dispatch consoles will install in parallel to the existing consoles.
60-day Burn-in/Stabilization Period: Once the system is installed and optimized – the 60-
day system stabilization period and acceptance testing will be conducted..
Cutover: The user cutover will take place on an agency-by-agency basis.
a. Site Cutover: As the 800 MHz frequencies are shared between existing and new
system, only six (6) P25 physical channels will be activated during cutover,
operating in Phase 2 mode to exceed current system capacity. This practice will
allow the existing system to function as an instantaneous four-channel trunking
fallback system during cutover.
b. Dispatch Cutover: All consoles will install in parallel to existing consoles, on the
same dispatch desk. The Harris Symphony console can dispatch SmartNet
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 9
talkgroups (via the Encompass Gateway), to assist users that accidentally find
themselves registered to the SmartNet system after cutover.
c. User Cutover: Portable radios will be programmed per the fleet plan and
distribute to trained users. The mobiles will be installed per a mutually agreed
upon schedule.
d. 30-day live full system load use: Once radio and console users have transitioned
to the P25 system – a 30-day full system load use period will commence.
Warranty: System Warranty will commence after the 30-day live full system load use period
is concluded.
Figure 4. P25 System Upgrade Project Phases
Harris’ philosophy is to maintain existing operations, via a parallel system deployment approach, to
minimize operational impact until the time of final cutover/transition. Harris will work with the City of
Miami Beach to carefully design new subsystems to co-exist with legacy systems.
Parallel system deployment requires careful planning based on space management. Harris will work
with the City to provide the following:
Develop a City approved fallback plan prior to cutover
Brief duration cutover period
Maintained operability between the new and existing radio system during transition.
Continued communications on interoperability talkgroups in place today.
Single dispatch console use during the transition.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 10
Cutover Plan
The Harris strategy is to make the transition phase transparent to the end user by maintaining
maximum functionality throughout the transition process. Harris has given careful thought regarding
how to transition the legacy radio network that is currently in place to the new P25 Phase 2 radio
network specified by City.
Fleet Mapping Development
Since the City currently uses a trunked system, the existing fleet map structure can be duplicated on
the new system if desired. Fleet mapping is one of the first project tasks in a communication systems
upgrade that requires direct end user participation; project success requires the project team to
complete fleet mapping early in the project, as the fleet map is a critical foundation upon which the
end users’ experiences are built. Fleet mapping is a tool used to understand how agencies and
dispatchers communicate on a daily basis. Critical operational tasks including interoperability,
standard operating procedures, third party integrated applications and hardware, as well as ordering of
special accessories or installation equipment, all stems from the fleet mapping process.
Site Space Management Strategy
During site surveys, Harris observed limited space at all RF site locations as well as communication
rooms where NSC equipment will be installed. The space limitations are mostly due to the required
parallel operation of both SmartNet and P25 systems during the system deployment and transition
period. Harris recommends the following space management strategy at the RF Sites.
Council Tower and Parkview Point RF Sites
Harris will deploy new rooftop equipment shelters at the Council Tower and Parkview Point locations.
Tower 41 RF Site
To minimize the VIDA P25 System footprint to be installed prior to system cutover Harris will:
Temporarily reduce the LMR DC power system runtime to eight hours. This translates into a
footprint reduction of one cabinet during the transition period.
Temporarily removing of the Public Announcement System 220 MHz Ham radio equipment.
Installing the combiner equipment inside the second MASTR V repeater cabinet.
After SmartNet’s decommission Harris will:
Complete the LMR DC power system installation with the full required runtime of 36 hours.
Re-install the Public Announcement System 220 MHz Ham Radio Repeater after
decommission of the existing SmartNet system.
5600 Collins Condominium RF Site
This location is a new City radio communications site, as such there are no parallel implementation-
related space concerns here. A new rooftop equipment shelter will be deployed by Harris for new P25
system, backhaul equipment in addition to associated power and grounding to support the new site.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 11
Site Power Management Strategy
Simulcast RF Locations
DC power systems and generators will be installed in conjunction with all site civil improvements at
the four simulcast RF sites. The DC system will be energized and tested. The DC system will remain
in operation throughout the system deployment, acceptance testing and transition phases to maintain a
charge on the battery system(s) and be ready to support the microwave and LMR systems upon
installation.
Existing LMR system will not be affected by this operation.
Dispatch Centers / Network Switching Center Locations
At these locations exiting UPS and generators will be used to provide power to the Harris P25
equipment. Harris will specify number of UPS and generator-protected circuits required at each
location.
Existing LMR system will not be affected by this operation.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 12
Backhaul Transition
The new P25 system will use a new microwave backhaul. Existing backhaul will not be affected.
Figure 5. Microwave Design
In preparation for the backhaul implementation, Harris will perform path surveys to ensure each path
will provide two-way reliability specified, and the specifications of the microwave radio. Final
feasibility studies will be calculated to determine the centerlines and antenna sizes. Frequencies will be
coordinated and polarizations selected for each path to ensure that there is no interference with other
existing microwave or other radio systems in the same operating area.
For each microwave path, the 6 GHz and 11 GHz radios will utilize smallest dishes required to meet
the design reliability and minimize structural and wind loading. Harris will install and test the
complete microwave network system which includes: microwave dishes, waveguide, microwave
radios, associated network and management system and MPLS routers.
LMR Transition
The LMR Network Switching Centers (NSC1 and NSC2) and P25 site equipment will be built out in
parallel with the existing LMR equipment. This approach provides Harris and the City of Miami
Beach sufficient time to test and optimize the new P25 network equipment.
However, since both existing and new radio systems have to operate on the same set of frequencies, a
number of SmartNet repeaters will need to be turned off in order for the P25 repeaters to be tested
(including the 60-day Burn-in Test).
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 13
Harris will request and study historic traffic loading data from the SmartNet system to create a weekly
scheduled of testing; paying close attention to the tolerance for the current system for operating at a
reduced capacity during particular days of the week, and times of the day.
An example three phase procedure for RF and simulcast system testing..
Phase 1: Take three channels off the SmartNet system, activate three P25 channels and
conduct RF and simulcast tests during low traffic days (i.e. Monday to Thursday) as needed.
Phase 2: Take other three channels off the SmartNet system, activate three P25 channels and
conduct RF and simulcast tests during low traffic days (i.e. Monday to Thursday) as needed.
Phase 3: Take final four channels off the SmartNet system, activate the final four P25
channels and conduct RF and simulcast tests during low traffic days (i.e. Monday to Thursday)
as needed.
The same approach will be applied during the burn-in test over a 60-day burn-in/stabilization period.
Dispatch Console Transition
Harris Corporation understands the important role of the dispatcher in regard to critical
communications. After extensive user input, the new Symphony Dispatch Console Platform (SDP)
was created with dispatch operations in mind. With console space restrictions a common concern,
Harris designed the Symphony console to require minimal space, one rack mount unit, in already tight
dispatch centers. The smallest console on the market, the Symphony can be mounted under the work
surface rather than in the computer cabinet, requiring much less console space than other
manufacturers.
Dispatchers will be able to operate the existing system using the legacy consoles while testing the new
P25 system using the new Harris P25 consoles.
Ten computer-controlled (radio user initiated) and dispatcher-controlled interoperability link stations
will make P25 to SmartNet audio interoperability available at the Symphony dispatch consoles. These
links will be established using the Encompass Gateway– so they will provide mission critical features
such as Unit ID, patches, and emergency calls.
Harris engineers will work with dispatchers to customize console screen layouts to resemble the City’s
existing dispatch setup.
Installing consoles in a 24-hour dispatch center requires consideration of minimum staffing and
operational peak times. With this in mind, console installations occur using hand tools rather than
power tools (as much as possible) to limit background noise in the dispatch center. The Harris Team
will work with City’s project team to identify downtimes by agency, console availability and
operational peak times to schedule console installs accordingly.
Typical installation for a single dispatch console requires one installer and approximately two to three
hours, allowing three console installs to be completed by each installer in a typical day. Harris will
provide additional installers as necessary to meet console availability and to install consoles at the
allowable pace at each individual dispatch center.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 14
Radio Subscriber Fleet Transition (Install, De-Install, Programming)
Harris and the City of Miami Beach will designate a period for P25 system cutover and execute the
following actions:
Verify all users are in possession of P25 and SmartNet radios (portables and/or mobiles as
needed) for the transition.
Six SmartNet channels are turned off and six P25 channels, operating in Phase 2 mode are
activated. These actions happen in quick succession.
The new P25 system will then be operating with higher traffic loading capacity (ten talkpaths)
than the current system (nine talkpaths)
The SmartNet system will remain active as a fallback and also for users accidentally left
behind during cutover.
The Encompass Gateway, will provide ten P25 to SmartNet interoperability talkpaths,
supporting SmartNet users accidentally left behind during cutover.
All agencies (Fire, Police, and Public Works) start transitioning users on a shift by shift basis.
After the 30-day live full system load use period is concluded, the remaining four SmartNet
channels can be turned off; the final four P25 channels can be activated, and the entire
population of MASTR V repeaters can be re-configured to operate in mixed P25 mode.
Harris is flexible in its cutover strategy and requests input from the City’s users. Throughout the
transition, the Harris team will monitor the system and respond to communication incidents.
Mobile Radio Installations
To maintain full operational usage (with both portable and mobile radios) of the SmartNet system as a
fallback to the P25 system during transition, the City may parallel install both new P25 mobile radio
with the existing SmartNet mobile radio as space permits. Harris and the City will work together to
develop a mutually agreeable installation/removal schedule.
Figure 6. Mobile Radio Installation Planning
Step Phase Mobile Radio Installation Description
1 Scheduling
Develop a mobile radio installation schedule that accommodates city’s needs and limitations
and meets the overall project schedule for system migration. It is imperative that the
transition plan limit the impact on users while the project teams swiftly complete the installs.
2 Installation
Planning
The Harris project manager will collaborate with city’s project manager to develop a mutually
agreeable installation plan.
3 Mobile Radio
Installs
Harris will perform the mobile installations and will coordinate with the city users per the
mobile installation plan
Portable Radio Transition
Portable radio distribution occurs concurrently with mobile radio installs.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 15
When performing multi-day installations at the City of Miami Beach locations, Harris will provide
portable radio chargers as necessary to ensure new portable radios are charged when issued. For users
receiving vehicular chargers for portable radios, the temporary chargers will keep radios charged until
the vehicular charger installs complete.
System Acceptance and Test Period
Harris and the City of Miami Beach will conduct the System Acceptance Test in accordance with the
Acceptance Test Plans and perform the 60-day burn-in/stabilization period prior to transitioning users
to the new system. Harris will conduct system monitoring on a 24/7 basis and document failure alarms,
event logs, system failure issues and their resolution. Harris will report the ongoing availability
measures to the City on a daily basis.
Upon completing the 60-day reliability burn-in/stabilization period, Harris will begin transitioning
users into the new system.
Once all radio and console users have been transitioned to the P25 system – the 30-day full system
load use will commence. Upon completion, the City shall issue a “Final Completion” notice stating
Full System Acceptance has been accomplished.
Fallback Planning
Whenever possible, Harris incorporates a fallback plan into the cutover strategy to mitigate end user
risk in the event of catastrophic failure. Harris’ cutover plan provides the ability for users to revert
back to the legacy system at any point during cutover by:
Leaving a four-channel configuration of the SmartNet operational during system during
system cutover.
Making sure that users have both SmartNet and P25 radios during system cutover while
working their shifts.
The Encompass Gateway, offering ten P25 to SmartNet interoperability talkpaths, will support
SmartNet users that, for any reason, find themselves in the absence of a P25 radio. They will
be heard in the Harris P25 system.
To limit risk to the City’s users, the Harris team will continuously monitor system functionality and
respond to every reported communications incident to ensure the new P25 system is working as
expected.
Infrastructure Decommissioning
Harris will decommission and remove City’s existing LMR infrastructure equipment per the RFP
requirements and contractual agreements following System Acceptance. The type, model number,
serial number, and the City’s inventory number (where applicable) would be recorded. As part of the
infrastructure decommissioning, Harris will remove the antennas and feedline (where feasible)
abandoned by the decommissioning of the legacy site equipment. The decommissioned equipment will
be delivered to a mutually agreed to location for proper disposal or disposition.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 16
Warranty Period
Prior to final system acceptance, the Harris project manager will arrange a meeting between the Harris
field service team and City of Miami Beach to review support during the warranty period. The field
service team will provide the contact information and procedures used to obtain service during the
warranty period. Contact numbers and procedures will be provided for standard business hours and
after hours.
Workmanship, Specifications and Standards
All workmanship for this project shall be of the highest standard, in accordance with industry-accepted
best practices and the National Electric Code.
For sites requiring development services such as:
Compound Services
Foundation and Pad Services
Fencing Services
Electrical Services
Ground Ring Services
Tower Erection, Antenna and Transmission Line Services
Shelter Services.
Harris shall complete these services in accordance with the following Harris standards, as applicable:
1. AE/LZT 123 4618/1 Rev. E: Site Grounding and Lighting Protection Guidelines
2. LBI-39148B: Standards for Site Construction and Contractor Specifications
3. LBI-39185C: Specifications, Guidelines, and Practices (Tower Requirements and General
Specifications)
4. LBI-38983 Rev G: Antenna Systems.
The following standards shall apply for all equipment, installation methods, and materials as
applicable:
1. EIA/TIA – Electronic/Telecommunications Association
2. NEC – National Electric Code
3. NEMA – National Electrical Manufacturer’s Association
4. IEEE – Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers, Inc.
5. FCC – Federal Communications Commission
6. FAA – Federal Aviation Administration
7. NFPA – National Fire Prevention Association
8. Building Codes for the City of Miami Beach
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 17
9. OSHA – Occupational Safety and Health Administration.
Preliminary Site Implementation Plans
A brief description and site development plan, and the associated implementation activities is provided
in the following sections:
Park View Point Site
The Park View Point Site is an existing RF/Microwave site (see Figure 3).
Figure 3. Park View Point Building and Rooftop View
The existing shelter does not have enough free space for the installation of the new equipment and was
built in 2004 by VFP, with a wind rating of 150 mph, in compliance with the 2002 International
Building Code (IBC), now obsolete. Signs of rust and corrosion are also visible on the exterior of the
shelter and Air Conditioners. Harris shall install a new rooftop shelter which will comply with the
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 18
2012 IBC, with a 200-mph wind rating (see Appendix C), exceeding the City’s RFP requirement of
150-mph minimum wind speed operation, and consistent with the latest wind speed maps published by
the State of Florida.
The existing LMR and Microwave antennas were installed on the supporting structure in accordance
with TIA-222 Rev. F, now obsolete. Also, the current microwave antennas do not have the required
dual struts and might not be able to operate at the 150-mph minimum wind speed. Harris shall install
new antennas in compliance with TIA-222 Rev. G, the current standard. The LMR antennas are rated
at 150-mph, while the microwave antennas, with dual struts, will be fully operational at 155-mph
exceeding the City’s 150-mph minimum wind speed requirements.
A new DC Power Plant/backup system, diesel generator, ATS, and fuel tank will be installed at this
location. The new 50-KW Diesel Generator is rated at an operational wind speed of 200-mph, thus
exceeding the required 150-mph minimum wind speed from the RFP.
Pictures of the existing infrastructure elements are shown below.
Figure 4. Park View Point Current Shelter and Antennas on Adjacent Tower Structure
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 19
Figure 5. Parkview Point Shelter and Ice Bridge
Parkview Point site development includes:
The RFP requires a concrete shelter with minimum internal dimensions of 10-ft H x 12-ft W x
28-ft L. The current shelter (Figures 6 and 7) has dimension of 10-ft H x 11-ft W x 16-ft L.
Following an internal assessment Harris believes that a light-metal shelter (similar to the
existing one) with dimensions 10’7”-ft H x 10’7”-ft W x 15.4” will satisfy current and future
needs. Also, at 17,000 lbs., the light metal shelter is about half the weight of a comparable
concrete shelter (which could probably not be installed on a rooftop). The new shelter is also
bulletproof per UL752 (can stop a 357 Magnum at a 15-ft distance).
Current and new shelters will be co-located on the rooftop to allow both communications
systems to operate in parallel. From Figure 3, the new shelter could be set either next to the
existing shelter or on the other side of the rooftop building. Structural analyses will be
performed to design the supporting steel platform and to locate the most appropriate rooftop
position for the platform and new shelter. The building owner has been contacted and there
are no objections to the installation of a new shelter/platform and antennas on the building
rooftop. The equipment layout in the current shelter is depicted in Figure 6. The equipment
layout in the new shelter is depicted in Figure 7.
According to the RFP the minimum generator size must be 45 KW. ATS and DC Power
Plant/back-up system will be installed in the new shelter. The DC Power Plant/backup system
will be approximately 15 KVA. Given the projected load, the HARRIS recommended
generator size is 35 KW. Since the RFP requires a 45 KW generator (240 VAC – single
phase) minimum, Harris will provide a 50-KW generator with approximately a 43%
power/growth margin over the projected load requirement. The main breaker panel will be
sized for 200-A capacity. Following complete system implementation and before any trials
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 20
begin, a factory startup test for the generator/ATS is required and will be carried out
accordingly.
To avoid the need for an additional lease-space for the new generator/fuel tank, the old
generator/fuel tank will be removed from the current location (see Figure 8 for a typical
installation to ensure operation during flood conditions) and the new generator/fuel tank will
then be installed approximately in the same space. (A portable generator will be used during
the swap to ensure backup power in maintained during the transition.) Typical generator size
is 76-in L x 38-in W x 45-in H. Typical generator weight is approximately 1,800 lb. Since the
generator has to be able to run for 144 hours, and assuming a load between 50% and 75%, a
500-gal fuel tank will be needed. The fuel tank can either be sub-base (right under the
generator – preferred approach, see Figure 8 for example) or separate. If sub-base it will not
require a separate support structure. Typical weight for this fuel tank is 3,600 lbs. empty, and
approximately 7,155 lbs. full. When installed in a sub-base configuration, the total weight of
the integrated generator/fuel tank unit will be approximately 9,000 lb.
Three new P25 LMR antennas (1 RX and 2 TX) and three microwave dishes will be installed
on the existing tower/building structure. The most appropriate antennas positioning will be
determined following a new survey and the performance of detailed structural analyses.
Rooftop access is through a locked door. Site is secure and fencing is not necessary.
The following electrical services will be implemented:
Provide a 200-A electrical service to shelter from Customer provider meter base/main
panel frame.
Provide a 200-A connection between the generator and ATS
Provide connections for all control and alarm circuits between the generator and the
ATS/Shelter.
Utilize existing or install new conduits, as needed for all connecting/power cables.
Segregate cables in conduits for safety and to avoid interference.
Install Harris provided 15 KVA Power Plant/Back-up System and By-pass (ATS) Switch.
Provide and install a Power Plant/Back-up distribution breaker panel.
Connect the Power Plant/Back-up System (constituted of two racks) input to the main
breaker panel and output to the DC distribution breaker panel.
Wire the following racks to the Power Plant/Back-up System DC distribution breaker
panel (assume within 20’)
P25 MASTR V Rack #1
RF Combiner Rack
P25 MASTR V Rack #2.
Wire the following racks to the main breaker panel
Microwave Rack #1
DC Power Plant/Battery Cabinet.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 21
The following grounding/lightning protection services shall be performed:
Locate existing rooftop ground ring and master ground bar (see Figure 9 for examples).
Connect shelter and supporting structure to the master ground bar. Maximum resistance
between any part of the shelter/supporting structure and the earth ground cannot exceed
three ohms. If the ground ring and master ground bar cannot be located/do not exist,
provide materials and implement a ground ring/install a master ground bar. Connect
shelter and supporting structure to the master ground bar. Maximum resistance between
any part of the shelter/supporting structure and the earth ground cannot exceed three ohms.
Utilize exothermic connections in all cases. Utilize 750 kcmil copper wire for all main
connections.
If a new ground ring/master ground bar had to be installed, connect them to the first floor
earth ground utilizing the scheme depicted in Figure 10. Utilize appropriate through-roof,
through-floor, and through-wall devices (see Figure 11 for some examples) to establish a
complete water-tight connection between the ground ring/master ground bar and earth
ground. Utilize 750 kcmil copper wire for all main connections.
Figure 6. Equipment Layout in Current Shelter
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 22
Figure 7. Equipment Layout in New Shelter
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 23
Figure 8. Typical Back-Up Generator/Sub-Base Fuel Tank Flood-Proof Installation
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 24
Figure 9. Rooftop Ground Ring and Master Ground Bar Example
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 25
Figure 10. Ground Electrode Connection Through a Multi-Floor Building (example)
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 26
Figure 11. Through-Roof, Through-floor, and Through-Wall Water Tight Seal Devices
Figure 12. Antennas and Transmission Lines
Antenna Type/Description Centerline (ft) Azimuth (degrees) Cable (type/length-
ft)
LMR Antenna 1 - TX 174 ft 180 7/8” foam - 100
LMR Antenna 1 - TX 174 ft 180 7/8” foam - 100
LMR Antenna 2 - RX 174 ft 180 7/8” foam - 100
Microwave Dish 1 →5600 Collins Avenue Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Dish 2 → New City Hall Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Dish 3 → Aventura (optional) Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Antenna sweeps shall be conducted after installation. Records become part of the overall as-
build drawings.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 27
Remove the following antennas following system acceptance of the new radio system and
authorization from the City of Miami Beach.
Antenna Type/Description Centerline Azimuth
LMR Antennas 1, 2 - TX Refer to Figure 4 Refer to Figure 4
LMR Antenna 3 - RX Refer to Figure 4 Refer to Figure 4
Microwave Dish 1 Refer to Figure 4 Refer to Figure 4
Microwave Dish 2 Refer to Figure 4 Refer to Figure 4
Microwave Dish 3 Refer to Figure 4 Refer to Figure 4
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 28
5600 Collins Avenue Site
The 5600 Collins Avenue Site is a new site (Figure 13).
Figure 13. 5600 Collins Avenue Building and Rooftop View
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 29
A room at the lobby level will be utilized to host all equipment at this site. A new grounding system,
50 KW diesel generator and fuel tank will have to be installed. P25 LMR antennas and microwave
antennas will be installed on the existing structure on the rooftop. All new antennas and generator
comply with the 150-mph minimum wind speed operational requirement (see Appendix C for
reference).
A draft lease (see Appendix D) has been developed and partially negotiated on behalf of the City
of Miami Beach, with SBA, the site managing company. The currently quoted “all leased space
included” annual cost for this lease is $30,600.00. The City of Miami would be the first RF
communications system tenant in this building and consequently there are not any issues on the
positioning of the antennas on the rooftop, and the integration of the generator and fuel tank in the
service area of the garage.
The room at the lobby level (see Figure 15) will host all LMR and microwave equipment.
Given the location of this site, the diesel generator and fuel tank will be located in the garage,
close to the service entry area (see Figure 16 for selected area). Typical generator size is 76-in
L x 38-in W x 45-in H. Typical generator weight is approximately 1,800 lb. Since the
generator has to be able to run for 144 hours, and assuming a load between 50% and 75%, a
500-gal fuel tank will be needed. The fuel tank can either be sub-base (right under the
generator – preferred approach) or separate. If sub-base, it will not require a separate support
structure. Typical weight for this fuel tank is 3,600 lbs. empty, and approximately 7,155 lbs.
full. When installed in a sub-base configuration, the total weight of the integrated
generator/fuel tank unit will be approximately 9,000 lb. The main breaker panel will be sized
for 200-A capacity. Following complete system implementation and before any trials begin, a
factory startup test for the generator/ATS is required.
Three new P25 LMR antennas (Rx and Tx) and three microwave dishes will be installed on
the existing tower/building structure. A sketch illustrating the installation locations is depicted
in Figure 17).
The radio equipment room and rooftop access is through locked doors. No fencing is required.
The following electrical services will be implemented:
Provide a 200-A electrical service to the equipment room from the Customer provider
meter base/main panel frame
Provide a 200-A connection between the generator and ATS
Provide connections for all control and alarm circuits between the generator and the
ATS/Shelter.
Utilize existing or install new conduits, as needed for all connecting/power cables.
Segregate cables in conduits for safety and to avoid interference.
Install Harris provided 15 KVA Power Plant/Back-up System and By-pass (ATS) Switch.
Provide and install a Power Plant/Back-up distribution breaker panel.
Connect the Power Plant/Back-up System (constituted of two racks) input to the main
breaker panel and output to the DC distribution breaker panel.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 30
Wire the following racks to the Power Plant/Back-up System DC distribution breaker
panel (assume within 20’)
P25 MASTR V Rack #1
RF Combiner Rack
P25 MASTR V Rack #2.
Wire the following racks to the main breaker panel
Microwave Rack #1
DC Power Plant/Battery Cabinets.
The following grounding/lightning protection services will have to be performed:
Locate existing rooftop ground ring and master ground bar. Connect antenna system and
supporting structure to the master ground bar. Maximum resistance between any part of
the supporting structure and the earth ground cannot exceed three ohms. If the ground
ring and master ground bar cannot be located/do not exist, provide materials and
implement a ground ring/install a master ground bar. Connect supporting structure to the
master ground bar. Maximum resistance between any part of the shelter/supporting
structure and the earth ground cannot exceed three ohms. Utilize exothermic connections
in all cases. Utilize 750 kcmil copper wire for all main connections.
If a new ground ring/master ground bar had to be installed, connect them to the first floor
earth ground. Utilize appropriate through-roof, through-floor, and through-wall devices to
establish a complete water-tight connection between the ground ring/master ground bar
and earth ground. Utilize 750 kcmil copper wire for all main connections.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 31
Figure 14. Equipment Layout for the Lobby-Level Room
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 32
Figure 15. Back-up Generator/Fuel Tank Selected Installation Space
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 33
Figure 16. Rooftop Antennas Installation Sketch (per SBA draft lease)
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 34
Figure 17. New Antennas and Transmission Lines
Antenna Type/Description Centerline (ft) Azimuth (degrees) Cable (type/length-
ft)
LMR Antenna 1 - TX 180 ft 0 (270) 7/8” foam - 280
LMR Antenna 2 - TX 180 ft 0 (270) 7/8” foam - 280
LMR Antenna 3 - RX 180 ft 0 (270) 7/8” foam - 280
Microwave Dish 1 → Parkview Point Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Dish 2 → Hialeah
(optional)
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Dish 3 → Tower 41 Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Antenna sweeps must be conducted after installation. Records become part of the overall as-build
drawings.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 35
Tower 41 Site
The Tower 41 Site is an existing site (Figure 18).
Figure 18. Tower 41 Site Rooftop View
The equipment room (see central compound with Air Conditioning units at mid-building) will be
reused and the new P25 System/backhaul microwave system will be co-located with the existing
communication system. A new 50 KW diesel generator and fuel tank will have to be installed. P25
LMR antennas and microwave antennas will be installed on the existing structure on the rooftop. All
new antennas and generator comply with the 150-mph minimum wind speed operational requirement
(see Appendix C for reference).
The existing external infrastructure elements are illustrated in Figure 19 and Figure 20.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 36
Figure 19. Tower 41 Current Compound and Antennas
Figure 20. Tower 41 Current Compound and Antennas
For new system installation at this site Harris will reuse the current compound (Figure 19 and
Figure 20). Current and new P25 systems will be co-located and, for a period of time, will
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 37
operate in parallel (see Figure 21, Figure 22, and Figure 23 for current equipment
configuration and new equipment interim and final configurations).
Additional lease-space for the new generator/fuel tank will be needed. Typical generator size
is 76-in L x 38-in W x 45-in H. Typical generator weight is approximately 1,800 lb. Since the
generator has to be able to run for 144 hours, and assuming a load between 50% and 75%, a
500-gal fuel tank will be needed. The fuel tank can either be sub-base (right under the
generator – preferred approach) or separate. If sub-base, it will not require a separate support
structure. Typical weight for this fuel tank is 3,600 lbs. empty, and approximately 7,155 lbs.
full. When installed in a sub-base configuration, the total weight of the integrated
generator/fuel tank unit will be approximately 9,000 lb. The main breaker panel will be sized
for 200-A capacity. Following complete system implementation and before any trials begin, a
factory startup test for the generator/ATS is required.
Three new P25 LMR antennas (RX and TX) and four microwave dishes will be installed on
the existing tower/building structure.
The rooftop access is through locked doors. No fencing is required.
The following electrical services will be implemented:
Provide a 200-A electrical service to the equipment room from the Customer provider
meter base/main panel frame
Provide a 200-A connection between the generator and ATS
Provide connections for all control and alarm circuits between the generator and the
ATS/Shelter.
Utilize existing or install new conduits, as needed for all connecting/power cables.
Segregate cables in conduits for safety and to avoid interference.
Install Harris provided 15 KVA Power Plant/Back-up System and By-pass (ATS) Switch.
Provide and install a Power Plant/Back-up distribution breaker panel.
Connect the Power Plant/Back-up System (constituted of two racks) input to the main
breaker panel and output to the DC distribution breaker panel.
Wire the following racks to the Power Plant/Back-up System DC distribution breaker
panel (assume within 20’)
P25 MASTR V Rack #1
RF Combiner Rack
P25 MASTR V Rack #2.
Wire the following racks to the main breaker panel
Microwave Rack #1
DC Power Plant/Battery Cabinets.
The following grounding/lightning protection services will have to be performed:
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 38
Locate existing rooftop ground ring and master ground bar. Connect antenna system and
supporting structure to the master ground bar. Maximum resistance between any part of
the supporting structure and the earth ground cannot exceed three ohms. If the ground
ring and master ground bar cannot be located/do not exist, provide materials and
implement a ground ring/install a master ground bar. Connect supporting structure to the
master ground bar. Maximum resistance between any part of the shelter/supporting
structure and the earth ground cannot exceed three ohms. Utilize exothermic connections
in all cases. Utilize 750 kcmil copper wire for all main connections.
If a new ground ring/master ground bar had to be installed, connect them to the first floor
earth ground. Utilize appropriate through-roof, through-floor, and through-wall devices to
establish a complete water-tight connection between the ground ring/master ground bar
and earth ground. Utilize 750 kcmil copper wire for all main connections.
Figure 21. Current Equipment Layout
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 39
Figure 22. Co-Located Legacy and New Equipment Layout
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 40
Figure 23. Final Configuration With Only New Equipment Layout
Figure 24. Antennas and Transmission Lines
Antenna Type/Description Centerline (ft) Azimuth (degrees) Cable (type/length-
ft)
LMR Antenna 1 – Tx 192 ft 190 (100) 7/8” foam - 50
LMR Antenna 2 – Tx 192 ft 190 (100) 7/8” foam - 50
LMR Antenna 3 – Rx 192 ft 190 (100) 7/8” foam - 50
Microwave Dish 1 → Fire Station #2 Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Dish 2 → Council Towers Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Dish 3 → CAB Building Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
(MW provided for
ISSI link to Miami
Dade)
Microwave Dish 4 → Coral Gables
(optional)
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Antenna sweeps must be conducted after installation. Records become part of the overall as-
build drawings.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 41
Ensure that the antenna system is installed and properly grounded (including cables) per Harris
standards and industry best practices.
Remove the following antennas following system acceptance of the new radio system and
authorization from the City of Miami Beach:
Antenna Type/Description Centerline Azimuth
LMR Antennas 1, 2 – Tx Refer to Figures 17, 18 Refer to Figures 17, 18
LMR Antenna 3 – Rx Refer to Figures 17, 18 Refer to Figures 17, 18
Microwave Dish 1 Refer to Figures 17, 18 Refer to Figures 17, 18
Microwave Dish 2 Refer to Figures 17, 18 Refer to Figures 17, 18
Microwave Dish 3 Refer to Figures 17, 18 Refer to Figures 17, 18
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 42
Council Towers Site
The Council Towers Site is an existing site (Figure 25).
Figure 25. Council Towers Building and Rooftop View
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 43
The existing shelter does not have enough free space for the installation of the new equipment and was
built in 2004 by VFP, with a wind rating of 150 mph, in compliance with the 2002 International
Building Code (IBC), now obsolete. Signs of rust and corrosion are also visible on the exterior of the
shelter and Air Conditioners. The new shelter will be built in compliance with the 2012 IBC, with a
200-mph wind rating (see Appendix C), exceeding the RFP requirement of 150-mph minimum wind
speed operation, and in line with the latest wind speed maps published by the State of Florida.
The existing LMR and Microwave antennas were installed on the supporting structure in accordance
with TIA-222 Rev. F, now obsolete. Also, the current microwave antennas do not have the required
dual struts and might not be able to operate at the 150-mph minimum wind speed. The new antennas
will be installed in compliance with TIA-222 Rev. G, the current standard. The LMR antennas are
rated at 150-mph, while the microwave antennas, with dual struts, will be fully operational at 155-mph
(see Appendix C), thus exceeding the required 150-mph minimum wind speed.
A new DC Power Plant/backup system, diesel generator, ATS, and fuel tank will be installed at this
location.
The new 50-KW Diesel Generator is rated at an operational wind speed of 200-mph (see Appendix C),
thus exceeding the required 150-mph minimum wind speed from the RFP.
Pictures of the existing infrastructure elements are listed below.
Figure 26. Council Towers Current Shelter
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 44
Figure 27. Council Towers Shelter and Potential Adjacent Space for New Shelter
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 45
Figure 28. Council Towers Existing Microwave Antennas
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 46
Activities that will be performed at this site include:
The RFP requires a concrete shelter with minimum internal dimensions of 10-ft H x 12-ft W x
28-ft L. The current shelter (Figures 23 and 24) has dimension of 10-ft H x 11-ft W x 16-ft L.
Following an internal assessment Harris believes that a light-metal shelter (similar to the
existing one) with dimensions 10’7”-ft H x 10’7”-ft W x 15.4” will satisfy current and future
needs. Also, at 17,000 lbs, the light metal shelter is about half the weight of a comparable
concrete shelter (which could probably not be installed on a rooftop). The new shelter is also
bulletproof per UL752 (can stop a 357 Magnum at a 15-ft distance).
Current and new shelters will be co-located on the rooftop to allow both communications
systems to operate in parallel. From Figure 24, the new shelter could be set either next to the
existing shelter or nearby on the rooftop building. Structural analyses will be performed to
either utilize the existing steel platform or design a new supporting steel platform and to locate
the most appropriate rooftop position for the platform and new shelter. The building owner
has been contacted and there are no objections to the installation of a new shelter/platform and
antennas on the building rooftop. The equipment layout in the current shelter is depicted in
Figure 25. The equipment layout in the new shelter is depicted in Figure 26.
According to the RFP the minimum generator size must be 45 KW. ATS and DC Power
Plant/back-up system will be installed in the new shelter. The DC Power Plant/backup system
will be approximately 15 KVA. Given the projected load, the HARRIS recommended
generator size is 35 KW. Since the RFP requires a 45 KW generator (240 VAC – single
phase) minimum, Harris will provide a 50-KW generator with approximately a 43%
power/growth margin over the projected load requirement. The main breaker panel will be
sized for 200-A capacity. Following complete system implementation and before any trials
begin, a factory startup test for the generator/ATS is required and will be carried out
accordingly.
To avoid the need for an additional lease-space for the new generator/fuel tank, the old
generator/fuel tank will be removed from the current location (see Figure 10 for a typical
installation to ensure operation during flood conditions) and the new generator/fuel tank will
then be installed approximately in the same space. (A portable generator will be used during
the swap to ensure backup power in case of outage.) Typical generator size is 76-in L x 38-in
W x 45-in H. Typical generator weight is approximately 1,800 lb. Since the generator has to
be able to run for 144 hours, and assuming a load between 50% and 75%, a 500-gal fuel tank
will be needed. The fuel tank can either be sub-base (right under the generator – preferred
approach, see Figure 8 for example) or separate. If sub-base it will not require a separate
support structure. Typical weight for this fuel tank is 3,600 lbs. empty, and approximately
7,155 lbs. full. When installed in a sub-base configuration, the total weight of the integrated
generator/fuel tank unit will be approximately 9,000 lb.
Two new P25 LMR antennas (RX and TX) and three microwave dishes will be installed on
the existing tower/building structure. The most appropriate antennas positioning will be
determined following a new survey and the performance of detailed structural analyses.
Rooftop access is through a secure locked door. Site is secure and fencing is not necessary.
The following electrical services will be implemented:
Provide a 200-A electrical service to shelter from Customer provider meter base/main
panel frame.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 47
Provide a 200-A connection between the generator and ATS.
Provide connections for all control and alarm circuits between the generator and the
ATS/Shelter.
Utilize existing or install new conduits, as needed for all connecting/power cables.
Segregate cables in conduits for safety and to avoid interference.
Install Harris provided 15 KVA Power Plant/Back-up System and By-pass (ATS) Switch.
Provide and install a Power Plant/Back-up distribution breaker panel.
Connect the Power Plant/Back-up System (constituted of two racks) input to the main
breaker panel and output to the DC distribution breaker panel.
Wire the following racks to the Power Plant/Back-up System DC distribution breaker
panel (assume within 20’):
P25 MASTR V Rack #1
RF Combiner Rack
P25 MASTR V Rack #2
Wire the following racks to the main breaker panel:
Microwave Rack #1
DC Power Plant/Battery Cabinet
Interop Rack.
The following grounding/lightning protection services will be performed:
Locate existing rooftop ground ring and master ground bar (see Figure 9 for examples).
Connect shelter and supporting structure to the master ground bar. Maximum resistance
between any part of the shelter/supporting structure and the earth ground cannot exceed
three ohms. If the ground ring and master ground bar cannot be located/do not exist,
provide materials and implement a ground ring/install a master ground bar. Connect
shelter and supporting structure to the master ground bar. Maximum resistance between
any part of the shelter/supporting structure and the earth ground cannot exceed three ohms.
Utilize exothermic connections in all cases. Utilize 750 kcmil copper wire for all main
connections.
If a new ground ring/master ground bar had to be installed, connect them to the first floor
earth ground utilizing the scheme depicted in Figure 10. Utilize appropriate through-roof,
through-floor, and through-wall devices (see Figure 11 for some examples) to establish a
complete water-tight connection between the ground ring/master ground bar and earth
ground. Utilize 750 kcmil copper wire for all main connections.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 48
Figure 29. Current Shelter and Equipment Layout at Council Towers
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 49
Figure 30. Equipment Layout in New Shelter
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 50
Figure 31. Antenna and Transmission Lines
Antenna Type/Description Centerline
(ft)
Azimuth
(degrees)
Cable (type/length-ft)
LMR Antenna 1 - TX 130 ft 270 7/8” foam - 75
LMR Antenna 2 - TX 130 ft 270 7/8” foam - 75
LMR Antenna 3 - RX 130 ft 270 7/8” foam - 75
Microwave Dish 1 → Miami Beach Police
Department
Microwave
Vendor to
Install
Microwave
Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor to Install
Microwave Dish 2 → Tower 41 Microwave
Vendor to
Install
Microwave
Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor to Install
Antenna sweeps must be conducted after installation. Records become part of the overall as-
build drawings.
Ensure that the antenna system is installed and properly grounded (including cables) per Harris
standards and industry best practices.
Remove the following antennas following system acceptance of the new radio system and
authorization from the City of Miami Beach:
Antenna Type/Description Centerline Azimuth
LMR Antennas 1, 2 - TX Refer to Figures 23-25 Refer to Figures 23-25
LMR Antenna 3 - RX Refer to Figures 23-25 Refer to Figures 23-25
Microwave Dish 1 Refer to Figures 23-25 Refer to Figures 23-25
Microwave Dish 2 Refer to Figures 23-25 Refer to Figures 23-25
Microwave Dish 3 Refer to Figures 23-25 Refer to Figures 23-25
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 51
Miami Beach Police Department Site
The Miami Beach Police Department Site is an existing site (Figure 32). This is the primary dispatch
center (NSC1).
Figure 32. Miami Beach Police Department Building and Rooftop View
This is a microwave site only. The new equipment will be installed in existing facilities. Figure 29
shows the current layout. Figure 30 depicts an interim layout. Figure 31 illustrates the final layout.
The equipment to be installed include a microwave rack, the NSC1 Rack (Interoperability Gateway
and Logging Recorder), an additional rack with two MASTR III UHF Stations for Backup FSA and 13
Symphony Consoles and associated Fallback Control Stations (Dispatch Center, see Figure 32).
There is enough UPS/backup capacity to support both current and new equipment.
The existing antenna infrastructure elements are depicted in Figure 33.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 52
Figure 33. Miami Beach Police Department Equipment Room Current Layout
Figure 34. Miami Beach Police Department Equipment Room Interim Layout
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 53
Figure 35. Miami Beach Police Department Equipment Room Final Layout
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 54
Figure 36. Miami Beach Police Department Dispatch Center
Figure 37. Miami Beach Police Department Existing Installed Antennas
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 55
Figure 38. Antennas and Transmission Lines
Antenna Type/Description Centerline (ft) Azimuth (degrees) Cable (type/length-ft)
Control Stations 1-13 TX/RX Yagi TBD Council Tower TBD to TBD
Microwave Dish 1 → New City Hall Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Dish 2 → Council Towers Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Ensure that the antenna system is installed and properly grounded per Harris standards and
industry best practices.
Remove the following antennas following system acceptance of the new radio system and
authorization from the City of Miami Beach:
Antenna Type/Description Centerline Azimuth
Microwave Dish 1 Refer to Figure 33 Refer to Figure 33
Microwave Dish 2 Refer to Figure 33 Refer to Figure 33
Microwave Dish 3 Refer to Figure 33 Refer to Figure 33
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 56
Fire Station 2 Site
The Fire Station 2 Site is an existing site (Figure 39). This is the EOC/Backup Dispatch Center
(NSC2).
Figure 39. Fire Station 2 Building and Rooftop View
This site will be a microwave site only. The new equipment will be installed in existing facilities.
Figure 35 shows the current layout. Figure 36 depicts an interim layout. Figure 37 illustrates the final
layout.
The equipment to be installed include a microwave rack and the NSC2 Cabinet (four Fallback Control
Stations for the four Symphony Consoles to be installed in the Dispatch Center – see Figure 38).
There is enough UPS/backup capacity to support both current and new equipment.
A snapshot of the rooftop is given in Figure 39.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 57
Figure 40. Fire Station 2 Equipment Room Current Layout
Figure 41. Fire Station 2 Equipment Room Interim Layout
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 58
Figure 42. Fire Station 2 Equipment Room Final Layout
Figure 43. Fire Station 2 Dispatch Center
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 59
Figure 44. Fire Station 2 Current Rooftop Occupancy
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 60
Figure 45. Antennas and Transmission Lines
Antenna Type/Description Centerline (ft) Azimuth (degrees) Cable (type/length-ft)
Control Stations 14-17 TX/RX Yagi TBD Council Tower TBD to TBD
Microwave Dish 1 → Tower 41 Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Dish 2 → 5600 Collins Avenue Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Ensure that the antenna system is installed and properly grounded (including cables) per Harris
standards and industry best practices.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 61
New City Hall Site
The New City Hall Site is an existing site (Figure 46). This is currently a microwave relay site and
will be utilized in the backhaul network for the new P25 System.
Figure 46. New City Hall Building and Rooftop View
The current microwave rack-up is shown in Figure 47. Although the equipment room is fairly small
(approximately 8.5’ x 6’, with some additional space toward the entrance), the existing racks are not
fully populated, and it should also be possible to fit an additional rack in the available space for the
new microwave equipment.
The current antenna system is visible in Figures 42, 43, and 44.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 62
Figure 47. New City Hall Equipment Room Current Microwave Rack-up Snapshot
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 63
Figure 48. Convention Center Front View with Antenna Tower Structure on Rooftop
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 64
Figure 49. Convention Center Tower Structure with Microwave Antennas
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 65
Figure 50. Convention Center Tower Structure with Microwave Antennas
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 66
Figure 51. Antennas and Transmission Lines
Antenna Type/Description Centerline (ft) Azimuth (degrees) Cable (type/length-ft)
Microwave Dish 1 → Park View Point Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Dish 2 → Miami Beach Police
Department
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Microwave Vendor
to Install
Microwave Vendor to
Install
Ensure that the antenna system is installed and properly grounded (including cables) per Harris
standards and industry best practices.
Remove the following antennas following system acceptance of the new radio system and
authorization from the City of Miami Beach:
Antenna Type/Description Centerline Azimuth
Microwave Dish 1 Refer to Figure 43 Refer to Figure 43
Microwave Dish 2 Refer to Figure 43 Refer to Figure 43
Microwave Dish 3 Refer to Figure 44 Refer to Figure 44
Microwave Dish 4 Refer to Figure 44 Refer to Figure 44
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 67
Rebeca Towers Site
The Rebeca Towers Site is an existing site (Figure 52). This is currently a receive-only and
microwave site. It will not be used in the new P25 Communications System.
Figure 52. Rebeca Towers Building and Rooftop View
A snapshot of the rooftop with the compound and antenna system is given below (Figure 53).
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 68
Figure 53. Rebeca Towers Existing Antenna System View
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Project Management Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 4
Project Management Plan
Page 69
Antennas and Transmission Lines
Remove the following antennas and all legacy equipment following system acceptance of
the new radio system:
Antenna Type/Description Centerline Azimuth
LMR RX Antenna Refer to Figure 46 Refer to Figure 46
Microwave Dish 1 Refer to Figure 46 Refer to Figure 46
Microwave Dish 2 Refer to Figure 46 Refer to Figure 46
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 1
Responsibilities Matrix
Figure 1. General Requirements Matrix
Tasks Harris City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Designate a Harris project manager X
Designate a City of Miami Beach Project Manager X
Manage the Harris Team X
Establish project communications protocol and maintain
communications log as required
X X Utilize SharePoint Site to be
established by City
Conduct internal weekly project review meetings and submit
weekly reports
X
Conduct weekly project update calls X
Participate in weekly project update calls X
Conduct monthly project reviews X
Participate in monthly project reviews X
Report project progress as compared to project schedule X
Update project schedule biweekly X
Manage and control the flow of products and equipment from the
factory to meet the project schedule
X
Review change orders with Harris Project Manager and provide
approval
X
Monitor and manage risks using the Harris Risk Management
Plan
X
Review and approve submitted design documents within 5
business days or respond with revisions
X
Provide written approval for major milestones such as DDR,
staging, ATP, and final acceptance
X
Provide timely responses to issues and questions X
Provide communications and coordination assistance with
federal, state, and local government agencies, as required
X City to support as required
Designate system administrators X
Provide access to all buildings and sites, including temporary ID
badges for Harris project team
X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 2
Tasks Harris City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Provide contractor parking requirements for Harris project team
for any restricted parking areas
X
Arrange for temporary parking to off-load equipment at all
buildings and sites
X X PM coordination required
Clean up sites to include removing trash on a daily basis,
remove all installation debris on a weekly basis and upon
completion of all installation activities leave site in a final
inspection ready condition (including any hazardous material)
X Does not include any
remediation or removal of
pre-existing hazardous
materials
Remove any hazardous existing material found on site X
Site Acquisition/Lease and zoning X X Harris will provide technical
documentation and support
Develop sites and install materials in accordance with industry
standards
X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 3
Figure 2. Design Reviews Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Kick-Off Meeting and Preliminary Design Review
Assemble project team and travel to the City of Miami
Beach location
X
Present preliminary information on sites and design X
Provide a team and propose a schedule for site surveys X
Arrange access to sites and confirm site survey
schedule
X
Assemble customer team for Kick-Off Meeting X
Provide location in appropriate conference room or
training facility
X
Provide information and status on sites, leases, FRN
passwords, and existing frequency license information,
etc.
X
Provide site-knowledgeable person to accompany the
project team on site surveys
X
Conduct detailed site surveys X (Customer witness, if desired)
Prepare for Detailed Design Review
Provide site plans and applicable electrical and layout
plans
X
Provide up-to-date tower/structure and foundation
drawings along with a current mapping of installed
antennas and cabling
X
Perform grounding analyses X
Perform structural analyses X
Develop required drawings X
Develop network plans and IP backhaul requirements X
Develop tower antenna placement plans X
Develop frequency plans X
Develop coverage maps X
Develop site electrical loads X
Develop preliminary cutover plan X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 4
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Develop formal project schedule X
Prepare Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) documents X
Prepare one set of FCC Re-License applications for City
of Miami Beach’s submission X
Submit FCC license applications and pay requisite fees X City to assist as required
Provide answers to Harris requests for information X
Arrange for site lease for any noncustomer-owned sites X
Detailed Design Review
System block diagrams X
List of deliverable equipment for each site X
Network connection plan and backhaul requirements X
Tower antenna placement drawings X
Antenna system drawings X
Coverage prediction maps X
Frequency plans X
Combiner plans X
Site plot drawings X
Shelter floor plan drawings X
Rack elevation drawings X
AC power and BTU requirements X
Review preliminary cutover plan X
Review ATP X
Project schedule X
Provide FCC licensed frequencies that meet contour
limits and fulfill the frequency plan, in accordance with
the Project Schedule
X
Provide appropriate personnel to review documents X
Provide location for DDR meeting X
Approve the design following DDR meeting X Within 5 Business Days
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 5
Figure 3. Manufacturing and Staging Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Insert equipment delivery dates into the material
planning system X
Place orders with the factory X
Place orders with key suppliers X
Place orders for supplier items X
Manufacture all infrastructure equipment X
Assemble equipment in staging area on a per site basis X Includes MW and RF staging
Provide detailed Staging Acceptance Test Plan (SATP) X Submitted no later than 90
days before testing starts
Approve SATP X No later than 30 days before
testing starts
Provide appropriate personnel to participate in/witness
the Staging Acceptance Test X
Run Staging Acceptance Test X
Provide approval for the test, and authorize the system
to be shipped X 5 Business Days
Figure 4. Shipping & Inventory Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Break down equipment and ship to storage area X
Provide temporary storage near City of Miami Beach’s
location X Harris Miami Warehouse
Inventory equipment X
Harris equipment inventory verification X
Sort equipment in preparation for site delivery and
installation X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 6
Figure 5. Site Development Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Perform physical path surveys for each microwave path X
Provide City of Miami Beach site survey results report
and recommendations X
Provide existing site plans X
Perform grounding analysis X
EXISTING TOWER/STRUCTURE
Provide up-to-date tower/structure and foundation
drawings along with a current mapping of installed
antennas and cabling
X City to provide existing
documentation as available
Identify specific tower/structure attachment points to
mount new antennas per the system design X
Confirm availability of tower/structure attachment points
for Harris antennas X
Perform tower/structure analysis on existing tower and
provide results at DDR X
If tower/structure fails structural
analysis, Harris can provide
quotes to strengthen
tower/structure (if possible),
replace the tower/structure, or
provide site acquisition
services.
Strengthen or replace tower/structure X
Provide site survey and grounding results report and
recommendations X
Provide space on existing tower to mount new system
antennas at Harris specified locations X As agreed to during DDR
Provide adequate space on cable ice bridge and tower
cable ladders to support new cable runs X As agreed to during DDR
EXISTING SHELTER/EQUIPMENT ROOM Tower 41, MBPD, New City
Hall, Fire Station #2
Provide floor space in existing RF shelter used in the
new design X As agreed to during DDR
Provide adequate shelter/equipment room utility AC
electrical power, single-point ground system HVAC, and
backup generator power
X As agreed to during DDR
Provide new cable entry port X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 7
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Upgrade existing interior ground system X
Provide additional cable ladder for new equipment row X
Prepare and submit electrical permits X
Install new antenna(s) using appropriate 6 ft. side arms
and mounting hardware X
Install antenna coax, connectors and jumpers, using
cable clamps to properly secure cable to tower, and add
grounding kits at the top, bottom, and on ice bridge
X
Install new tower top amplifier X
Install antenna lightning protection devices on each
LMR run after it enters shelter via cable entry port;
ground device to main ground bus bar
X
Install new microwave dish(es) on pipe mounts with anti-
sway kits X
Install new microwave waveguide or coaxial feed lines,
secure to cable ladder(s), and add grounding kits at the
top, bottom, and on ice bridge
X
Tag and identify each new antenna line X
Sweep test each new antenna line and maintain copies
in site logbook X In accordance with Harris’
“Transmission Line Analysis
(Antenna Sweep) Procedure
Install new DC power plant and wire to racks X
Provide floor space at the dispatch center and network
center for new system equipment X As agreed to during DDR
Provide demarcation blocks for connection to existing
legacy radios to be used in interoperability system X As agreed to during DDR
NEW SHELTER/EQUIPMENT ROOM Park View Point, 5600 Collins
Avenue, Council Towers
Mark desired location for new shelter/equipment room X
Have an architectural firm develop site plot drawings
showing antenna structure, new shelter/room,
generator, and fuel tank locations
X
Obtain all required zoning permits and approvals X X Harris will provide technical
documentation and support
Prepare and submit construction permits for new shelter X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 8
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Arrange for and pay for electric power/service at each
site getting a new shelter/equipment room or improved
electrical service
X
Terminate AC power within 50
ft. of new shelter/equipment
room.
Provide utility transformers if
necessary to provide the
required AC power.
Prepare and submit electrical permits X
Connect 200A single phase 240 V AC electrical service
from meter base to new shelter X
Construct exterior ground system for new
shelter/Equipment room and tie into existing
tower/structure, generator, and fuel tank ground
X
NEW TOWER/STRUCTURE 5600 Collins Avenue
Prepare FAA/FCC applications for new tower/structure,
as applicable X City support as required
Submit FAA/FCC forms for new tower/structure, as
applicable X Harris support as required
Prepare and submit construction permits for new
tower/structure X
Prepare and submit electrical permits, as applicable X
Figure 6. System Installation Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Infrastructure
Deliver equipment to each site X
Install equipment, connect to ground system and apply power X
Connect all RF cables X
Interface to network, verify network connectivity X
Set all P25 system levels & parameters X
Connect all P25 system alarms X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 9
Figure 7. System Optimization Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Prepare all installed sites for site inspections X
Verify microwave/backhaul system is functional and meets
reliability specifications X
Provide frequencies to use for optimization and testing X
Verify P25 800 MHz system levels and parameters are set X
Verify P25 800 MHz system alarm and system monitoring
system are operational X
Verify system database is installed and operating correctly X
Verify proper dispatch operation X
Verify proper P25 800 MHz system functional operation X
Verify proper network switching operation X
Verify proper mutual aid operation X
Verify proper paging system operation X
Coordinate testing of the desired interoperability channels X
Verify proper interoperability from gateways X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 10
Figure 8. Acceptance Testing Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Submit detailed Final System Acceptance Test Plan (FATP) &
Coverage Acceptance Test Plan (CATP) X No later than 90 days
before the testing begins
Approve FATP & CATP X No later than 30 days
before testing begins
Provide appropriate team members to participate in
acceptance tests X X
Inspect each RF site, noting discrepancies on the punch list X X City of Miami Beach to
witness
Inspect each dispatch center, noting discrepancies on the
punch list X X City of Miami Beach to
witness
Inspect each network center, noting discrepancies on the
punch list X X City of Miami Beach to
witness
Submit site inspection results X
Approve site inspection results X Within 5 business days
Perform functional ATP on radio system, dispatch consoles,
network monitoring, and user radios as defined in this contract X X City of Miami Beach to
witness
Perform functional ATP on paging system as defined in this
contract X X City of Miami Beach to
witness
Perform functional ATP on mutual aid system as defined in this
contract X X Customer witness
Submit functional ATP results X
Approve functional ATP results X Within 5 business days
Provide team members to participate in coverage tests X
Provide test vehicles and drivers for acceptance testing X
Provide test radios for automatic coverage tests X
Perform automated coverage test of P25 800 MHz system
according to system contract X City of Miami Beach to
witness
Provide test radios for voice quality test X
Perform voice quality test of P25 800 MHz system according to
system contract X City of Miami Beach to
witness
Provide test radios for building coverage test X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 11
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Perform building coverage test of P25 800 MHz system
according to system contract X City of Miami Beach to
witness
Submit coverage ATP results X
Approve coverage ATP results X Within 5 business days
Figure 9. User Equipment Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Program and distribute Harris portable units with
accessories X
Provide a central facility for mobile vehicle installation that
has a minimum of 5 garage bays for mobile installations,
workbench space for portable radio programming, and
storage for radios.
X City to provide locations
Provide vehicles to meet the project schedule timeline X
Program and install Harris mobile units X
Provide pre and post installation vehicle assessments,
presenting installation documentation for customer
acceptance for each vehicle
X
Provide a representative to review installation
documentation and provide acceptance for each vehicle X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 12
Figure 10. Cutover Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Identify system administrators X
Provide administrator training X
Attend system administrator training X
Provide workshops for talk-group planning X
Attend workshop for talk-group planning X
Provide training on system database creation X
Develop user training plan and schedule with Harris X
Develop dispatcher training plan and schedule with Harris X
Develop user programming profiles X
Develop console programming profiles X
Develop and enter system database X X
Define which interoperability channels are desired during
cutover X
Provide radio user training X
Attend radio user training X
Provide dispatcher training X
Attend dispatcher training X
Create interoperability for cutover, using proposed
gateways X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Responsibilities Matrix
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 5
Responsibilities Matrix
Page 13
Figure 11. Final Acceptance Matrix
Tasks Harris
City of
Miami
Beach
Comments
Submit final drawing package X
Submit letter of final system acceptance X
Provide warranty and contact information X
Meet with Harris to review warranty contact procedures X
Meet with Harris to outline system support and services
requirements as defined in this contract X
Accept final drawing package X Within 5 business days
Sign letter of final system acceptance X Within 5 business days
Removal of decommissioned legacy network, console, or
site infrastructure equipment X
ID
T
a
s
k
N
a
m
e
D
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
r
t
F
i
n
i
s
h
0
Mi
a
m
i
B
e
a
c
h
(
F
L
)
M
i
g
r
a
t
i
o
n
t
o
P
2
5
P
h
a
s
e
I
I
N
e
w
S
y
s
t
e
m
42
3
.
5
d
a
y
s
Th
u
3
/
1
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
1
/
1
/
1
9
1
Co
n
t
r
a
c
t
S
i
g ne
d
&
N
T
P
r
e
c
e
i
v
e
d
b
y H
a
r
r
i
s
0
d
a
y s
Th
u
3
/
1
/
1
8
Th
u
3
/
1
/
1
8
2 3
Pr
e
p
a
r
e
f
o
r
D
e
t
a
i
l
e
d
D
e
s
i
g n
R
e
v
i
e
w
(DD
R
)
14
4
d
a
y s
Th
u
3
/
1
/
1
8
Th
u
9
/
2
0
/
1
8
4
In
t
e
r
n
a
l
P
r
o
j ec
t
R
e
v
i
e
w
a
n
d
K
i
c
k
-
O
f
f
M
e
e
t
i
n
g
6
d
a
y
s
Fr
i
3
/
2
/
1
8
Fr
i
3
/
9
/
1
8
5
Ki
c
k
-
o
f
f
M
e
e
t
i
n
g
1
d
a
y
Mo
n
3
/
1
2
/
1
8
Mo
n
3
/
1
2
/
1
8
6
LM
R
F
C
C
R
e
-
L
i
c
e
n
s
i
n
g
24
d
a
y s
Mo
n
3
/
1
9
/
1
8
Th
u
4
/
1
9
/
1
8
7
LM
R
F
C
C
-
F
r
e
q ue
n
c
y C
o
o
r
d
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
-
L
i
c
e
n
s
e
P
r
e
p ar
a
t
i
o
n
10
d
a
y s
Mo
n
3
/
1
9
/
1
8
Fr
i
3
/
3
0
/
1
8
8
LM
R
F
C
C
-
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
C
o
o
r
d
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
-
L
i
c
e
n
s
e
S
u
b
m
i
s
s
i
o
n
0
d
a
y
s
Fr
i
3
/
3
0
/
1
8
Fr
i
3
/
3
0
/
1
8
9
LM
R
F
C
C
-
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y C
o
o
r
d
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
-
L
i
c
e
n
s
e
A
p
p
r
o
v
a
l
0
d
a
y s
Th
u
4
/
1
9
/
1
8
Th
u
4
/
1
9
/
1
8
10
DD
R
D
e
l
i
v
e
r
a
b
l
e
s
30
d
a
y s
Tu
e
3
/
2
7
/
1
8
Mo
n
5
/
7
/
1
8
11
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
C
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
v
i
t
y
S
u
b
s
y
s
t
e
m
(
I
n
c
l
u
d
i
n
g
P
a
t
h
S
u
r
v
e
y
s
&
P
a
t
h
D
e
s
i
g n
R
e
p
o
r
t
)
15
d
a
y
s
Tu
e
3
/
2
7
/
1
8
Mo
n
4
/
1
6
/
1
8
12
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
F
r
e
q
u
e
n
c
y
C
o
o
r
d
i
n
a
t
i
o
n
a
n
d
L
i
c
e
n
s
e
R
e
s
u
l
t
s
27
d
a
y
s
Tu
e
3
/
2
7
/
1
8
We
d
5
/
2
/
1
8
13
RF
I
n
t
e
r
f
e
r
e
n
c
e
A
n
a
l
y si
s
5
d
a
y s
Tu
e
3
/
2
7
/
1
8
Mo
n
4
/
2
/
1
8
14
Pl
a
t
f
o
r
m
/
S
h
e
l
t
e
r
s
a
n
d
B
u
i
l
d
i
n
g
(r
o
o
f
t
o
p
)
S
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e
M
a
p
p
i
n
g
an
d
S
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
a
l
A
n
a
l
y se
s
R
e
p
o
r
t
s
30
d
a
y
s
Tu
e
3
/
2
7
/
1
8
Mo
n
5
/
7
/
1
8
15
Pr
o
p a g at
i
o
n
M
a
p s
5
d
a
y s
Tu
e
4
/
3
/
1
8
Mo
n
4
/
9
/
1
8
16
Si
t
e
s
d
r
a
w
i
n
g
s
,
f
l
o
o
r
p
l
a
n
s
,
a
n
d
r
a
c
k
s
/
i
n
t
e
r
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
dr
a
w
i
n
g s
27
d
a
y
s
Tu
e
3
/
2
7
/
1
8
We
d
5
/
2
/
1
8
17
Fi
n
a
l
D
e
s
i
g n
R
e
v
i
e
w
(FD
R
) -
D
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
U
p
d
a
t
e
3
d
a
y
s
Tu
e
5
/
8
/
1
8
Th
u
5
/
1
0
/
1
8
18
De
t
a
i
l
e
d
D
e
s
i
g
n
R
e
v
i
e
w
1
d
a
y
Fr
i
5
/
1
1
/
1
8
Fr
i
5
/
1
1
/
1
8
19
De
t
a
i
l
e
d
D
e
s
i
g n
R
e
v
i
e
w
A
p
p
r
o
v
a
l
5
d
a
y s
Mo
n
5
/
2
1
/
1
8
Fr
i
5
/
2
5
/
1
8
20
Pl
a
c
e
O
r
d
e
r
s
f
o
r
S
h
e
l
t
e
r
s
,
P
l
a
t
f
o
r
m
s
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
/
A
T
S
/
F
u
e
l
Ta
n
k
s
,
P
o
w
e
r
P
l
a
n
t
s
80
d
a
y
s
Tu
e
3
/
1
3
/
1
8
Tu
e
7
/
3
/
1
8
21
De
l
i
v
e
r
P
l
a
t
f
o
r
m
s
,
S
h
e
l
t
e
r
s
,
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
/
A
T
S
/
F
u
e
l
T
a
n
k
s
,
P
o
w
e
r
Pl
a
n
t
s
t
o
H
A
R
R
I
S
W
a
r
e
h
o
u
s
e
1
w
k
Th
u
7
/
5
/
1
8
We
d
7
/
1
1
/
1
8
22
LM
R
M
a
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g a
n
d
S
t
a
g in
g P
r
o
c
e
s
s
12
2
d
a
y s
Tu
e
3
/
1
3
/
1
8
Fr
i
8
/
3
1
/
1
8
23
Pl
a
c
e
o
r
d
e
r
s
o
n
f
a
c
t
o
r
y
1
w
k
Tu
e
3
/
1
3
/
1
8
Mo
n
3
/
1
9
/
1
8
24
Pl
a
c
e
o
r
d
e
r
s
o
n
v
e
n
d
o
r
s
1
w
k
Tu
e
3
/
2
0
/
1
8
Mo
n
3
/
2
6
/
1
8
25
Ma
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
e
P
2
5
R
a
d
i
o
S
y st
e
m
16
w
k
s
Tu
e
3
/
2
0
/
1
8
We
d
7
/
1
1
/
1
8
26 27
Fa
c
t
o
r
y S
t
a
g in
g
37
d
a
y s
Th
u
7
/
1
2
/
1
8
Fr
i
8
/
3
1
/
1
8
28
A ss
e
m
b
l
e
,
S
t
a
g
e
a
n
d
R
u
n
F
a
c
t
o
r
y
A
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
T
e
s
t
(
F
A
T
)
6
w
k
s
Th
u
7
/
1
2
/
1
8
We
d
8
/
2
2
/
1
8
29
Br
e
a
k
d
o
w
n
a
n
d
p ac
k
f
o
r
s
h
i
pp
in
g
4
d
a
y s
Th
u
8
/
2
3
/
1
8
Tu
e
8
/
2
8
/
1
8
30
De
l
i
v
e
r
e
q ui
p me
n
t
t
o
M
i
a
m
i
H
A
R
R
I
S
W
a
r
e
h
o
u
s
e
3
d
a
y s
We
d
8
/
2
9
/
1
8
Fr
i
8
/
3
1
/
1
8
31 32
Us
e
r
R
a
d
i
o
s
14
3
.
5
d
a
y s
We
d
1
2
/
1
9
/
1
8
Fr
i
7
/
1
9
/
1
9
33
Pr
o
g ra
m
a
n
d
d
i
s
t
r
i
b
u
t
e
1
0
6
4
p or
t
a
b
l
e
s
4
w
k
s
We
d
2
/
2
7
/
1
9
We
d
3
/
2
7
/
1
9
34
Pr
o
g
r
a
m
a
n
d
i
n
s
t
a
l
l
5
0
2
m
o
b
i
l
e
r
a
d
i
o
s
(
5
b
a
y
s
r
e
q
u
i
r
e
d
f
o
r
in
s
t
a
l
l
s
)
20
w
k
s
We
d
2
/
2
7
/
1
9
Fr
i
7
/
1
9
/
1
9
35
In
s
t
a
l
l
2
0
C
o
n
t
r
o
l
S
t
a
t
i
o
n
s
a
n
d
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
S
y
s
t
e
m
s
,
a
n
d
1
7
Ba
c
k
u
p
R
a
d
i
o
s
6
w
k
s
We
d
1
2
/
1
9
/
1
8
Th
u
2
/
7
/
1
9
36 37
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
M
a
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g a
n
d
S
t
a
g in
g P
r
o
c
e
s
s
45
d
a
y s
Tu
e
3
/
2
7
/
1
8
Tu
e
5
/
2
9
/
1
8
38
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
O
r
d
e
r
i
n
g a
n
d
M
a
n
u
f
a
c
t
u
r
i
n
g
8
w
k
s
Tu
e
3
/
2
7
/
1
8
Mo
n
5
/
2
1
/
1
8
39
De
l
i
v
e
r
e
q ui
p me
n
t
t
o
H
A
R
R
I
S
W
a
r
e
h
o
u
s
e
5
d
a
y s
Tu
e
5
/
2
2
/
1
8
Tu
e
5
/
2
9
/
1
8
40 41
Si
t
e
D
e
v
e
l
o
p
m
e
n
t
(tw
o
-
t
h
r
e
e
f
u
l
l
c
r
e
w
s
e
m
p
l
o
y ed
)
14
5
d
a
y s
Tu
e
5
/
2
9
/
1
8
Th
u
1
2
/
2
0
/
1
8
42
Ob
t
a
i
n
c
o
n
s
t
r
u
c
t
i
o
n
p er
m
i
t
s
9
w
k
s
Tu
e
5
/
2
9
/
1
8
Tu
e
7
/
3
1
/
1
8
43
In
s
t
a
l
l
p
l
a
t
f
o
r
m
s
f
o
r
s
h
e
l
t
e
r
s
a
t
P
a
r
k
v
i
e
w
P
o
i
n
t
a
n
d
C
o
u
n
c
i
l
To
w
e
r
,
a
n
d
f
o
r
n
e
w
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
a
t
5
6
0
0
C
o
l
l
i
n
s
A
v
e
(
3
c
r
e
w
s
)
6
w
k
s
We
d
8
/
1
/
1
8
Tu
e
9
/
1
1
/
1
8
44
In
s
t
a
l
l
N
e
w
S
h
e
l
t
e
r
s
a
t
P
a
r
k
v
i
e
w
P
o
i
n
t
a
n
d
C
o
u
n
c
i
l
T
o
w
e
r
(
2
cr
e
w
s
)
15
d
a
y
s
We
d
9
/
1
2
/
1
8
Tu
e
1
0
/
2
/
1
8
HARRIS HARRIS & Miami Beach HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS & Miami Beach Miami Beach HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS Cooper-Gen e HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS
Ju
l
'
1
7
Au
g
'
1
7
Se
p
'
1
7
Oc
t
'
1
7
No
v
'
1
7
De
c
'
1
7
Ja
n
'
1
8
Fe
b
'
1
8
Ma
r
'
1
8
Apr '18 May '18 Jun '18 Jul '18 Aug '18 Sep '18 Oct '18 Nov '18 Dec '18 Jan '19 Feb '19 Mar '19
Ex
h
i
b
i
t
A
–
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
W
o
r
k
–
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
Re
q
u
e
s
t
f
o
r
P
r
o
p
o
s
a
l
s
(
R
F
P
)
P
u
b
l
i
c
S
a
f
e
t
y
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
,
2
0
1
7
-
0
0
6
-
A
K
Ci
t
y
o
f
M
i
a
m
i
B
e
a
c
h
,
F
l
o
r
i
d
a
February 2018 Section 6 Project Schedule Page 1
ID
T
a
s
k
N
a
m
e
D
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
r
t
F
i
n
i
s
h
45
Br
i
n
g
u
p
t
o
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
n
e
w
R
a
d
i
o
R
o
o
m
a
t
5
6
0
0
C
o
l
l
i
n
s
A
v
e
-
In
s
t
a
l
l
A
i
r
C
o
n
d
i
t
i
o
n
e
r
s
(1
c
r
e
w
)
20
d
a
y
s
We
d
9
/
1
2
/
1
8
Tu
e
1
0
/
9
/
1
8
46
Pr
o
v
i
d
e
A
C
P
o
w
e
r
a
n
d
G
r
o
u
n
d
i
n
g
(
a
s
n
e
e
d
e
d
)
,
a
n
d
c
a
b
l
i
n
g
co
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
f
o
r
n
e
w
g
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
t
o
t
h
e
s
e
v
e
n
R
F
a
n
d
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
Si
t
e
s
.
B
r
i
n
g
u
p
t
o
s
t
a
n
d
a
r
d
t
h
e
ex
i
s
t
i
n
g
,
s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d
s
i
t
e
s
,
a
s
ne
e
d
e
d
.
(
3
c
r
e
w
s
)
40
d
a
y
s
We
d
9
/
1
2
/
1
8
Tu
e
1
1
/
6
/
1
8
47
In
s
t
a
l
l
N
e
w
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
,
A
T
S
,
a
n
d
F
u
e
l
T
a
n
k
a
t
5
6
0
0
C
o
l
l
i
n
s
A
v
e
(1
c
r
e
w
)
3
w
k
s
We
d
1
1
/
7
/
1
8
Th
u
1
1
/
2
9
/
1
8
48
Re
p
l
a
c
e
O
l
d
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
,
A
T
S
'
,
a
n
d
F
u
e
l
T
a
n
k
s
a
t
P
a
r
k
V
i
e
w
Po
i
n
t
,
T
o
w
e
r
4
1
,
a
n
d
C
o
u
n
c
i
l
T
o
w
e
r
s
w
i
t
h
N
e
w
G
e
n
e
r
a
t
o
r
s
,
A TS
'
,
a
n
d
F
u
e
l
T
a
n
k
s
(
3
c
r
e
w
s
)
6
w
k
s
We
d
1
1
/
7
/
1
8
Th
u
1
2
/
2
0
/
1
8
49
In
s
t
a
l
l
D
C
P
o
w
e
r
P
l
a
n
t
s
a
t
t
h
e
f
o
u
r
R
F
S
i
t
e
s
6
d
a
y s
We
d
1
1
/
7
/
1
8
We
d
1
1
/
1
4
/
1
8
50
P2
5
R
F
/
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
i
t
e
#
1
-
P
a
r
k
V
i
e
w
P
o
i
n
t
(cr
e
w
1
)
5
d
a
y s
Th
u
1
1
/
1
5
/
1
8
We
d
1
1
/
2
1
/
1
8
51
Ha
n
g M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
D
i
s
h
e
s
&
C
a
b
l
e
s
3
d
a
y s
Th
u
1
1
/
1
5
/
1
8
Mo
n
1
1
/
1
9
/
1
8
52
In
s
t
a
l
l
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
E
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
P
o
w
e
r
-
U
p T
e
s
t
2
d
a
y s
Tu
e
1
1
/
2
0
/
1
8
We
d
1
1
/
2
1
/
1
8
53
P2
5
R
F
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
i
t
e
#
2
:
5
6
0
0
C
o
l
l
i
n
s
A
v
e
(cr
e
w
2
)
5
d
a
y s
Th
u
1
1
/
1
5
/
1
8
We
d
1
1
/
2
1
/
1
8
54
Ha
n
g M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
D
i
s
h
e
s
&
C
a
b
l
e
s
3
d
a
y s
Th
u
1
1
/
1
5
/
1
8
Mo
n
1
1
/
1
9
/
1
8
55
In
s
t
a
l
l
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
E
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
P
o
w
e
r
-
U
p T
e
s
t
2
d
a
y s
Tu
e
1
1
/
2
0
/
1
8
We
d
1
1
/
2
1
/
1
8
56
P2
5
R
F
/
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
i
t
e
#
3
-
T
o
w
e
r
4
1
(cr
e
w
1
)
5
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
1
/
2
6
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
1
/
3
0
/
1
8
57
Ha
n
g M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
D
i
s
h
e
s
&
C
a
b
l
e
s
3
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
1
/
2
6
/
1
8
We
d
1
1
/
2
8
/
1
8
58
In
s
t
a
l
l
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
E
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
P
o
w
e
r
-
U
p T
e
s
t
2
d
a
y s
Th
u
1
1
/
2
9
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
1
/
3
0
/
1
8
59
P2
5
R
F
/
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
i
t
e
#
4
-
C
o
u
n
c
i
l
T
o
w
e
r
s
(cr
e
w
2
)
5
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
1
/
2
6
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
1
/
3
0
/
1
8
60
Ha
n
g M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
D
i
s
h
e
s
&
C
a
b
l
e
s
3
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
1
/
2
6
/
1
8
We
d
1
1
/
2
8
/
1
8
61
In
s
t
a
l
l
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
E
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
P
o
w
e
r
-
U
p T
e
s
t
2
d
a
y s
Th
u
1
1
/
2
9
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
1
/
3
0
/
1
8
62
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
i
t
e
#
5
-
M
i
a
m
i
B
e
a
c
h
P
o
l
i
c
e
D
e
p
a
r
t
m
e
n
t
-
N
S
C
1
(c
r
e
w
1
)
5
d
a
y
s
Mo
n
1
2
/
3
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
2
/
7
/
1
8
63
Ha
n
g M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
D
i
s
h
e
s
&
C
a
b
l
e
s
3
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
2
/
3
/
1
8
We
d
1
2
/
5
/
1
8
64
In
s
t
a
l
l
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
E
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
P
o
w
e
r
-
U
p T
e
s
t
2
d
a
y s
Th
u
1
2
/
6
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
2
/
7
/
1
8
65
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
i
t
e
#
6
-
F
i
r
e
S
t
a
t
i
o
n
#
2
-
E
O
C
-
N
S
C
2
(cr
e
w
2
)
5
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
2
/
3
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
2
/
7
/
1
8
66
Ha
n
g M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
D
i
s
h
e
s
&
C
a
b
l
e
s
2
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
2
/
3
/
1
8
Tu
e
1
2
/
4
/
1
8
67
In
s
t
a
l
l
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
E
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
P
o
w
e
r
-
U
p T
e
s
t
3
d
a
y s
We
d
1
2
/
5
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
2
/
7
/
1
8
68
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
i
t
e
#
7
-
N
e
w
C
i
t
y H
a
l
l
(cr
e
w
1
)
4
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
2
/
1
0
/
1
8
Th
u
1
2
/
1
3
/
1
8
69
Ha
n
g M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
D
i
s
h
&
C
a
b
l
e
s
2
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
2
/
1
0
/
1
8
Tu
e
1
2
/
1
1
/
1
8
70
In
s
t
a
l
l
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
E
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
P
o
w
e
r
-
U
p T
e
s
t
1
d
a
y
We
d
1
2
/
1
2
/
1
8
We
d
1
2
/
1
2
/
1
8
71
In
s
t
a
l
l
U
P
S
S
y st
e
m
1
d
a
y
Th
u
1
2
/
1
3
/
1
8
Th
u
1
2
/
1
3
/
1
8
72 73
Pe
r
f
o
r
m
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
L
o
o
p
T
e
s
t
i
n
g
o
n
N
e
w
M
i
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
y
s
t
e
m
3
d
a
y
s
Fr
i
1
2
/
1
4
/
1
8
Tu
e
1
2
/
1
8
/
1
8
74 75
In
f
r
a
s
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e
I
n
s
t
a
l
l
a
t
i
o
n
(tw
o
f
u
l
l
c
r
e
w
s
e
m
p
l
o
y ed
)
28
.
5
d
a
y s
We
d
1
2
/
1
9
/
1
8
We
d
2
/
6
/
1
9
76
P2
5
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
S
w
i
t
c
h
i
n
g
C
e
n
t
e
r
1
(
M
i
a
m
i
B
e
a
c
h
P
o
l
i
c
e
De
p
a
r
t
m
e
n
t
)
(
c
r
e
w
1
)
8
d
a
y
s
We
d
1
2
/
1
9
/
1
8
Tu
e
1
/
8
/
1
9
77
In
s
t
a
l
l
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
S
w
i
t
c
h
i
n
g
C
e
n
t
e
r
,
I
S
S
I
w
i
t
h
4
T
a
l
k
p
a
t
h
s
,
Be
O
n
P
r
e
m
i
e
r
S
e
r
v
i
c
e
a
n
d
L
o
g
g
i
n
g
R
e
c
o
r
d
e
r
,
1
3
S
y
m
p
h
o
n
y
Co
n
s
o
l
e
s
a
n
d
B
a
c
k
u
p
R
a
d
i
o
s
6
d
a
y
s
We
d
1
2
/
1
9
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
/
4
/
1
9
78
Gr
o
u
n
d
a
l
l
e
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
t
o
b
a
c
k
h
a
u
l
1
d
a
y
Mo
n
1
/
7
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
7
/
1
9
79
Ap
p
l y p ow
e
r
a
n
d
t
e
s
t
N
S
C
n
e
t
w
o
r
k
1
d
a
y
Tu
e
1
/
8
/
1
9
Tu
e
1
/
8
/
1
9
80
P2
5
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
S
w
i
t
c
h
i
n
g
C
e
n
t
e
r
2
(
F
i
r
e
S
t
a
t
i
o
n
#
2
-
E
O
C
)
(c
r
e
w
2
)
8
d
a
y
s
We
d
1
2
/
1
9
/
1
8
Tu
e
1
/
8
/
1
9
81
In
s
t
a
l
l
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
S
w
i
t
c
h
i
n
g
C
e
n
t
e
r
,
I
S
S
I
,
a
n
d
L
o
g
g
i
n
g
Re
c
o
r
d
e
r
,
4
S
y mp
h
o
n
y C
o
n
s
o
l
e
s
a
n
d
B
a
c
k
u
p
R
a
d
i
o
s
6
d
a
y
s
We
d
1
2
/
1
9
/
1
8
Fr
i
1
/
4
/
1
9
82
Gr
o
u
n
d
a
l
l
e
q ui
p me
n
t
a
n
d
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
t
o
b
a
c
k
h
a
u
l
1
d
a
y
Mo
n
1
/
7
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
7
/
1
9
83
Ap
p
l y p ow
e
r
a
n
d
t
e
s
t
N
S
C
n
e
t
w
o
r
k
1
d
a
y
Tu
e
1
/
8
/
1
9
Tu
e
1
/
8
/
1
9
84
P2
5
R
F
S
i
t
e
#
1
-
P
a
r
k
V
i
e
w
P
o
i
n
t
(cr
e
w
1
)
9
d
a
y s
We
d
1
/
9
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
2
1
/
1
9
85
In
s
t
a
l
l
P
2
5
R
F
S
i
t
e
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
(
1
0
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
)
,
g
r
o
u
n
d
a
l
l
eq
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
,
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
t
o
b
a
c
k
h
a
u
l
2
d
a
y
s
We
d
1
/
9
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
1
0
/
1
9
86
In
s
t
a
l
l
P
2
5
T
X
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
s
(
2
)
a
n
d
P
2
5
R
X
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
(
1
)
a
n
d
Ca
b
l
i
n
g
2
d
a
y
s
Fr
i
1
/
1
1
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
1
4
/
1
9
87
In
s
t
a
l
l
s
u
r
g e
p ro
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
f
o
r
n
e
w
a
n
t
e
n
n
a
l
i
n
e
s
1
d
a
y
Tu
e
1
/
1
5
/
1
9
Tu
e
1
/
1
5
/
1
9
88
In
s
t
a
l
l
G
P
S
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
S
y st
e
m
s
.
0.
5
d
a
y s
We
d
1
/
1
6
/
1
9
We
d
1
/
1
6
/
1
9
HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS Eltek NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC NEC HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS
Ju
l
'
1
7
Au
g
'
1
7
Se
p
'
1
7
Oc
t
'
1
7
No
v
'
1
7
De
c
'
1
7
Ja
n
'
1
8
Fe
b
'
1
8
Ma
r
'
1
8
Apr '18 May '18 Jun '18 Jul '18 Aug '18 Sep '18 Oct '18 Nov '18 Dec '18 Jan '19 Feb '19 Mar '19
Ex
h
i
b
i
t
A
–
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
W
o
r
k
–
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
Re
q
u
e
s
t
f
o
r
P
r
o
p
o
s
a
l
s
(
R
F
P
)
P
u
b
l
i
c
S
a
f
e
t
y
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
,
2
0
1
7
-
0
0
6
-
A
K
Ci
t
y
o
f
M
i
a
m
i
B
e
a
c
h
,
F
l
o
r
i
d
a
February 2018 Section 6 Project Schedule Page 2
ID
T
a
s
k
N
a
m
e
D
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
r
t
F
i
n
i
s
h
89
Ma
k
e
a
l
l
R
F
c
a
b
l
e
s
&
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
1
d
a
y
We
d
1
/
1
6
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
1
7
/
1
9
90
Co
n
n
e
c
t
a
l
l
a
l
a
r
m
s
p oi
n
t
s
t
o
a
l
a
r
m
s
y st
e
m
1
d
a
y
Th
u
1
/
1
7
/
1
9
Fr
i
1
/
1
8
/
1
9
91
Ap
p
l y p ow
e
r
,
s
e
t
l
e
v
e
l
s
a
n
d
p ar
a
m
e
t
e
r
s
1
d
a
y
Fr
i
1
/
1
8
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
2
1
/
1
9
92
Pr
e
l
i
m
i
n
a
r
y F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
T
e
s
t
i
n
g
0.
5
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
/
2
1
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
2
1
/
1
9
93
P2
5
R
F
S
i
t
e
#
2
-
5
6
0
0
C
o
l
l
i
n
s
A
v
e
(cr
e
w
2
)
9
d
a
y s
We
d
1
/
9
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
2
1
/
1
9
94
In
s
t
a
l
l
P
2
5
R
F
S
i
t
e
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
(
1
0
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
)
,
g
r
o
u
n
d
a
l
l
eq
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
,
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
t
o
b
a
c
k
h
a
u
l
2
d
a
y
s
We
d
1
/
9
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
1
0
/
1
9
95
In
s
t
a
l
l
P
2
5
T
X
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
s
(
2
)
a
n
d
P
2
5
R
X
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
(
1
)
a
n
d
Ca
b
l
i
n
g
2
d
a
y
s
Fr
i
1
/
1
1
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
1
4
/
1
9
96
In
s
t
a
l
l
s
u
r
g e
p ro
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
f
o
r
n
e
w
a
n
t
e
n
n
a
l
i
n
e
s
1
d
a
y
Tu
e
1
/
1
5
/
1
9
Tu
e
1
/
1
5
/
1
9
97
In
s
t
a
l
l
G
P
S
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
S
y st
e
m
s
.
0.
5
d
a
y s
We
d
1
/
1
6
/
1
9
We
d
1
/
1
6
/
1
9
98
Ma
k
e
a
l
l
R
F
c
a
b
l
e
s
&
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
1
d
a
y
We
d
1
/
1
6
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
1
7
/
1
9
99
Co
n
n
e
c
t
a
l
l
a
l
a
r
m
s
p oi
n
t
s
t
o
a
l
a
r
m
s
y st
e
m
1
d
a
y
Th
u
1
/
1
7
/
1
9
Fr
i
1
/
1
8
/
1
9
10
0
Ap
p
l y p ow
e
r
,
s
e
t
l
e
v
e
l
s
a
n
d
p ar
a
m
e
t
e
r
s
1
d
a
y
Fr
i
1
/
1
8
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
2
1
/
1
9
10
1
Pr
e
l
i
m
i
n
a
r
y F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
T
e
s
t
i
n
g
0.
5
d
a
y s
Mo
n
1
/
2
1
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
2
1
/
1
9
10
2
P2
5
R
F
S
i
t
e
#
3
-
T
o
w
e
r
4
1
(cr
e
w
1
)
9
d
a
y s
Tu
e
1
/
2
2
/
1
9
Fr
i
2
/
1
/
1
9
10
3
In
s
t
a
l
l
P
2
5
R
F
S
i
t
e
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
(
1
0
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
)
,
g
r
o
u
n
d
a
l
l
eq
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
,
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
t
o
b
a
c
k
h
a
u
l
2
d
a
y
s
Tu
e
1
/
2
2
/
1
9
We
d
1
/
2
3
/
1
9
10
4
In
s
t
a
l
l
P
2
5
T
X
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
s
(
2
)
a
n
d
P
2
5
R
X
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
(
1
)
a
n
d
Ca
b
l
i
n
g
2
d
a
y
s
Th
u
1
/
2
4
/
1
9
Fr
i
1
/
2
5
/
1
9
10
5
In
s
t
a
l
l
s
u
r
g e
p ro
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
f
o
r
n
e
w
a
n
t
e
n
n
a
l
i
n
e
s
1
d
a
y
Mo
n
1
/
2
8
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
2
8
/
1
9
10
6
In
s
t
a
l
l
G
P
S
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
S
y st
e
m
s
.
0.
5
d
a
y s
Tu
e
1
/
2
9
/
1
9
Tu
e
1
/
2
9
/
1
9
10
7
Ma
k
e
a
l
l
R
F
c
a
b
l
e
s
&
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
1
d
a
y
Tu
e
1
/
2
9
/
1
9
We
d
1
/
3
0
/
1
9
10
8
Co
n
n
e
c
t
a
l
l
a
l
a
r
m
s
p oi
n
t
s
t
o
a
l
a
r
m
s
y st
e
m
1
d
a
y
We
d
1
/
3
0
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
3
1
/
1
9
10
9
Ap
p
l y p ow
e
r
,
s
e
t
l
e
v
e
l
s
a
n
d
p ar
a
m
e
t
e
r
s
1
d
a
y
Th
u
1
/
3
1
/
1
9
Fr
i
2
/
1
/
1
9
11
0
Pr
e
l
i
m
i
n
a
r
y F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
T
e
s
t
i
n
g
0.
5
d
a
y s
Fr
i
2
/
1
/
1
9
Fr
i
2
/
1
/
1
9
11
1
P2
5
R
F
S
i
t
e
#
4
-
C
o
u
n
c
i
l
T
o
w
e
r
s
(cr
e
w
2
)
9.
5
d
a
y s
Tu
e
1
/
2
2
/
1
9
Mo
n
2
/
4
/
1
9
11
2
In
s
t
a
l
l
P
2
5
R
F
S
i
t
e
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
,
g
r
o
u
n
d
a
l
l
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
,
co
n
n
e
c
t
t
o
b
a
c
k
h
a
u
l
2
d
a
y
s
Tu
e
1
/
2
2
/
1
9
We
d
1
/
2
3
/
1
9
11
3
In
s
t
a
l
l
I
n
t
e
r
o
p
e
r
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
G
a
t
e
w
a
y
(
G
a
t
e
w
a
y
C
h
a
s
s
i
s
-
2
4
Ta
l
k
p
a
t
h
s
)
a
n
d
1
0
-
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
D
C
P
1
1
d
a
y
Th
u
1
/
2
4
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
2
4
/
1
9
11
4
In
s
t
a
l
l
P
2
5
T
X
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
s
(
2
)
a
n
d
P
2
5
R
X
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
(
1
)
a
n
d
Ca
b
l
i
n
g
2
d
a
y
s
Th
u
1
/
2
4
/
1
9
Fr
i
1
/
2
5
/
1
9
11
5
In
s
t
a
l
l
s
u
r
g e
p ro
t
e
c
t
i
o
n
f
o
r
n
e
w
a
n
t
e
n
n
a
l
i
n
e
s
1
d
a
y
Mo
n
1
/
2
8
/
1
9
Mo
n
1
/
2
8
/
1
9
11
6
In
s
t
a
l
l
G
P
S
A
n
t
e
n
n
a
S
y st
e
m
s
.
0.
5
d
a
y s
Tu
e
1
/
2
9
/
1
9
Tu
e
1
/
2
9
/
1
9
11
7
Ma
k
e
a
l
l
R
F
c
a
b
l
e
s
&
c
o
n
n
e
c
t
i
o
n
s
1
d
a
y
Tu
e
1
/
2
9
/
1
9
We
d
1
/
3
0
/
1
9
11
8
Co
n
n
e
c
t
a
l
l
a
l
a
r
m
s
p oi
n
t
s
t
o
a
l
a
r
m
s
y st
e
m
1
d
a
y
We
d
1
/
3
0
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
3
1
/
1
9
11
9
Ap
p
l y p ow
e
r
,
s
e
t
l
e
v
e
l
s
a
n
d
p ar
a
m
e
t
e
r
s
1
d
a
y
Th
u
1
/
3
1
/
1
9
Fr
i
2
/
1
/
1
9
12
0
Pr
e
l
i
m
i
n
a
r
y F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
T
e
s
t
i
n
g
1
d
a
y
Fr
i
2
/
1
/
1
9
Mo
n
2
/
4
/
1
9
12
1
Br
i
n
g s
e
l
e
c
t
e
d
P
2
5
c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
o
n
-
l
i
n
e
-
T
e
s
t
c
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
2
d
a
y s
Mo
n
2
/
4
/
1
9
We
d
2
/
6
/
1
9
12
2
Si
m
u
l
c
a
s
t
S
y st
e
m
O
p
t
i
m
i
z
a
t
i
o
n
15
d
a
y s
We
d
2
/
6
/
1
9
We
d
2
/
2
7
/
1
9
12
3
60
-
D
a
y B
u
r
n
-
I
n
T
e
s
t
(ca
l
e
n
d
a
r
d
a
y s )
50
d
a
y s
We
d
2
/
2
7
/
1
9
We
d
5
/
8
/
1
9
12
4
Ru
n
T
e
s
t
a
n
d
r
e
s
o
l
v
e
a
n
y
p
u
n
c
h
l
i
s
t
i
t
e
m
s
(
a
p
p
r
o
x
i
m
a
t
e
l
y
5
0
eq
u
i
v
a
l
e
n
t
w
o
r
k
i
n
g
d
a
y
s
i
n
t
h
e
s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
-
w
i
l
l
h
a
v
e
t
o
m
o
n
i
t
o
r
te
s
t
d
u
r
i
n
g
w
e
e
k
e
n
d
s
)
50
d
a
y
s
We
d
2
/
2
7
/
1
9
We
d
5
/
8
/
1
9
12
5
Ac
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
T
e
s
t
s
55
d
a
y s
We
d
5
/
8
/
1
9
Fr
i
7
/
2
6
/
1
9
12
6
Si
m
u
l
c
a
s
t
S
y st
e
m
A
T
P
T
e
s
t
55
d
a
y s
We
d
5
/
8
/
1
9
Fr
i
7
/
2
6
/
1
9
12
7
Ru
n
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
T
e
s
t
a
t
e
a
c
h
R
F
s
i
t
e
4
d
a
y s
We
d
5
/
8
/
1
9
Tu
e
5
/
1
4
/
1
9
12
8
Fi
n
a
l
S
i
t
e
i
n
s
p ec
t
i
o
n
s
4
d
a
y s
Tu
e
5
/
1
4
/
1
9
Mo
n
5
/
2
0
/
1
9
12
9
Ru
n
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
T
e
s
t
a
t
D
i
s
p at
c
h
C
e
n
t
e
r
s
2
d
a
y s
Mo
n
5
/
2
0
/
1
9
We
d
5
/
2
2
/
1
9
13
0
Su
b
m
i
t
F
u
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
t
e
s
t
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
0
d
a
y s
Tu
e
5
/
2
8
/
1
9
Tu
e
5
/
2
8
/
1
9
13
1
Fu
n
c
t
i
o
n
a
l
t
e
s
t
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
p
p
r
o
v
e
d
0
d
a
y s
Tu
e
6
/
4
/
1
9
Tu
e
6
/
4
/
1
9
13
2
Ru
n
B
E
R
t
e
s
t
;
C
o
l
l
e
c
t
s
i
g na
l
s
t
r
e
n
g th
l
e
v
e
l
s
7
d
a
y s
Tu
e
6
/
4
/
1
9
Th
u
6
/
1
3
/
1
9
13
3
Pe
r
f
o
r
m
D
A
Q
T
e
s
t
i
n
g
11
d
a
y s
Th
u
6
/
1
3
/
1
9
Fr
i
6
/
2
8
/
1
9
13
4
In
B
u
i
l
d
i
n
g T
e
s
t
i
n
g
4
d
a
y s
Fr
i
6
/
2
8
/
1
9
Fr
i
7
/
5
/
1
9
13
5
Su
b
m
i
t
S
y
s
t
e
m
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
an
d
f
i
n
a
l
a
s
-
b
u
i
l
t
d
r
a
w
i
n
g
s
0
d
a
y
s
Fr
i
7
/
1
2
/
1
9
Fr
i
7
/
1
2
/
1
9
13
6
Co
v
e
r
a
g e
t
e
s
t
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
a
p
p
r
o
v
e
d
5
d
a
y s
Fr
i
7
/
1
9
/
1
9
Fr
i
7
/
2
6
/
1
9
13
7
Cu
t
o
v
e
r
25
d
a
y s
We
d
7
/
2
4
/
1
9
We
d
8
/
2
8
/
1
9
HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRIS HARRI S
Ju
l
'
1
7
Au
g
'
1
7
Se
p
'
1
7
Oc
t
'
1
7
No
v
'
1
7
De
c
'
1
7
Ja
n
'
1
8
Fe
b
'
1
8
Ma
r
'
1
8
Apr '18 May '18 Jun '18 Jul '18 Aug '18 Sep '18 Oct '18 Nov '18 Dec '18 Jan '19 Feb '19 Mar '19
Ex
h
i
b
i
t
A
–
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
W
o
r
k
–
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
Re
q
u
e
s
t
f
o
r
P
r
o
p
o
s
a
l
s
(
R
F
P
)
P
u
b
l
i
c
S
a
f
e
t
y
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
,
2
0
1
7
-
0
0
6
-
A
K
Ci
t
y
o
f
M
i
a
m
i
B
e
a
c
h
,
F
l
o
r
i
d
a
February 2018 Section 6 Project Schedule Page 3
ID
T
a
s
k
N
a
m
e
D
u
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
t
a
r
t
F
i
n
i
s
h
13
8
Cu
t
o
v
e
r
p
l
a
n
n
i
n
g
20
d
a
y s
Fr
i
7
/
2
6
/
1
9
Fr
i
8
/
2
3
/
1
9
13
9
Cr
e
a
t
e
G
r
o
u
p
S
t
r
u
c
t
u
r
e
/
F
l
e
e
t
M
a
p
s
5
d
a
y s
Fr
i
7
/
2
6
/
1
9
Fr
i
8
/
2
/
1
9
14
0
Es
t
a
b
l
i
s
h
p
l
a
n
f
o
r
d
e
p
a
r
t
m
e
n
t
a
l
c
u
t
o
v
e
r
t
o
n
e
w
s
y
s
t
e
m
15
d
a
y
s
Fr
i
8
/
2
/
1
9
Fr
i
8
/
2
3
/
1
9
14
1
Cu
t
o
v
e
r
25
d
a
y s
We
d
7
/
2
4
/
1
9
We
d
8
/
2
8
/
1
9
14
2
No
t
i
f
y i
n
i
t
i
a
l
d
e
p
a
r
t
m
e
n
t
s
/
a
g en
c
i
e
s
o
f
c
u
t
o
v
e
r
t
i
m
e
1
d
a
y
We
d
7
/
2
4
/
1
9
Th
u
7
/
2
5
/
1
9
14
3
Cu
t
o
v
e
r
A
l
l
C
h
a
n
n
e
l
s
/
A
l
l
S
y st
e
m
r
e
s
o
u
r
c
e
s
1
d
a
y
Fr
i
7
/
2
6
/
1
9
Mo
n
7
/
2
9
/
1
9
14
4
30
-
D
a
y
R
e
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y
T
e
s
t
(
a
p
p
r
o
x
i
m
a
t
e
l
y
2
2
e
q
u
i
v
a
l
e
n
t
wo
r
k
i
n
g
d
a
y
s
i
n
t
h
e
s
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
-
w
i
l
l
h
a
v
e
t
o
m
o
n
i
t
o
r
t
e
s
t
du
r
i
n
g
w
e
e
k
e
n
d
s
)
22
d
a
y
s
Mo
n
7
/
2
9
/
1
9
We
d
8
/
2
8
/
1
9
14
5
30
D
a
y R
e
l
i
a
b
i
l
i
t
y T
e
s
t
C
o
m
p
l
e
t
e
0
d
a
y s
We
d
8
/
2
8
/
1
9
We
d
8
/
2
8
/
1
9
14
6
S y st
e
m
A
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
2
d
a
y s
We
d
9
/
4
/
1
9
Fr
i
9
/
6
/
1
9
14
7
Su
b
m
i
t
f
i
n
a
l
d
o
c
u
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
0
d
a
y s
We
d
9
/
4
/
1
9
We
d
9
/
4
/
1
9
14
8
Si
g n
L
e
t
t
e
r
o
f
S
y st
e
m
A
c
c
e
p
t
a
n
c
e
0
d
a
y s
Fr
i
9
/
6
/
1
9
Fr
i
9
/
6
/
1
9
14
9
Wa
r
r
a
n
t
y B
e
g in
s
0
d
a
y s
Fr
i
9
/
6
/
1
9
Fr
i
9
/
6
/
1
9
15
0
De
c
o
m
m
i
s
s
i
o
n
a
n
d
r
e
m
o
v
a
l
o
f
l
e
g
a
c
y
e
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
,
a
n
t
e
n
n
a
s
,
sh
e
l
t
e
r
s
,
p
l
a
t
f
o
r
m
s
8
w
k
s
Fr
i
9
/
6
/
1
9
Fr
i
1
1
/
1
/
1
9
15
1
15
2
Tr
a
i
n
i
n
g
29
2
.
5
d
a
y s
Fr
i
5
/
2
5
/
1
8
Mo
n
7
/
2
9
/
1
9
15
3
Se
l
e
c
t
S
y st
e
m
A
d
m
i
n
i
s
t
r
a
t
o
r
(s )
0
d
a
y s
Fr
i
5
/
2
5
/
1
8
Fr
i
5
/
2
5
/
1
8
15
4
Us
e
r
E
q
u
i
p
m
e
n
t
O
p
e
r
a
t
o
r
T
r
a
i
n
i
n
g (YT
S
P
7
R
-
B
)
4
d
a
y s
Tu
e
6
/
4
/
1
9
Mo
n
6
/
1
0
/
1
9
15
5
S y st
e
m
M
a
n
a
g er
T
r
a
i
n
i
n
g
14
1
.
5
d
a
y s
We
d
1
/
9
/
1
9
Mo
n
7
/
2
9
/
1
9
15
6
P2
5
S
y st
e
m
A
d
m
i
n
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
C
o
u
r
s
e
(MA
Y
T
-
B
S
N
5
Z
)
4.
5
d
a
y s
We
d
1
/
9
/
1
9
Tu
e
1
/
1
5
/
1
9
15
7
P2
5
F
l
e
e
t
M
a
pp
in
g W
o
r
k
s
h
o
p (MA
Y
T
-
B
S
N
6
A
)
3
d
a
y s
Tu
e
1
/
2
2
/
1
9
Fr
i
1
/
2
5
/
1
9
15
8
Im
p le
m
e
n
t
a
t
i
o
n
S
u
pp
or
t
(YT
S
N
3
G
-
B
)
3
d
a
y s
Fr
i
2
/
1
/
1
9
We
d
2
/
6
/
1
9
15
9
Un
i
f
i
e
d
A
d
m
i
n
i
s
t
r
a
t
i
o
n
S
y st
e
m
(MA
Y
T
-
B
S
N
6
B
)
2
d
a
y s
Tu
e
6
/
4
/
1
9
Th
u
6
/
6
/
1
9
16
0
Re
g io
n
a
l
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
M
a
n
a
g er
(YT
S
N
3
V
-
B
)
2
d
a
y s
Th
u
6
/
1
3
/
1
9
Mo
n
6
/
1
7
/
1
9
16
1
Ra
d
i
o
P
r
o
g ra
m
m
i
n
g (MA
Y
T
-
B
S
N
6
X
)
2
d
a
y s
Mo
n
6
/
2
4
/
1
9
We
d
6
/
2
6
/
1
9
16
2
A ct
i
v
e
D
i
r
e
c
t
o
r
y (YT
S
N
9
S
-
A
)
2
d
a
y s
Th
u
7
/
2
5
/
1
9
Mo
n
7
/
2
9
/
1
9
16
3
Di
s
p
a
t
c
h
e
r
T
r
a
i
n
i
n
g
79
d
a
y s
We
d
3
/
2
7
/
1
9
Th
u
7
/
1
8
/
1
9
16
4
Co
n
s
o
l
e
C
o
n
f
i
g ur
a
t
i
o
n
(YT
S
N
3
H
-
B
)
2
d
a
y s
We
d
3
/
2
7
/
1
9
Fr
i
3
/
2
9
/
1
9
16
5
Co
n
s
o
l
e
E
q ui
p me
n
t
O
p er
a
t
o
r
T
r
a
i
n
i
n
g (YT
S
P
5
P
-
B
)
4
d
a
y s
Fr
i
7
/
1
2
/
1
9
Th
u
7
/
1
8
/
1
9
16
6
16
7
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
T
r
a
i
n
i
n
g
5
d
a
y s
Fr
i
1
/
4
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
1
0
/
1
9
16
8
Mi
c
r
o
w
a
v
e
S
y st
e
m
T
r
a
i
n
i
n
g
5
d
a
y s
Fr
i
1
/
4
/
1
9
Th
u
1
/
1
0
/
1
9
HARRIS & Miami B HARRIS & Mia m HARRIS & M NEC
Ju
l
'
1
7
Au
g
'
1
7
Se
p
'
1
7
Oc
t
'
1
7
No
v
'
1
7
De
c
'
1
7
Ja
n
'
1
8
Fe
b
'
1
8
Ma
r
'
1
8
Apr '18 May '18 Jun '18 Jul '18 Aug '18 Sep '18 Oct '18 Nov '18 Dec '18 Jan '19 Feb '19 Mar '19
Ex
h
i
b
i
t
A
–
S
t
a
t
e
m
e
n
t
o
f
W
o
r
k
–
P
r
o
j
e
c
t
S
c
h
e
d
u
l
e
Re
q
u
e
s
t
f
o
r
P
r
o
p
o
s
a
l
s
(
R
F
P
)
P
u
b
l
i
c
S
a
f
e
t
y
N
e
t
w
o
r
k
,
2
0
1
7
-
0
0
6
-
A
K
Ci
t
y
o
f
M
i
a
m
i
B
e
a
c
h
,
F
l
o
r
i
d
a
February 2018 Section 6 Project Schedule Page 4
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 1
Equipment List
Infrastructure
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Primary Core at Police Headquarters SERVER,PREMIER NSC,VMWARE 1
CABINET,NSS,42 RU,120V 1
Kit,Automatic Transfer Switch,100-120V 1
Netclock,GPS Master Clock 1
STORAGE ARRAY NETWORK, NETAPP SAN 1
ROUTER,3925,AC,DATA 1
CISCO RPS2300 W/ 2921-51 ADAPTER 1
FIREWALL, ASA5506-X W/SEC+/ANYCON-25USR 1
ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 1
PRINTER, LASERJET(TM) PRO400 COLOR, M45 1
PC,QUORUM 1
MONITOR,19IN FLAT PANEL 1
PRINTER, LASERJET(TM) PRO400 COLOR, M45 1
CommSHOP_Asset Management 1
Microwave System Equipment LOT
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Secondary Core at EOC SERVER,PREMIER NSC,VMWARE 1
CABINET,NSS,42 RU,120V 1
Kit,Automatic Transfer Switch,100-120V 1
Netclock,GPS Master Clock 1
STORAGE ARRAY NETWORK, NETAPP SAN 1
ROUTER,3925,AC,DATA 1
CISCO RPS2300 W/ 2921-51 ADAPTER 1
FIREWALL, ASA5506-X W/SEC+/ANYCON-25USR 1
ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 1
PRINTER, LASERJET(TM) PRO400 COLOR, M45 1
PC,QUORUM 1
MONITOR,19IN FLAT PANEL 1
PRINTER, LASERJET(TM) PRO400 COLOR, M45 1
Microwave System Equipment LOT
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 2
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Main Dispatch at MBPD ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 2
Switch,Cisco 2960 2
CONSOLE, BUNDLE, PREMIER, WIN8.1 13
SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY 26
MONITOR, 21.5" CLASS,HIGH DEF 13
MOUSE, OPTICAL, USB, SCROLL WHEEL 13
KEYBOARD, 104 KEY, USB, HUB 13
SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY 13
JACK BOX, 6 WIRE 26
Adapter,6 Wire Jackbox to Headset 26
KIT,GOOSENECK MIC, 12IN 13
HEADSET,OVER-THE HEAD SOLID BOOM 26
MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,764-870MHZ,HALF DPLX 13
Desktop Station,CS-7000,Local Control 13
Control Unit,CH721,System,Front Mount 13
Bracket Kit,Rack Mount,CS-7000 13
Antenna,Yagi,806-866MHz,6dB 4
8CH dBSpectra CNTRL STATION COMBINER 1
6CH dBSpectra CNTRL STATION COMBINER 1
Remote Controller, SP721, Digital, CAN 13
Microphone,Desktop 13
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Backup Dispatch at EOC ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 2
Switch,Cisco 2960,8-Port 2
CONSOLE, BUNDLE, PREMIER, WIN8.1 4
SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY 8
MONITOR, 21.5" CLASS,HIGH DEF 4
CABLE,DISPLAYPORT TO DVI-D,10FT 4
MOUSE, OPTICAL, USB, SCROLL WHEEL 4
KEYBOARD, 104 KEY, USB, HUB 4
SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY 4
JACK BOX, 6 WIRE 8
Adapter,6 Wire Jackbox to Headset 8
KIT,GOOSENECK MIC, 12IN 4
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 3
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
HEADSET,OVER-THE HEAD SOLID BOOM 8
MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,764-870MHZ,HALF DPLX 4
Desktop Station,CS-7000,Local Control 4
Control Unit,CH721,System,Front Mount 4
Bracket Kit,Rack Mount,CS-7000 4
Antenna,Yagi,806-866MHz,6dB 4
Remote Controller, SP721, Digital, CAN 4
Microphone,Desktop 4
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Parking and Code Enforcement Dispatch ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 2
Switch,Cisco 2960,8-Port 2
CONSOLE, BUNDLE, PREMIER, WIN8.1 1
SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY 1
MONITOR, 21.5" CLASS,HIGH DEF 1
CABLE,DISPLAYPORT TO DVI-D,10FT 1
MOUSE, OPTICAL, USB, SCROLL WHEEL 1
KEYBOARD, 104 KEY, USB, HUB 1
SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY 1
JACK BOX, 6 WIRE 2
Adapter,6 Wire Jackbox to Headset 2
KIT,GOOSENECK MIC, 12IN 1
HEADSET,OVER-THE HEAD SOLID BOOM 2
MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,764-870MHZ,HALF DPLX 1
Desktop Station,CS-7000,Local Control 1
Control Unit,CH721,System,Front Mount 1
Bracket Kit,Rack Mount,CS-7000 1
Antenna,Yagi,806-866MHz,6dB 1
Remote Controller, SP721, Digital, CAN 1
Microphone,Desktop 1
Microwave System Equipment LOT
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 4
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
UHF Base Stations for FSA at MBPD Cabinet,83 in 1
TB8100 Base Station - Analog,440-480MHz,100W 2
UHF 6 dB Gain Onmi Antenna 2
Antenna System LOT
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Interoperability Gateway at MBPD for
FSA System Equipment,Interop Gateway 1
Chassis,4-Slot Interoperability Gateway 1
Power Supply,AC,4-Slot Gateway Chassis 2
Module,DVU,UAC,Interoperability Gateway 1
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
800 MHz Interoperability Radios at
Council Tower MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,764-870MHZ,HALF DPLX 6
Desktop Station,CS-7000,Local Control 6
Control Unit,CH721,System,Front Mount 6
Bracket Kit,Rack Mount,CS-7000 6
Antenna,Yagi,806-866MHz,6dB 2
8CH dBSpectra CNTRL STATION COMBINER 1
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Encompass Gateway at Council Tower Antenna,Yagi,806-866MHz,6dB 2
8CH dBSpectra CNTRL STATION COMBINER 1
Zetron EA iRIM (Supports EFJ 5300 Series Radios) 5
Zetron iRIM Dual Unit Rack Mount Option 3
EFJ 53SL 7/800 DM SmartNet II Radio 10
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
UHF Interoperability Radios at Council
Tower MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,440-512MHZ,50W 3
Desktop Station,CS-7000,Local Control 3
Control Unit,CH721,System,Front Mount 3
Bracket Kit,Rack Mount,CS-7000 3
Antenna,Yagi,10dB 3
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 5
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
VHF Interoperability Radios at Council
Tower MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,136-174MHZ,50W 1
Desktop Station,CS-7000,Local Control 1
Control Unit,CH721,System,Front Mount 1
Bracket Kit,Rack Mount,CS-7000 1
ANTENNA,YAGI,CUT,7DB (NLA) 3
TB8100 Base Station - Analog, VHF,100W 2
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Interoperability Gateway at Council
Tower System Equipment,Interop Gateway 1
Chassis,4-Slot Interoperability Gateway 2
Power Supply,AC,4-Slot Gateway Chassis 4
Module,DVU,UAC,Interoperability Gateway 6
ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 1
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
10-Channel P25 Phase 2 Full Tx-RX RF
Site (DCP) at Council Tower Power Supply,-48V,DC,MASTR V 10
Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 10
Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 10
Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 5
Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 2
SWITCH,CISCO ME 3400E,DC,24-PORT 1
Router,2921,DC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1
Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 1
Rack,Open,86 in,Extra Deep 1
BMR10-H-B1 - ANT 13.4DB DUAL 806-869MHZ 3
Tower Top Amplifier, 799-816 MHz 1
Receiver Multicoupler, 6 MHz Bandwidth, DC (-48V) Power 1
8-port RMC Expansion Shelf, 793-824 MHz 1
COMBINER,TX,5-6 CH, 800MHZ 2
Antenna System cables, connectors and additional
components LOT
Microwave System Equipment LOT
Standby Battery Plant System - 15 KW 1
Emergency Generator System - 50 KW with 500-gal tank
(above ground level) 1
New 10' x 10'7" x 15'4" Lightweight Metal Shelter 1
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 6
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
10-Channel P25 Phase 2 Full Tx-RX RF
Site (DCP) at Tower 41 Power Supply,-48V,DC,MASTR V 10
Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 10
Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 10
Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 5
Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 2
SWITCH,CISCO ME 3400E,DC,24-PORT 1
Router,2921,DC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1
Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 1
Rack,Open,86 in,Extra Deep 1
BMR10-H-B1 - ANT 13.4DB DUAL 806-869MHZ 3
Tower Top Amplifier, 799-816 MHz 1
Receiver Multicoupler, 6 MHz Bandwidth, DC (-48V) Power 1
8-port RMC Expansion Shelf, 793-824 MHz 1
COMBINER,TX,5-6 CH, 800MHZ 2
Antenna System cables, connectors and additional
components LOT
Microwave System Equipment LOT
Standby Battery Plant System - 15 KW 1
Emergency Generator System - 50 KW with 500-gal tank
(above ground level) 1
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
10-Channel P25 Phase 2 Full Tx-RX RF
Site (DCP) at Parkview Point Power Supply,-48V,DC,MASTR V 10
Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 10
Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 10
Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 5
Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 2
SWITCH,CISCO ME 3400E,DC,24-PORT 1
Router,2921,DC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1
Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 1
Rack,Open,86 in,Extra Deep 1
BMR10-A-B1 - ANT 12.3DB 220D CARDIOID 3
Tower Top Amplifier, 799-816 MHz 1
Receiver Multicoupler, 6 MHz Bandwidth, DC (-48V) Power 1
8-port RMC Expansion Shelf, 793-824 MHz 1
COMBINER,TX,5-6 CH, 800MHZ 2
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 7
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Antenna System cables, connectors and additional
components LOT
Microwave System Equipment LOT
Standby Battery Plant System - 15 KW 1
Emergency Generator System - 50 KW with 500-gal tank
(above ground level) 1
New 10' x 10'7" x 15'4" Lightweight Metal Shelter 1
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
10-Channel P25 Phase 2 Full Tx-RX RF
Site (DCP) at 5600 Collins Avenue Power Supply,-48V,DC,MASTR V 10
Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 10
Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 10
Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 5
Rack,Open,86 in(Xtra Dp) with support 2
SWITCH,CISCO ME 3400E,DC,24-PORT 1
Router,2921,DC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1
Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 1
Rack,Open,86 in,Extra Deep 1
BMR10-H-B1 - ANT 13.4DB DUAL 806-869MHZ 3
Tower Top Amplifier, 799-816 MHz 1
Receiver Multicoupler, 6 MHz Bandwidth, DC (-48V) Power 1
8-port RMC Expansion Shelf, 793-824 MHz 1
COMBINER,TX,5-6 CH, 800MHZ 2
Antenna System cables, connectors and additional
components LOT
Microwave System Equipment LOT
Standby Battery Plant System - 15 KW 1
Emergency Generator System - 50 KW with 500-gal tank
(above ground level) 1
Subsystem Location Description Quantity
Radio Programming Tools Software – Radio programming 4
Software – Key Loading 4
Software - OTAP 1
Set of Programing cables and accessories 4
Programming Laptop PC 4
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 8
Mobile, Portable, and Control Station Subscriber
Units
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD A.Mobiles_Multiband
(VHF/UHF/7/80 )remote
mount w/handheld
controller
Mobile, XG-100M
(50 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
OTAR
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
P25 AES Encryption
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, HHC-731
Standard Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD A.Mobiles_Multiband
(VHF/UHF/7/800)
Command Vehicle remote
mount w/headset jacks
Mobile, XG-100M
(8 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
OTAR
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
P25 AES Encryption
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, CH721,
Scan, Remote Mount
Noise Cancelling
Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 9
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD A.Mobiles_Multiband
(VHF/UHF/7/800) Marine
Grade Application
Mobile, XG-100M
(6 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
OTAR
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
P25 AES Encryption
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, CH721,
Scan, Remote Mount
Noise Cancelling
Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD A.Mobiles_Multiband
(VHF/UHF/7/800)
Motorcycle
Mobile, XG-100M
(27 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
OTAR
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
P25 AES Encryption
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, CH721,
Scan, Remote Mount
Motorcycle Kit
Noise Cancelling
Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 10
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD A.Mobiles_Multiband
capable configured 7/800
remote mount w/handheld
controller
Mobile, XG-100M
(370 Units)
136-174, 762-870 MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
OTAR
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
P25 AES Encryption
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, HHC-731
Standard Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD B.Portables_Multi-
unit charger
Accessories for XL-200P
(50 Units)
Charger, 6-Bay
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 11
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD
B.Portables_Multiband
capable (configured 7/800)
Portable, XL-200P, Fulll
Keypad
(500 Units)
700/800 MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
OTAR
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
P25 AES Encryption
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Speaker Microphone
Leather Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
Charger
Vehicular Charger
¼ wave whip antenna
Ear piece
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 12
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD
B.Portables_Multiband
Portable (VHF/UHF/7/800)
Portable, XL-200P, Full
Keypad
(100 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
OTAR
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
P25 AES Encryption
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Speaker Microphone
Leather Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
Charger
Vehicular Charger
Flexi, helical multiband
antenna
Ear piece
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 13
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD C.Control
Stations_w/desktop mic
Desktop Station, CS-7000,
Local/Remote with Mobile,
XG-100M
(6 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
OTAR
Phase II TDMA
P25 AES Encryption
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, CH721,
Scan, Front Mount
Bracket Kit, Rack
Mount, CS7000
Microphone, Desktop
Remote Controller,
SP721, Digital, CAN
Cable, Can 90'
Microphone, Desktop
Antenna system with 6
dB Yagi
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
1.PD Other
Equipment_SWAT type
headset/earpiece
transducer
Accessory for XL-200P
Radio
(100 Units)
Headset,In-Ear,Boom
Mic, In-Line Ptt
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 14
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD A.Mobiles_Apparatus
Headset
Accessory for XL-200P
Radio
(6 Units)
Headset,Over-The
Head Solid Boom
Adapter,6 Wire Jackbox
to Headset
Service, Installation
Control Head Interface
Kit
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD A.Mobiles_Multiband
(VHF/UHF/7/800)Marine
Grade Application
Mobile, XG-100M
(2 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, CH721,
Scan, Remote Mount
Noise Cancelling
Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 15
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD A.Mobiles_Multiband
capable ( configured
7/800) remote mount/dual
head
Mobile, XG-100M
(24 Units)
136-174, 762-870 MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
2 x Control Unit, CH721,
Scan, Remote Mount
2 x Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD A.Mobiles_Multiband
capable (configured 7/800)
remote mount
Mobile, XG-100M
(10 Units)
136-174, 762-870 MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, CH721,
Scan, Remote Mount
Standard Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD B.Portables_Duty
case/holder
Accessories for XL-200P
(15 Units)
Leather Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 16
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD B.Portables_Multi-
unit station charger
Accessories for XL-200P
(46 Units)
Charger, 6-Bay
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD B.Portables_Speaker
Mic
Accessories for XL-200P
(31 Units)
Speaker Mic, Premium,
Fire, NC
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD
B.Portables_Multiband
capable ( configured
7/800)
Portable, XL-200P, Partial
Keypad
(141 Units)
700/800 MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Speaker Microphone
Leather Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
(Hazloc Radio C1D2,
UL)
Charger
Vehicular Charger
¼ wave whip antenna
Speaker Mic, Premium,
Fire, NC
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 17
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD
B.Portables_Multiband
capable ( configured
7/800) Water Resistant
Portable, XL-200P, Partial
Keypad
(10 Units)
700/800 MHz
Option, Immersible
Radio Operation
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Speaker Microphone
Leather Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
(Hazloc Radio C1D2,
UL)
Charger
Vehicular Charger
¼ wave whip antenna
Speaker Mic, Premium,
Fire, NC
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 18
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD
B.Portables_Multiband
Portable (
VHF/UHF/7/800)
Portable, XL-200P, Partial
Keypad
(51 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Speaker Microphone
Leather Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
(Hazloc Radio C1D2,
UL)
Charger
Vehicular Charger
Flexi, helical multiband
antenna
Speaker Mic, Premium,
Fire, NC
OTAR and P25 AES
Encryption for 25 of the
51 radios
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 19
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD
B.Portables_Multiband
Portable (VHF/UHF7/800)
Water Resistant
Portable, XL-200P, Partial
Keypad
(5 Units)
136-870MHz
Option, Immersible
Radio Operation
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Speaker Microphone
Leather Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
(Hazloc Radio C1D2,
UL)
Charger
Vehicular Charger
Flexi, helical multiband
antenna
Speaker Mic, Premium,
Fire, NC
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD C.Control
Stations_(VHF/UHF/7/800)
w/desktop mic
Desktop Station,CS-7000,
Local/Remote with Mobile,
XG-100M
(6 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit,
CH721,Scan,Front
Mount
Bracket Kit,Rack
Mount,CS7000
Microphone, Desktop
Remote Controller,
SP721, Digital, CAN
Cable, Can 90'
Microphone, Desktop
Antenna system with 6
dB Yagi
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 20
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
2.FD D Fire Alerting
Control Station_UHF
Configured for Fire Alert
Solution
Desktop Station,CS-7000,
Local/Remote with Mobile,
XG-75M
(6 Units)
440-512MHz
Control Unit,
CH721,Scan,Front
Mount
Bracket Kit,Rack
Mount,CS7000
Microphone, Desktop
Remote Controller,
SP721, Digital, CAN
Cable, Can 90'
Microphone, Desktop
Antenna system with 10
dB Yagi
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
3.EM A.Mobiles_Multiband Mobile, XG-100M
(5 Units)
136-174, 762-870 MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit, CH721,
Scan, Remote Mount
Standard Microphone
136-870MHz 0dB
Antenna
Low Loss GPS Antenna
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
3.EM B.Portables_Multi-
unit station charger
Accessories for XL-200P
(6 Units)
Charger, 6-Bay
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 21
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
3.EM B.Portables_Multi-
unit vehicular charger
w/DC/AC
Accessories for XL-200P
(6 Units)
Charger, 6-Bay
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
3.EM
B.Portables_Multiband
Portable (VHF/UHF/7/800)
Portable, XL-200P, Partial
Keypad
(50 Units)
136-870MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Speaker Microphone
Leather Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
(Hazloc Radio C1D2,
UL)
Charger
Vehicular Charger
Flexi, helical multiband
antenna
Speaker Mic.
Earpiece
OTAR and P25 AES
Encryption for 5 of the
50 radios
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 22
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
4.NonPS A.Portables_Low
Tier Portable (700/800)
Portable, XG-15P, Full
Keypad
(182 Units)
700-800MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Speaker Microphone
Nylon Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
Charger
¼ wave whip antenna
GPS Speaker Mic.
Earpiece
4.NonPS A.Portables_Low
Tier Portable (700/800)
With AES Encryption and
OTAR
Portable, XG-25P, Partial
Keypad
(25 Units)
700-800MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
IN-BAND GPS
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
OTAR and P25 AES
Encryption
Speaker Microphone
Nylon Case, Belt Loop
D-Swivel, Belt Clip
2 x Li-Ion Batteries
Charger
¼ wave whip antenna
GPS Speaker Mic.
Earpiece
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Equipment List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 7
Equipment List
Page 23
Agency Harris Radio Model
(Quantity)
Included Features
4.NonPS B.Control
Stations_Control Station
Desktop Station,CS-7000,
Local/Remote with Mobile,
XG-75M
(2 Units)
700-800MHz
P25 OTAP Profile
Phase II TDMA
PACKAGE, P25
TRUNKING
Control Unit,
CH721,Scan,Front
Mount
Microphone, Desktop
Antenna system with 6
dB Yagi
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 8
Training Plan
Page 1
Training Plan
Overview
The training plan for the City of Miami Beach encompasses the following categories:
System Manager Training
Radio User Training
Dispatcher Training
VPI Logging Recorder Training
Maintenance Technician Training
Harris Technical University Refresher Training
System Manager Training
The System Manager Training Program consists of on-site training and a self-paced online training
course so that system managers can meet their responsibilities. On-site training consists of multiple
courses that will be delivered one (1) time each at a facility provided by the City for up to 12
participants. Each participant will receive a hardcopy of the training presentations, associated hands-
on exercises, and applicable technical documentation. Figure 1 summarizes the System Manager
Training Program:
Figure 1. System Manager Training Program
Course/Workshop Name Length
P25 System Administration Course 4½ days
P25 Fleet Mapping Workshop 3 days
Implementation Support Workshop 3 days
Unified Administration System Course 2 days
Regional Network Manager Course 2 days
Radio Programming Course 2 days
Active Directory Course Online (Self-paced)
Radio User Training
The importance of radio users understanding basic system operation and the operation of their
portable and/or mobile radios cannot be overstated. Harris will provide Radio User Training based on
a train-the-trainer approach. In this approach, we will provide model training and support materials
for designated City of Miami Beach trainers to use during the implementation phase. Each train-the-
trainer session on radio operation is scheduled for one (1) day and includes the following:
An overview of the City of Miami Beach P25 radio system
A description of system operation including failure modes
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Training Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 8
Training Plan
Page 2
A discussion of radio/system coverage expectations
A discussion and demonstration of the differences between analog and digital voice
A demonstration of basic radio operations including proper radio use
Hands-on practice with the radios
A discussion of basic radio care including battery maintenance
Harris will provide customized presentation material for the instructors as well as four electronic
copies of the training materials to allow for additional customization, if desired.
Harris will conduct four train-the-trainer sessions over consecutive days for up to 15 participants per
session. This training will be conducted approximately two-to-four weeks prior to the start of the
performance period to allow time for the trainers to practice using the equipment as well as to hold
training sessions for their trainees. This training will be conducted at a facility provided by the City
and utilize Harris radios purchased as part of the system.
Dispatcher Training
Dispatcher training consists of console configuration training for dispatch supervisors followed by
operational console training for dispatchers.
Console Configuration Training
This two-day course provides City of Miami Beach dispatch supervisors with the knowledge and
skills to configure the Symphony Dispatch Console to meet operational needs. The training includes a
detailed operational overview that introduces the various features and capabilities of the console.
Dispatch supervisors will work within the Configuration Utility to explore the various settings and
how these settings impact the operation of the console. Once the Configuration Utility settings are
understood, the supervisors will have the requisite knowledge to define the parameters that best suit
their operational needs. These settings will be saved and used as a template to set up additional
consoles. The remainder of the course is spent defining the operating characteristics of the console
and utilizing the Configuration Editor to create setups to address the various functions required. This
includes performing the following tasks:
Adding, renaming and deleting workspace tabs
Designing communications modules (i.e., entities, colors, sizes, etc.)
Adding, deleting and moving communication modules
Changing the sidebar panel layout
Creating, switching, deleting and password protecting console setups
Setting encryption indicators and controls (if applicable)
The Audio Box Configuration Tool, which manages audio and voice input and output attributes, will
be introduced with the caveat that this tool should only be utilized in consultation with system
engineers and/or technicians. Detailed settings controlled by this tool will be set in conjunction with
system engineers and/or technicians. The relationship between the consoles and Active Directory,
cloning of consoles, and the connectivity to the Voice Network Interface Controller will be explained.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Training Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 8
Training Plan
Page 3
This training will take place after the Symphony Dispatch Consoles are installed and made
operational but prior to console operational training and cutover. Each dispatch supervisor will
receive a copy of the training presentation and any applicable technical documentation. Class size is
limited to a maximum of five participants.
Console Operational Training
Instructor-led, hands-on training sessions on the operation of the Symphony dispatch console are four
hours in length. This training will be conducted using operational consoles installed at the back-up
dispatch center at the Miami Beach EOC. We recommend limiting each training session to no more
than two dispatchers per console to maximize the hands-on training. The training includes an
overview of the new P25 radio system and the following tasks performed using the Symphony
dispatch console:
Select communication modules
Transmit and receive group and individual calls
Transmit, receive and clear emergency calls
Review call history and play back audio
Modify communication modules
Create, modify and transmit on patches and simulselects
Control conventional channels
Utilize the paging function
Change console setups
Use special and enhanced console features
Harris will conduct a total of eight console operational training sessions over four consecutive days.
These sessions will be scheduled just prior to implementation to allow participants to promptly begin
using the skills learned. Each participant receives a hardcopy of the Symphony Dispatch Console
Operation Quick Reference Guide. Harris will also provide the City with four electronic copies of the
Symphony Dispatch Console Operation Quick Reference Guide.
VPI Logging Recorder Training
VPI will conduct three days of on-site instructor-led customized training following the
implementation of VPI technology. The training will include presentations, demonstrations, and
hands-on practice in the working environment. An experienced and fully qualified VPI education
specialist will deliver the training that includes:
Administrator-level Training: System architecture, security, database and application
maintenance procedures, and basic troubleshooting.
Certified Component-level Support Training: IT personnel learn about advanced maintenance
and troubleshooting.
Supervisor and Manager Training: Use of methodology and technology to proactively access,
review, and leverage recordings, including quality evaluations, reporting, development, and
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Training Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 8
Training Plan
Page 4
use of real time Key Performance Indicators (KPIs) through real time dashboards and
historical scorecards, development of business rules, agent training content, and use of
advanced business and speech analytics tools.
Agent Training: Retrieval, playback, and export of authorized recordings, annotations,
understanding, and use of real time dashboards.
Maintenance Technician Training
Harris will conduct a series of training courses to prepare maintenance technicians to meet their
responsibilities. Each course will be conducted on site one time at a facility provided by the City for
up to ten participants. Each course will require access to the applicable system equipment. Figure 2
summarizes the Maintenance Technician Training Program.
Figure 2. Maintenance Technician Training Program
Course Name Length
P25 System Maintenance Course 7 days
Introduction to Networking Course 5 days
Unified Administration System Course 2 days
Regional Network Manager Course 2 days
Network Operation & Maintenance Course 4 days
MASTR V Station Maintenance Course 1½ days
P25 Simulcast System Maintenance Course 3 days
RF Maintenance Course 4½ days
Active Directory Online Course Self-Paced
iPasoLink 250/650 Plus NMS Course 4 days
Each participant will receive a hardcopy of the training presentations, associated hands-on exercises,
and applicable technical documentation. Maintenance technician training will be conducted on
mutually agreeable dates, typically during the warranty period.
Harris Technical University Refresher Training
Harris will provide the City with a one-year site license that provides unlimited access to Harris
Technical University (HTU) for up to 500 City of Miami Beach students. HTU is hosted by Harris
and consists of standard radio and console operational courses, and courses on Active Directory,
Radio Programming and other technical subjects. A site license provides the following additional
benefits that the City will experience:
Students have access to all courses that are applicable to the City of Miami Beach P25 radio
system. This benefits end users who operate and require training on both portable and mobile
radios.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Training Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 8
Training Plan
Page 5
Harris will add courses to the training program at no additional cost if the City purchases
other radio models during the term of the license.
Newly developed courses will be added to the training program at no additional cost during
the term of the license if the courses are applicable to the City of Miami Beach system.
Harris will train and provide a designated individual with administrative rights to the HTU
Learning Management System so that the City can directly assign specific training courses to
students, monitor student activity and progress in completing courses, and generate reports.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Training Plan
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 1
Warranty Plan
24x7x365, 30 Minute Call-Back, and Escalation Plan
1.0 Harris Responsibilities:
1.1 Provide 24x7x365 on-call system technicians that are trained, experienced City vetted,
and qualified to provide Services on the Equipment.
1.2 Technicians will be equipped with the required tools, test, network, and computer
equipment needed to troubleshoot and repair the Equipment. Test equipment requiring
annual calibration will have affixed at all times, calibration stickers showing the expiration
date of the calibration or the date next calibration is due
1.3 Technicians will have transportation in good working order to reach the required
locations.
1.4 On-call technician will receive notification of system issues by one of the following:
System Notification, Self-Notification, or Customer Notification.
1.4.1 System Notification: Equipment may directly or through an alarm monitoring
system determine there is an active alarm that requires immediate attention and
notifies a Harris technician. Harris technician will self-dispatch or will notify the on-
call technician of the issue. Harris technician will notify Customer’s single point of
contact of the issue and will advise time of call initiation and estimated next steps
to resolution.
1.4.2 Self-Notification: Harris technician aware of an issue through use or other activities
related to the Equipment will self-dispatch or will notify the on-call technician of the
issue. Harris technician will notify Customer’s single point of contact of the issue
and will advise time of call initiation and estimated next steps to resolution.
1.4.3 Customer Notification: Customer’s single point of contact will contact Harris per the
Escalation Plan and Response Matrix.
1.5 This is the Escalation Plan employed by Harris:
1.5.1 Step 1
1.5.1.1 Local Tech: Customer’s single point of contact will notify Harris on-call
technician by placing a call to one of the following dependent on how local
service personnel are notified:
1.5.1.1.1 Customer will call a defined local number that alerts the on-call
technician via their cell phone or pager. The number that the
Customer calls will remain constant and will be forwarded to the
on-call technician. OR
1.5.1.1.2 Customer will call a defined local number for an answering
service. The answering service will take Customer's name,
number and reason for the call. The answering service will then
contact the Harris on-call technician and will escalate until Harris
personnel respond back to Customer.
1.5.1.2 Internal escalation is automatic at this point and requires no further
customer intervention.
1.6 Service information will be collected and reported to Customer. Harris will utilize an
electronic service ticket system to collect and report on the following:
1.6.1 Unique incident tracking number with date
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 2
1.6.2 Data pertaining to the current issue including equipment description
1.6.3 Assigned technician
1.6.4 Service activity
1.6.5 History or comparable incidents where applicable to assist with troubleshooting
1.6.6 Resolution
Figure 1. Response Matrix
SEVERITY LEVEL TYPE OF EQUIPMENT RESPONSE TIME
Severity Level 1
(Major Failures)
Any site inoperable
25% of system switches inoperable
25% of site talkpaths inoperable
25% of dispatching capability is
inoperable
Any major alarm that is leading to an
inoperable state of 25%.
24x7x365
Within thirty (30) minutes to
remotely respond to the
problem. Arrive on site within
one (1) hour, if necessary.
Severity Level 2
(Moderate Failures)
Moderate issues that prevent
Customer's normal use of
Equipment.
Single site channel or subsystem
inoperable (single region)
Individual dispatch console
inoperable
Individual dispatch control stations
inoperable
24x7x365
Within thirty (30) minutes to
remotely respond to the
problem. Arrive on site
within four (4) hours, if
necessary.
Severity Level 3
(Non-Emergency)
Minor alarms that do not prevent or
prohibit use of Equipment
Operational, parts, and configuration
questions
Site environmental alarms
Intermittent problems being reviewed
or monitored that are not resulting in
a Severity Level 1 or Level 2 issue
Scheduled or routine maintenance
Administrative issues
Preventive maintenance protocol or
questions.
24x7x365
Within eight (8) hours begin to
remotely interrogate the
problem and arrive on site, if
necessary.
2.0 Customer Responsibilities:
2.1 Provide Harris with points of contact to notify of issues to which Harris responds. 2.2
Customer users experiencing an issue will notify Customer’s single point of contact for
issues. The Customer’s single point of contact will contact Harris per the Escalation Plan
and Response Matrix.
2.3 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
Equipment to support delivery of Services.
2.4 Provide the following information when initiating a service request:
2.4.1 Severity Level as per the Response Matrix.
2.4.2 Problem description and site location.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 3
2.4.3 Information regarding Group ID, Unit ID and functionality impacted.
2.4.4 Provide contact information on user reporting issue, location of user reporting
issue, and time experienced.
2.4.5 Other pertinent information requested by Harris.
2.5 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment or Services.
2.6 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
Customer’s Location Repair and Management
3.0 Harris Responsibilities:
3.1 For Harris Equipment:
3.1.1 On-Site Troubleshooting:
3.1.1.1 Dispatching Harris personnel to investigate problem at Customer’s location
after remote diagnostics are made.
3.1.1.2 Basic on-site response goal is within one (1) hour.
3.1.1.3 Perform pre-diagnostics to confirm malfunction.
3.1.2 Repair or replacement of failed Equipment:
3.1.2.1 If repairable, repair and perform testing to verify proper operation.
3.1.2.2 If replaceable, replace with Spare Part and perform testing to verify proper
operation.
3.1.3 Shipment of failed Equipment to Harris Depot Repair and Return for repair:
3.1.3.1 Obtain a Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) from Harris.
3.1.3.2 Ship (at Harris’ expense) Equipment to Harris Depot Repair and Return.
3.1.3.3 Manage and track repair status through the Depot Repair and Return
process.
3.1.3.4 Receive and bench evaluate (where possible) repaired Equipment to meet
original Harris specifications.
3.1.4 Return of repaired equipment:
3.1.4.1 Return repaired Equipment to original Customer location, install, and
perform testing to verify proper operation.
3.1.4.2 If a Spare Part was used, return the repaired Equipment to the Spare Parts
inventory.
3.2 For third-party manufactured Equipment:
3.2.1 On-Site Troubleshooting:
3.2.1.1 Dispatching Harris personnel to investigate problem at Customer’s location
after remote diagnostics are made.
3.2.1.2 Basic on-site response goal is within one (1) hour.
3.2.1.3 Perform pre-diagnostics to confirm malfunction.
3.2.2 Repair or replacement of failed Equipment:
3.2.2.1 If repairable, repair and perform testing to verify proper operation.
3.2.2.2 If replaceable, replace with Spare Parts and perform testing to verify proper
operation.
3.2.3 Shipment of failed Equipment to Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) or other
third party for repair:
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 4
3.2.3.1 Obtain a RMA from the third-party repair center.
3.2.3.2 Ship (at Harris’ expense) Equipment to the third party for repair.
3.2.3.3 Manage and track repair status through the third-party repair process.
3.2.3.4 Receive and bench evaluate (where possible) repaired Equipment to meet
original specifications.
3.2.4 Return of repaired Equipment:
3.2.4.1 Return repaired Equipment to original Customer location, install, and
perform testing to verify proper operation.
3.2.4.2 If a Spare Part was used, return the repaired Equipment to the Spare Parts
inventory.
4.0 Other Harris Responsibilities:
4.1 Purchase the replacement of the failed Equipment when not repairable.
4.2 Provide Customer with a Summary Report.
4.3 Provide Customer access to http://pspc.harris.com/Service/CustomerService.aspx in
order for Customer to submit an RMA request.
4.4 Provide quote to Customer for Demand Services repairs, if applicable.
4.5 Provide for repaired and returned equipment (i) a ninety (90) days warranty, or (ii) the
remainder of the original warranty, or (iii) the third party warranty, whichever is greater.
4.6 Trained, experienced, City vetted, and qualified technicians to provide Services on the
Equipment.
4.7 Technicians will be equipped with the required tools, test, network, and computer
equipment needed to troubleshoot and repair the Equipment. Test equipment requiring
annual calibration will have affixed at all times, calibration stickers showing the expiration
date of the calibration or the date next calibration is due.
5.0 Customer Responsibilities:
5.1 Provide Harris with a single point of contact for issues to which Harris responds.
5.2 Customer users experiencing an issue will notify Customer’s single point of contact for
issues. Customer’s single point of contact will contact Harris.
5.3 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
equipment to support delivery of service.
5.4 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
5.5 Within five (5) business days from receipt of Demand Services quote, approve additional
charges for Demand Services repairs or disapprove Demand Services repairs and pay
the evaluation fee of the repair facility used.
5.6 Maintain Spare Parts in an environmentally controlled and easily accessible location.
5.7 Supply sufficient Spare Parts in order for Harris to provide Services.
5.8 In the event that Customer does not maintain sufficient Spare Parts to replace the failed
Equipment while the failed Equipment is under repair and Customer desires a more rapid
repair, Customer is to provide Harris a method to pay for expedited repair service or the
procurement of an additional spare part.
5.9 Cooperate with Harris to provide the Services described in this SOW.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 5
Preventive Maintenance on Harris Infrastructure
6.0 Harris Responsibilities:
6.1 Perform Preventive Maintenance on Harris installed equipment which provides tests,
checks, and alignment on Customer’s Equipment to ensure the Equipment meets
specifications.
6.2 Provide Customer with a Preventive Maintenance Work Hours schedule and approximate
Equipment outage times (if any).
6.3 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
6.4 Provide annual optimization of Equipment to best Harris' practices (Table 1 below) and
will evolve by Harris.
7.0 Customer Responsibilities:
7.1 Provide a suitable service environment (HVAC, power, illumination, grounding, internet
access).
7.2 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
equipment to support delivery of Service.
7.3 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
7.4 Provide Harris instant and convenient access to all Equipment, data, and power points.
7.5 Ensure Harris can perform Services in one continuous effort.
7.6 Waive Services and reimbursement for Services when access is not provided to Harris
for scheduled Services or Harris is unable to provide Services due to Customer
responsibilities.
7.7 Pay Demand Services for additional efforts including Equipment removal, Equipment
aggregation management, delays in work, software or cable interface acquisition,
configuration or software changes, or repairs.
7.8 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
8.0 Included Equipment:
Figure 2 provides Services to be performed as applicable during the Preventive Maintenance
on the Equipment listed in the Equipment List.
Figure 2. Preventive Maintenance Test and Inspection
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
GENERAL Check RF, data and audio cable condition, replace if necessary
Check general alarm status, troubleshot and correct any found alarm conditions
Check condition of punch blocks, correct any deficiencies
Perform a general talkgroup test
Perform a multisite test if convenient
Perform an individual call test if convenient
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 6
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
MASTR V BASE
STATION
Check simulcast timing, adjust if necessary
Check RF power before and after combiner, replace/retune cavities if necessary
Check frequency accuracy, bring into specifications if necessary
Check modulation deviation, bring into specifications if necessary
Check receiver sensitivity, repair/replace if necessary
Check combiner insertion loss and station power, replace/retune cavities if
necessary
Verify alarm functionality, repair/replace any failed sensors
Check basic call processing, each channel, if failure, troubleshoot to resolution
Check basic simulcast call processing, each channel, if failure, troubleshoot to
resolution
Clean physical filters
Inspect RF lines, replace any damaged or defective lines
Inspect audio and data cables for snug connection, snug up if necessary
Verify control channel operation and rolling, if failure, troubleshoot to resolution
Perform power supply voltage checks, if failure, troubleshoot to resolution
GPS RECEIVERS Verify GPS sync, troubleshoot if out of sync
Verify alarm functionality, troubleshot and correct if necessary
Verify battery functionality, replace if necessary
Check power supply voltage, adjust or replace if necessary
NETWORK Check and verify RNM alarms, troubleshoot and make corrections if necessary
Inspect Ethernet cables, replace if necessary
Check MPLS router voltage, adjust or replace power supply if necessary
Check MPLS router cables, replace if necessary
Check MPLS router alarms, take corrective actions if alarms found
Check dual CPU operation, repair or replace if necessary
Check servers for dust, clean and replace filter if necessary
CONSOLES Check console link to VNIC, troubleshoot connection if necessary
Check RF, data and audio cable condition, replace if necessary
Verify operation of touch screen monitor, replace if necessary
Check and clean keyboard
Verify console basic call functionality, troubleshoot and make corrections if
Check select and unselect speaker audio output for clarity, repair or replace if
necessary
CONSOLE
ACCESSORIES
Check microphone, headset jacks, foot switches for condition and functionality,
repair or replace if necessary
ISSI Check functionality, troubleshoot and make correction if necessary
Check for alarms, troubleshoot and make correction if necessary
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 7
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
NSS Verify high availability (HA) functionality, troubleshoot and make correction if
necessary
Check for alarms, troubleshoot and make correction if necessary
Check servers for dust, clean and replace filter if necessary
Check servers are operating software revision, record findings
Check BeOn functionality, troubleshoot and make correction if necessary
MICROWAVE Check alarm status, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check cable condition, replace if necessary
Check A and B side voltage, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check transmit side A and B oscillator is within specification, troubleshoot and
correct if necessary
Check receive side A and B oscillator is within specification, troubleshoot and
correct if necessary
Check BER, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check receive signal levels, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check waveguide condition, recommend corrections if necessary
Conduct Ring Fall Over test
LOGGING RECORDER Check Alarm Status, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check Cable Condition, replace if necessary
Inspect Ethernet Cables, replace if necessary
Check Status on All Lights, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check Server Voltage, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check Server Cables, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check Server Alarms, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check CPU Operation, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check inter-site redundancies, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check storage at all sites, recommend changes/corrections/additions if necessary
Servers Are Dust Free, Clean, And Filters Replaced if necessary
Check recording on all channels, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
ACCESS Check path cleared of overhanging trees and shrubs for access, recommend
corrections if necessary
Check road access, grade, drives and compound sufficient for access, recommend
corrections if necessary
Fabric and barbed wire has not failed, recommend corrections if necessary
Locks and chain operational, recommend corrections if necessary
Gate operating properly, recommend corrections if necessary
TOWER / ROOF
structure
Visually inspect from ground tower condition for noticeable failures or potential
issues, correct if necessary
Verify tower lighting, correct if necessary
Visually inspect electrical grounding for proper connection, correct if necessary
ANTENNA SYSTEMS Visual inspection from the ground for damage or corrosion
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 8
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
Sweep lines, correct if necessary
Check tower-top amplifiers for alarms, operation with in specifications, correct if
necessary
SHELTER BUILDING Inspect for building weatherproofing failures, correct if necessary
Inspect for pest infestations, correct if necessary
Inspect for holes and joints failures, correct if necessary
Inspect for vandalism, recommend corrections if necessary
Exterior light functioning, correct if necessary
Walls and floor clean and in good condition, correct if necessary
Cable entries installed and sealed properly, troubleshoot and correct (Harris-
Transmission lines at waveguide ports sealed properly, troubleshoot and correct if
necessary,
Shelter free from trash and surplus material
Visible interior ring ground intact and all connections in good condition, correct if
necessary
All cable rack pieces connected with ground jumpers, troubleshoot and correct
(Harris-installed items) if necessary
All shelter lights operational, correct if necessary
Site entry door operating properly, correct if necessary
DEHYDRATOR Check dehydrator for excessive hours or potential line failure, repair if
necessary
ELECTRICAL Check functionality, troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check alarm history, troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check AC/DC voltage levels, troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check amperage levels, troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check rectifier inputs for proper operation as notified by the battery monitors,
troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check dehydrator for excessive hours or potential line failure, repair if
necessary
FIRE ALARM AND
EQUIPMENT
Check fire extinguishers in shelters for sufficiently charged condition and fire
inspection tag date, correct if necessary. Suppression system/City
GENERATOR –
HARRIS INSPECTION
Check lines for corrosion and leakage, correct if necessary
Check fuel tanks for corrosion and leaks, correct if necessary
Check condition of pads and grounding, correct if necessary
Check for alarms, correct if necessary
Check fuel and oil levels, recommend corrections if necessary
Check hours run time if excessive, recommend corrections if necessary
Check alarm indicator panel, correct if necessary
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 9
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
Check for rodent or pest infestation, recommend corrections if necessary – Oil at
100 hrs.
HVAC – HARRIS
INSPECTION
Check for rodent or pest infestation and treatment, recommend corrections if
necessary
Exterior unit checked for visual damager or contaminant buildup, correct if
necessary
Verify temp and humidity setting with controller, correct if necessary
Software FX
9.0 Harris Responsibilities:
9.1 Harris will provide Customer Software Updates, documentation updates and software
release notes.
9.2 Prior to the general release of a major system release, Harris shall make available a
system level release document announcing the impending release, and detailing its
contents and impact.
9.3 Provide Security Updates, security release notes, and installation instructions at periodic
intervals targeting bi-monthly releases. More frequent Security Update distributions may
be required to address urgent product security vulnerabilities. Security Update
distributions on other than a bi-monthly basis do not constitute a contractual default or
breach by Harris.
9.4 Provide method to deliver Security Updates to the target devices within the Customer's
Designated System via an automated client - server distribution application.
9.5 Monitor pertinent governmental, vendor, independent and open source databases for
security vulnerabilities and any subsequent resolutions that affect products provided by
Harris that are part of the Customer's Designated System.
9.6 Identify and document latest system vulnerabilities and compliance issues discovered.
Provide a status and recommendations report via Tech-Link.
9.7 Pretest the Security Updates to ensure that they do not adversely affect Harris' stated
performance of the Customer's Designated System. Testing is performed on dedicated
security verification test systems to ensure proper operation prior to general release.
9.8 Provide telephone support by Harris's Technical Assistance Center (TAC) personnel with
respect to the installation of Software Updates. Such support will be available during
Harris' normal business hours (8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time Monday
through Friday, excluding holidays) and for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the
Software Update is released to Customer. After-hours emergency support will be
available through Harris optional system maintenance services at prices then in effect.
9.9 Reassess the system configuration annually and provide revised pricing should any
significant changes be made to Customer's Designated System(s) configuration. Unless
otherwise identified in this SOW, revised pricing will be reflected in the following year's
Software FX fee. If Harris's rates for Software FX should increase, the Customer will be
notified in writing of any such increases at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to
the end of Subscriber's yearly Software FX period then in effect.
10.0 Customer Responsibilities:
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 10
10.1 Cooperate with Harris and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to enable
Harris to provide the services in this SOW to Customer.
10.2 Designate a contact individual with sufficient technical expertise to be able to interact
knowledgeably with Harris' technical support personnel.
10.3 Purchase of all necessary software licenses to enable the automated distribution of
Security Updates for new and existing devices not previously licensed as part of the
original Designated System purchase.
10.4 Customer hereby delegates, grants, and assigns to Harris, acting as the Customer's
agent, all approval rights relating to the selection of vendor patches. All approvals given
to third-party vendors shall be deemed as being granted by the Customer.
10.5 Provide the below designated contact information. The below designated contact will
receive all notices and software and security updates provided under this SOW
11.0 Other Charges:
11.1 Customer may be required to have currently executed service(s)/support agreement(s)
with third-party vendor(s) separate from this SOW in order to receive certain Security
Updates. Failure to do so may limit the Customer's right to receive the third-party
software. Any charges or fees associated with the third-party vendors' service(s)/support
agreement(s) are the sole responsibility of the Customer.
12.0 Exclusions:
12.1 Any Software products released by Harris for which an earlier generation or release level
of software is not already contained within Customer's Designated System is not included
in this SOW.
Software FX with SUMS Infrastructure Installation
13.0 Harris Responsibilities:
13.1 Ensure that Customer’s Equipment continues to function at peak performance by
installing the Software Updates, including 3rd party network devices.
13.2 Provide Customer with a Working Hours installation schedule and approximate
Equipment outage times (if any).
13.3 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
14.0 Customer Responsibilities:
14.1 Decide whether to install or not install Software Updates based on the risks and benefits
involved.
14.2 Provide a suitable service environment (HVAC, power, illumination, grounding, internet
access).
14.3 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical, and remote access to Customer sites and
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 11
Equipment to support delivery of Services.
14.4 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
14.5 Provide Harris instant and convenient access to all Equipment, data, and power points.
14.6 Ensure Harris can perform Services in one continuous effort.
14.7 Waive Services when access is not provided to Harris for scheduled Services or the
software installation is deemed not necessary by Harris or Harris is unable to provide
Services due to Customer responsibilities.
14.8 Pay Demand Services for additional efforts including Equipment removal, Equipment
aggregation management, delays in work, software or cable interface acquisition,
configuration or software changes, or repairs.
14.9 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
Local Terminal Support
15.0 Harris Responsibilities:
15.1 Provide trained, experienced, City vetted, and qualified technicians for the Services.
15.2 Equip technicians with the required tools, test, network, and computer equipment needed
to troubleshoot and repair the Equipment. Test equipment requiring annual calibration
will have affixed at all times, calibration stickers showing the expiration date of the
calibration or the date next calibration is due.
15.3 Perform an operational check to identify issues at the local Harris service office during
Working Hours within two (2) business days from receipt of Terminals.
15.3.1 At Harris’ option, replace with Spare Parts and perform testing to verify proper
operation.
15.3.2 If the Terminal can be repaired without opening the case, the Terminal will be
repaired and returned to Customer.
15.3.3 If the issue would require opening the Terminal case, repair time may be
extended as the terminal may need to be returned to the factory for repair.
15.4 Remove and replace vehicle Terminals as needed to provide the Services described in
this SOW.
15.5 Provide quote to Customer for Demand Services repairs, if applicable.
15.6 Provide Customer with a Summary Report.
16.0 Customer Responsibilities:
16.1 Provide the following information when initiating a service request:
16.1.1 Problem description and location where it occurred.
16.1.2 Information regarding Group ID, Unit ID and functionality impacted.
16.1.3 Provide contact information on user reporting issue, location of user reporting
issue, and time experienced.
16.1.4 Other pertinent information requested by Harris.
16.2 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and electronic access to Customer Equipment to
support delivery of service.
16.3 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
16.4 Within five (5) business days from receipt of Demand Services quote, approve additional
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 12
charges for Demand Services repairs or disapprove Demand Services repairs and pay
the evaluation fee of the repair facility used.
16.5 Maintain and supply sufficient Spare Parts in an environmentally controlled and easily
accessible location in order for Harris to provide Services.
16.6 Cooperate with Harris to provide the Services described in the SOW. In the event that
Customer does not maintain sufficient Spare Parts to replace the failed Equipment
while the failed Equipment is under repair and Customer desires a more rapid repair,
Customer is to provide Harris a method to pay for expedited repair service or the
procurement of an additional spare part. In the event the Spare Parts list provided by
Harris is not sufficient, Harris will provide the necessary parts to properly maintain the
system according to all the service levels in this agreement.
16.7 Cooperate with Harris to provide the Services described in this SOW.
17.0 Additional Conditions:
17.1 This SOW includes service on physically connected Harris microphones and mobile
control heads.
17.2 This SOW excludes repairs to accessories, external mobile speakers, antennas,
batteries, battery chargers, power or antenna cables, and power supplies.
Customer’s Location Terminal Pick Up and Delivery
18.0 Harris Responsibilities:
18.1 Pick up and deliver Terminals as needed at one location once per week for the first 1,000
Terminals, and one additional trip per week for every 1,000 Terminals sold thereafter,
with exact dates, times, and locations to be mutually agreed one week in advance.
18.2 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
19.0 Customer Responsibilities:
19.1 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
Equipment to support delivery of Service.
19.2 Provide Equipment collected in two locations.
19.3 Waive Services and reimbursement for Services when access is not provided to Harris
for scheduled Services or Harris is unable to provide Services due to Customer not
meeting their responsibilities or events beyond Harris control.
19.4 Pay Demand Services for additional Services not listed in this SOW including Equipment
removal, Equipment aggregation management, delays in work, software or cable
interface acquisition, configuration or software changes, or repairs.
19.5 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
20.0 Additional Conditions:
20.1 Customer is responsible to ensure that all necessary clearances, escorts, ID cards,
network access requirements including custom software or security credentials, or other
special requirements have been provided to Harris in advance to allow technicians
prompt access to any Equipment requiring service that may be located in a secured or
limited access area under Customer’s control.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Warranty Plan
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 9
Warranty Plan
Page 13
Software FX with SUMS Terminal Installation
21.0 Harris Responsibilities:
21.1 Ensure that Customer’s Equipment continues to function at peak performance by
installing the Software Updates.
21.2 Provide Customer with a Working Hours installation schedule and approximate
Equipment outage times (if any).
21.3 Harris will provide up to 0.5 hours of labor per terminal per year to install all software.
21.4 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
22.0 Customer Responsibilities:
22.1 Decide whether to install or not install Software Updates based on the risks and benefits
involved.
22.2 Provide a suitable service environment (HVAC, power, illumination, grounding, internet
access).
22.3 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical, and remote access to Customer sites and
Equipment to support delivery of Services.
22.4 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
22.5 Provide Harris instant and convenient access to all Equipment, data, and power points.
22.6 Provide Equipment collected in one location.
22.7 Ensure Harris can perform Services in one continuous effort.
22.8 Waive Services and reimbursement for Services when access is not provided to Harris
for scheduled Services or the software installation is deemed not necessary by Harris or
Harris is unable to provide Services due to Customer responsibilities.
22.9 Pay Demand Services for additional efforts including Equipment removal, Equipment
aggregation management, delays in work, software or cable interface acquisition,
configuration or software changes, or repairs.
22.10 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
23.0 Exclusions:
23.1 The initial installation or configuration of any software, or to install multiple revisions of
software to catch up to a more recent software release, or to roll back to a previous
software release, or any configuration changes, are not included in this SOW. This
does not apply under any conditions that the resons for passing up or a release or roll
back a release was determined to be Harris related.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Recommended Spare Parts List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 10
Recommended Spare Parts
List
Page 1
Recommended Spare Parts List
Description Quantity
SERVER,PREMIER NSC,VMWARE 1
Kit,Automatic Transfer Switch,100-120V 1
Netclock,GPS Master Clock 1
STORAGE ARRAY NETWORK, NETAPP SAN 1
VIDA Security, NSC 1
ROUTER,3925,AC,DATA 1
1-PORT,EHWIC,CU/OPTICAL GIGABIT ETHERNET 1
CISCO RPS2300 W/ 2921-51 ADAPTER 1
FIREWALL, ASA5506-X W/SEC+/ANYCON-25USR 1
PC,QUORUM 1
MONITOR,19IN FLAT PANEL 1
ROUTER,1921,AC,NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 1
KIT,MOUNTING HARDWARE,1921 ROUTER 1
MODULE,CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 1
Switch,Cisco 2960,8-Port 1
KIT,MOUNTING HARDWARE,2960 8-PORT 1
CONSOLE, BUNDLE, PREMIER, WIN8.1 1
SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY 1
MONITOR, 21.5" CLASS,HIGH DEF 1
CABLE,DISPLAYPORT TO DVI-D,10FT 1
MOUSE, OPTICAL, USB, SCROLL WHEEL 1
KEYBOARD, 104 KEY, USB, HUB 1
SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY 1
JACK BOX, 6 WIRE 1
Adapter,6 Wire Jackbox to Headset 1
KIT,GOOSENECK MIC, 12IN 1
HEADSET,OVER-THE HEAD SOLID BOOM 1
MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,764-870MHZ,HALF DPLX 1
Desktop Station,CS-7000,Local Control 1
Control Unit,CH721,System,Front Mount 1
Microphone,Desktop 1
Antenna,Yagi,806-866MHz,6dB 1
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Recommended Spare Parts List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 10
Recommended Spare Parts
List
Page 2
Description Quantity
Filter,800-900MHz,N Male,Flange Mt,750W 1
Remote Controller, SP721, Digital, CAN 1
Cable,Can 250' 1
Microphone,Desktop 1
8CH dBSpectra CNTRL STATION COMBINER 1
Zetron EA iRIM (Supports EFJ 5300 Series Radios) 1
Zetron iRIM Dual Unit Rack Mount Option 1
EFJ 53SL 7/800 DM SmartNet II Radio 1
EFJ CS MOUNT SHELF KIT 2 OPENING 2RU 1
EFJ ADAPTER, CONTROL STAT ION 1
EFJ CS PW R SUPPLY ICT 12012-20A 1
EFJ USB PROGRAMMING CABLE, MOBILE 1
MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,440-512MHZ,50W 1
Antenna,Yagi,10dB 1
Filter,Lightening,100-512MHz 1
MOBILE,XG-75M/M7300,136-174MHZ,50W 1
ANTENNA,YAGI,CUT,7DB (NLA) 1
Filter,Lightening,100-512MHz 1
Module,DVU,UAC,Interoperability Gateway 1
VS Prod Grp,Dummy Model Number 1
Router,2921,DC,Security,w/Ether Switch 1
Kit,Mnt Hrdwr,2921/2911 Router 1
MODULE,CISCO 1000BT SFP GLC-T 1
Network Sentry,IP Simulcast 1
ANTENNA,1574-1606 MHZ,WITH MOUNT 1
Filter,Surge Protector,800-2500MHz 1
Station,MASTR V,P25T,800 MHz,799-817 Rx 1
Power Amplifier,Linear,800 MHz 1
Power Supply,-48V,DC,MASTR V 1
Processor,Baseband Module,MASTR V 1
DC-AC INVERTER 1
ASSY,CONTROLLER,SITEPRO,MME W/ CABLES DC 1
ANTENNA, 763-869 MHZ, 10 DBD,OMNI,DIN(F) 1
BMR10-H-B1 - ANT 13.4DB DUAL 806-869MHZ 1
BMR10-A-B1 - ANT 12.3DB 220D CARDIOID 1
COMBINER,TX,5-6 CH, 800MHZ 1
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Recommended Spare Parts List
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 10
Recommended Spare Parts
List
Page 3
Description Quantity
2CHl; (450-470 MHz) UHF Hybrid 1
TX (MWF4CB-D) and RX(MWF4CU-N) Milled Window
filter 1
8 CH UHF RX MC with AC power 1
UHF 6 dB Gain Dual Onmi Antenna 1
TB9100 Base Station - Analog,440-480MHz,100W 1
Power Supply,120VAC,60Hz,12/24VDC 1
Fan,120VAC 1
Switch,Alcatel,7705 SAR 1
Spare Fan Unit for iPASOLINK 650 1
Spare Filter Unit for iPASOLINK 650 1
Power Supply FOR -48VDC (-40.5 TO -57VDC), for
iPASOLINK 650
1
Main-B (Control Card (2GBE+16DS1) for IPASOLINK
650, GBE SFP not Included)
1
Amr Modem Card, EH, no AES 1
SFP Module 10/100/1000BASE-T --Note: Electrical
SFP--
1
TRP-6G-2E, IAP, L6G, High Power Odu, Sub-Band-
Tbd, High/Low, N-TYPE
1
TRP-11G-2E, IAP, 11G, High Power Odu, Sub-Band
Free, Tx-High, WG-TYPE
1
TRP-11G-2E, IAP, 11G, High Power Odu, Sub-Band
Free,Tx-Low, WG-TYPE
1
Smartpack S Controller With A01 Profile For FPS
Intrepid
1
Flatpack S HE Rectifier 1800W 48V 1
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
for
City of Miami Beach, Florida
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page i
1. Customer Approval ........................................................................................................................... 2
2. Technical System Acceptance ........................................................................................................ 3
3. Visual Inspection ............................................................................................................................... 4
3.1 Visual Inspection ........................................................................................................................ 4
4. DC Power Plant Test ......................................................................................................................... 5
4.1 Site Information .......................................................................................................................... 5
4.2 Power System Inspection and Turn-Up ...................................................................................... 6
4.3 Battery Inspection ....................................................................................................................... 7
4.4 Commissioning ........................................................................................................................... 8
4.5 Test ............................................................................................................................................. 9
4.6 Notes .......................................................................................................................................... 9
5. Universal Administration System (UAS) ....................................................................................... 11
5.1 Create an Agency Level Administrator Account in the UAS .................................................... 11
5.2 Provision Agency with Talkgroups in the UAS ......................................................................... 12
5.3 Create a Voice End User Report from the UAS ....................................................................... 13
5.4 Unit Deregistration .................................................................................................................... 15
5.5 Unit Enable/Disable from the UAS ........................................................................................... 15
5.6 UAS Site Access Control for Invalid User ID; Provision Agency with Subscriber Units in the UAS
........................................................................................................................................................ 17
5.7 Site Activity Using the Activity Warehouse ............................................................................... 18
6. VIDA Enterprise Network Manager (ENM) .................................................................................... 20
6.1 Call Activity Monitoring ............................................................................................................. 20
6.2 System Alert Monitoring ........................................................................................................... 21
6.3 RF System Alarm Indications ................................................................................................... 21
7. Over The Air Rekeying (OTAR) ...................................................................................................... 23
7.1 UKEK Radios and Consoles ..................................................................................................... 23
7.2 Warm Starting From the UAS Key Management Application ................................................... 24
7.3 Rekeying and Changing Over a Crypto Net from the UAS ...................................................... 25
7.4 Rekey a Radio from the Radio ................................................................................................. 27
7.5 Zeroizing a Radio from the UAS Key Management Application ............................................... 28
8. NSS SWITCHOVER ......................................................................................................................... 30
8.1 Unit 1 NSS Switchover ............................................................................................................. 30
8.2 Unit 2 NSS Switchover ............................................................................................................. 31
9. Control Point Movement in response to Faults at the Active Control Point ............................ 34
10. P25 Trunked Calls And Site Features ......................................................................................... 36
10.1 Transmit Grant Tone .............................................................................................................. 36
10.2 Out of Range Tone on PTT .................................................................................................... 37
10.3 Group Call............................................................................................................................... 37
10.4 Individual (Private) Call ........................................................................................................... 38
10.5 Announcement Group Call ..................................................................................................... 40
10.6 Emergency Group Call ........................................................................................................... 41
10.7 System All Call ....................................................................................................................... 41
10.8 Call Queue Declaration Alert .................................................................................................. 42
10.9 Recent User Priority ............................................................................................................... 43
10.10 Call Priority for Group IDs ..................................................................................................... 44
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page ii
10.11 Emergency Call Priority for Group IDs ................................................................................. 45
10.12 Group Scan .......................................................................................................................... 46
10.13 Priority Scan ......................................................................................................................... 47
10.14 Transmit Busy Lockout ......................................................................................................... 48
10.15 Continuous Control Channel Update .................................................................................... 49
10.16 Convert to Callee .................................................................................................................. 51
11. P25 PHASE 2 FUNCTIONALITY (Single Site/Simulcast Single Site) ........................................ 52
11.1 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call Phase 1- Phase 1 ................................................. 53
11.2 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call - Phase 1 and Phase 2 ......................................... 53
11.3 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call - Phase 1 .............................................................. 55
11.4 Phase 2 site Call ..................................................................................................................... 55
12. Symphony Dispatch Feature Set ................................................................................................. 57
12.1 Transmitting With a Microphone (Group Calls) ...................................................................... 57
12.2 Receiving Group Calls (Unit ID Display, Talkgroup ID Display, Aliasing) .............................. 58
12.3 Initiating and Receiving Individual Calls ................................................................................. 59
12.4 Emergency Call and Emergency Alarm ................................................................................. 61
12.5 System Wide Call (All Call) ..................................................................................................... 62
12.6 Announcement Group Call ..................................................................................................... 63
12.7 Alert Tones ............................................................................................................................. 64
12.8 Console Pre-Empt .................................................................................................................. 65
12.9 Simulselect ............................................................................................................................. 66
12.10 Patch ..................................................................................................................................... 67
12.11 Console to Console Cross-mute .......................................................................................... 68
12.12 Call History ........................................................................................................................... 68
13. Trunked Logging Recorder .......................................................................................................... 70
13.1 Group Call............................................................................................................................... 70
13.2 Emergency Group Call ........................................................................................................... 71
14. Direct Interoperability with City of Miami ................................................................................... 72
15. P25 ISSI Gateway .......................................................................................................................... 73
16. VIDA Interoperability Gateway ..................................................................................................... 74
16.1 Local Interoperability .............................................................................................................. 74
17. Encompass Gateway .................................................................................................................... 75
17.1 Interoperability with SmartNet System ................................................................................... 75
18. P25 Simulcast Enhanced Failsoft (Bypass) Operation ............................................................. 76
18.1 Site OFF - Final Configuration ................................................................................................ 76
18.2 Site ON (Trunking) - Final Configuration ................................................................................ 77
19. Information Assurance ................................................................................................................. 79
19.1 Active Directory ...................................................................................................................... 79
19.2 ePolicy Orchestrator ............................................................................................................... 79
19.3 SUMS ..................................................................................................................................... 80
20. Microwave and IP/MPLS Network ................................................................................................ 82
20.1 User Interface Test ................................................................................................................. 83
20.2 Transmitter RF Output Power Measurement ......................................................................... 84
20.3 RF Transmit & Receive Frequency Measurement ................................................................. 85
20.4 Receive Sensitivity Test ......................................................................................................... 86
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page ii
20.5 Site DC Power Test ................................................................................................................ 88
20.6 8-Hour Ethernet BER Measurement Test .............................................................................. 89
20.7 Orderwire Verification Test ..................................................................................................... 90
20.8 Hot Standby Test .................................................................................................................... 90
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 1
ABOUT THIS DOCUMENT
This document was specifically prepared for the customer shown below. Each section of
this document is individually maintained in the Harris document control system. The
revisions of each section are individually listed.
Customer: City of Miami Beach
Prepared By: Harris Corporation
Total Test Pages: 94
DOCUMENT USAGE
Many of the tests in this document will need to be run on multiple pieces of equipment.
For instance, a console test may be run on three consoles. For tests that need to be run
multiple times, log in the comment section of the result box the identifier of the equipment
tested. Although specific tests are not included relating to electrical measurements or
timing parameters of equipment, these tests and levels are conducted and recorded as
part of Harris’ standard installation practices. These parameters include but are not
limited to:
Transmit Frequency and Deviation
Output and Reflected Power
Receiver Sensitivity
Receiver Multicoupler Gain (if applicable)
Receiver Preamplifier Gain (if applicable)
Time Domain Reflectometry of Transmission Line
Combiner Loss (if applicable)
Audio line out
Audio line in
System parameters and measurements will be provided to the City of Miami Beach as
part of the final documentation package.
SUBSCRIBER UNIT USAGE
All tests for subscriber (terminal) units in this document will be performed with Harris
subscriber units unless the test setup identifies another Vendor’s subscriber unit to be
used for the test.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 2
1. CUSTOMER APPROVAL
This Functional Test Procedure has been read and approved for use as the system
functional acceptance test.
City of Miami Beach Representative Harris Corporation
Signature Signature
Printed name and title Printed name and title
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 3
2. TECHNICAL SYSTEM ACCEPTANCE
This Acceptance Test Procedure has been successfully completed.
City of Miami Beach Representative Harris Corporation
Signature Signature
Printed name and title Printed name and title
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 4
3. VISUAL INSPECTION
3.1 Visual Inspection
Setup
Prior to the actual acceptance test, a physical inspection of the radio equipment must be
performed. All equipment locations must be inspected. Any discrepancy which affects
operator safety must be corrected before the remaining tests are performed.
Execution
1. Verify the area is clean and that all cabinets and racks are both clear of debris and
clean.
2. Verify all equipment racks are spaced per the drawings, secured, and grounded.
3. Verify all rack cables are dressed, secured, and correctly marked.
4. Verify all nameplates and labels are in place.
5. Verify all protective foam, tape, and packing material has been removed.
6. Verify all punch blocks are labeled.
7. Fill out Site checklists sheets for each site and attach to this ATP document.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 5
4. DC POWER PLANT TEST
This procedure contains generic tasks associated with the installation and commissioning of a DC Power
Plant. The tasks outlined in this document may require modification based on a manufacturer’s specific
design.
4.1 Site Information
Customer Name
Site Address
City/State/Zip Code
Country
Contact (Primary)
Phone
Contact (On-Site)
Phone
DC Plant Install Tech
Site Information
Site Description
Date of
Commissioning
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 6
4.2 Power System Inspection and Turn-Up
System Part Number
System Description
System Serial Number
Part Number Description Software Version Serial Number
C o n t r o l l e r
Rectifier Information
P a r t N u m b e r D e s c r i p t i o n
Serial Numbers
Inverter Information
P a r t N u m b e r D e s c r i p t i o n
Serial Numbers
24V Converter
P a r t N u m b e r D e s c r i p t i o n
Serial Numbers
12V Converter
P a r t N u m b e r D e s c r i p t i o n
Serial Numbers
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 7
4.3 Battery Inspection
DC-Plant & Battery Voltage
Battery Identification
Manufacturer
Model No.
Individual Battery Voltage
No. of batteries in String
No. of Strings
Battery String Serial Numbers and Voltage Readings
String #1 String #2 String #3 String #4 String #5
Serial # Voltage Serial # Voltage Serial # Voltage Serial # Voltage Serial # Voltage
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 8
4.4 Commissioning
1. Are all the batteries disconnected, rectifier modules removed, fuses pulled,
and the circuit breakers turned off?
Yes
No
2. Is the polarity of the battery connections correct?
(NOTE 48V DC Plants supply a negative voltage, meaning a positive ground)
Yes
No
N/A
3. Turn on the AC input to each of the rectifier positions (without rectifiers
installed) and verify via meter the AC input is correct in each position on the back of the
shelf and connections are secure.
Yes
No
4. Install one rectifier module.
5. Turn on the AC input to the rectifier and allow it to start up.
6. Verify that the system starts up correctly and the controller initializes.
a. Did the rectifier turn on and both AC and DC lights turn on?
Note: At no load and batteries disconnected, rectifier will possibly have an Alarm (No
Output Power Fail Alarm). Disregard at this point.
Yes
No
b. Did the Controller turn on? Yes
No
c. Did the Controller acquire all CAN devices? Yes
No
7. Confirm the battery specification setting on the controller and enter battery
information.
Yes
No
8. Meter the batteries to verify the string voltage and adjust the Controller to be
within ½ VDC of the battery string voltage. Verify the battery polarity is correct and turn on
the battery disconnect for the batteries. If there is not a battery disconnect, proceed with
landing the cables on the batteries once the system (rectifier) voltage is within ½ VDC of
the batteries.
Yes
No
N/A
9. The single rectifier in the system will begin charging the batteries, which is
normal. Install the remaining rectifiers in the system (one at a time). Turn on the AC input
to each unit and verify the AC breaker position. Did the controller acquire the remaining
rectifiers installed?
Yes
No
10. Follow initial battery charge procedure as indicated in the manufacturer’s
manual or procedure.
Yes
No
N/A
11. Set battery float charging levels at controller module. Yes
No
12. Set battery low voltage alarm points Yes
No
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 9
4.5 Test
4.5.1 Power Plant
1. Verify Analog Measurements Complete
2. Load test power plant
Duration of Test: Hrs. Load Current: Amps
Complete
N/A
3. Verify, adjust and download system settings. Complete
Refer to Notes
4. Verify the output alarm relay function. Complete
N/A
4.5.2 Battery
1. Initial charge/report Complete
N/A
2. Discharge Test/Report
Target End Voltage: VPC / Battery String Voltage: VDC
Duration of Test: hrs.
Complete
N/A
4.5.3 Battery Disconnect
1. Verify LVLD Function Complete
N/A
2. Verify Emergency Power Off Function Complete
N/A
3. Verify Alarm Reporting into Digital Input of Controller Complete
N/A
4.5.4 Alarm Test
Test Alarm Triggered via Dry Contacts?
Circuit Breaker Distribution Yes No N/A
Battery Breaker Alarm Yes No N/A
LVD Manual In (Or Low Battery Disconnect)Yes No N/A
System Minor Alarm Yes No N/A
System Major Alarm Yes No N/A
4.6 Notes
1. 8 hours for RF base stations at full load
2. 36 hours for MW and IT network at sites
3 .
4 .
5 .
6 .
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 10
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 11
5. UNIVERSAL ADMINISTRATION SYSTEM (UAS)
5.1 Create an Agency Level Administrator Account in the UAS
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability to create Agency Admin Accounts in the UAS.
Expected Results
This test will demonstrate that a UAS user has the ability to create a new UAS user
account.
Setup
The user will need system level access to an UAS.
Execution
1. Browse to the UAS using Internet Explorer and the address of
‘https://s0u1uas.vida.local:8443/nas’
1. Log in with UAS administrator level account.
2. Verify that default accounts and a default agency administrative class have been
created.
3. Select “Add” to display the Administration User Detail screen.
4. Enter a name (e.g., TestAgency), description, and password. Select the default
agency administrative class. Save to download.
5. Log out of the default account.
6. Log in as the new TestAgency account.
7. Verify access with TestAgency.
8. Log out of the Test Agency.
9. Log in with the default account and delete the TestAgency account.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 12
5.2 Provision Agency with Talkgroups in the UAS
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability to add talk-groups to the test agency in the UAS.
Expected Results
This test will show that a user can add a new talkgroup to the system.
Setup
System/Region/Agency level access to the UAS or a UAS client.
Talkgroups
TG Id Name Description SPNI Property ID Priority ID Type
64100 64100ALL AllCall 1 3 12 All-Call
64101 64101TUL 64101TUL 1 3 3 General
64102 64102TUM 64102TUM 1 3 8 General
64103 64103MUM 64103MUM 1 6 8 General
64104 64104TCM 64104TCM 1 5 8 General
64105 64105TUM 64105TUM 1 3 8 General
64106 64106TUH 64106TUH 1 3 11 General
64107 64107Ann Announcement 1 3 11 Announcement
TUL: Transmission trunked, unconfirmed call, low group priority
TUM: Transmission trunked, unconfirmed call, medium group priority
MUM: Message trunked, unconfirmed call, medium group priority
TCM: Transmission trunked, confirmed call, medium group priority
TUM: Transmission trunked, unconfirmed call, medium group priority
TUH: Transmission trunked, unconfirmed call, high group priority
Execution
1. Browse to the UAS using Internet Explorer and the address of
‘https://s0u1uas.vida.local:8443/nas’
10. Log into the UAS with one of the default accounts.
11. Under agency 998 create a talkgroup select ‘R/W Talkgroups’, select Agency/
“agency name”/ R/W Talkgroup.
12. Click Add Entry and then on the Talkgroup Detail screen input the TG ID in the table
below. For all settings not listed use default. Click OK and download.
13. Verify the talkgroup has been added to the list of Talkgroups
14. Using Putty on an SMT log into one traffic controller (IP address 10.128.13.1) and
issue the command ‘show gdb’
15. Verify that group 64110 exists in the traffic controllers data base.
16. Once the group has been verified, delete it from the UAS.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 13
Talkgroups
TG Id Name Description SPNI Property ID Type
64110 64110TST Test Group 1 3 General
Priority ID Coverage Valid Coverage
5 P25Sites_PSAPs P25Sites_PSAPs
5.3 Create a Voice End User Report from the UAS
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability to create a report of Subscriber units in the UAS database.
Expected Results
This test will create a voice end user unit report.
Setup
Agency level access to UAS or a UAS client.
Radios
Name Description RSI / LID Protocol
Mask Status Harris Sub Type Assigned End
User
Algorithm
Support
P25 01 Staging test radio 01 9980001 P25 Enabled
Unit XL-200P Portable 010:998:0001 AES
P25 02 Staging test radio 02 9980002 P25 Enabled
Unit XL-200P Portable 010:998:0002 AES
P25 03 Staging test radio 03 9980003 P25 Enabled
Unit XL-200P Portable 010:998:0003 AES
P25 04 Staging test radio 04 9980004 P25 Enabled
Unit XL-200P Portable 010:998:0004 AES
P25 05 Staging test radio 05 9980005 P25 Enabled
Unit XL-200P Portable 010:998:0005 AES
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 14
Execution
1. Browse to the UAS using Internet Explorer and the address of
‘https://s0u1uas.vida.local:8443/nas’
17. Log into the UAS as a System level administrator.
18. Select System/Report/Voice End User.
19. Type ‘0001’ into the ‘User Id’ and select apply.
20. Verify that the UAS displays the user info for user ‘0001’
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 15
5.4 Unit Deregistration
Purpose
Demonstrate that Subscriber units will automatically deregister after a period of inactivity.
Expected Results
This test will show that inactive radios will not create traffic load demand.
Setup
Only the radio for this test should be on talkgroup 64101TUL all other radios should be on
other talkgroups.
Radio
Description
Radio
LID Talkgroup Description
Talkgroup
ID
Radio 1 9980001 64101TUL 64101
Console 9101 9989101 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. PTT Console 9101 on TG64101 and verify it communicates on the system to Radio
1. Return call from Radio 1 to Console 9101 on TG64101.
2. Turn off radio 1 and wait for expiration of the radio timeout period.
3. Verify that Console 9101 can PTT on talkgroup on TG64101 but no channels are
brought up at the sites, because there is no demand for it at the sites.
5.5 Unit Enable/Disable from the UAS
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability to disable a lost/stolen radio from the UAS.
Expected Results
This test has the ability to disable & re-enable a designated radio.
Setup
Obtain 2 radios switched to the same unencrypted group and note the IDs. Switch on the
radios and ensure that they communicate. Verify all sites are connected to the NSC.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 16
Note: The test will automatically delete the encryption key from the radio (if
applicable). To restore unit encrypted functionality, the radio must have the
key re-installed.
Execution
1. Select 64101TUL on both radios
21. Verify that the radios can communicate.
22. From the UAS:
Select UNIT ENABLE/DISABLE.
Under the UNIT Enable/Disable tab, enter the ID of radio 1 to be modified.
Select the DISABLE button and check the status.
23. Attempt to PTT the radio and verify that it will not communicate with the system.
24. PTT radio 2 and verify that radio 1 cannot receive the call.
25. Enable the ID of radio 1.
26. Verify that the Enable/Disable screen indicates that the Current State of the radio is
Enabled.
27. Confirm that the radios can communicate in unencrypted mode.
28. Switch off radio 1 and disable it from the Enable/Disable screen.
29. Verify that the desired state is Disabled and the Current State is Enabled.
30. Switch on the radio and verify that, on logging into the site, it becomes disabled.
31. Verify that the State settings change to Disabled and that the radios cannot
communicate.
32. Enable the radios.
33. Verify that radios can communicate.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 17
5.6 UAS Site Access Control for Invalid User ID; Provision Agency with
Subscriber Units in the UAS
Purpose
This test will demonstrate:
Access control for subscriber units with invalid radio IDs.
The capability to add users to the Agency accounts in the UAS.
Expected Results
This test will deny a radio with an invalid Subscriber ID access to the system. Once the
radio is added to the system the primary RSM will download it to the sites and allow the
radio access. Once the radio is deleted from the system the radio will again be denied
access.
Setup
Radio
Description
Radio
Name Talkgroup Description
Talkgroup
ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Use the table below to set up the new radio in the UAS
Voice End User
User Id Name Description Personality
User
Privilege
Enable
P25 AES
OTAR
Manually-
Keyed
P25
Voice
Auth
Preferred
Vocoder
010:998:0050 P25-50
Test Radio
50 MBPD_Test
998_10_sup
ervisor FALSE FALSE FALSE
P25 Full
Rate
OS Voice
Auth
Transc
Allowed
Flag
FALSE TRUE
Subscriber Unit
Description RSI
Electronic
Serial
Number
Protocol
Mask Status
Sub
Type
Assigned End
User
Algorithum
Support
Test Radio
50 9980050 109980050 P25 Enabled Unit
Harris
XGP7500 010:998:0050 AES
Execution
1. Login into a site traffic controller; issue a “show udb 109980050.
34. Verify the radio is not present in the traffic controller database.
35. Program a Radio with an ID 9980050.
36. Attempt to PTT Radio P25-50 on test group 64101TUL.
37. Have Radio 1 and Radio 2 register with test group 64101TUL
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 18
38. Verify access to the site is denied to radio P25-50 and audio is not heard on Radio 1.
39. Verify the system is still functional by PTT Radio 2 and verify the audio is heard on
Radio 1.
40. Use the supplied table to enter radio P25-50 in to the UAS database.
41. Select Agency/”agency name”/Voice End User. Click Add Entry and then on the End
User Detail screen input the User ID, password (“p25user”), Name, Description, etc.
of the user. Click OK and download.
42. Verify the user ID has been added to the list of users.
43. Select Agency/”agency name”/Subscriber Unit and enter the appropriate User ID, IP
Address, and ESN for the user created in step 8. Click OK and download.
44. Login into a site traffic controller issue a “show udb 109980050.
45. Verify the radio is now present in the traffic controller database.
46. Key radio P25-50.
47. Verify access to the site is permitted and audio is heard on radio.
48. Restart radio P25-50 and PTT the radio.
49. Verify access to the site is permitted and audio is heard on Radio 2.
50. Delete radio P25-50 from the UAS database.
51. Key radio 9150 from UAS.
52. Verify access to the site is not permitted and audio is not heard.
5.7 Site Activity Using the Activity Warehouse
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability to create various Agency level system usage reports.
Expected Results
This test will create an Agency level user reports.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 19
Setup
Ensure radio traffic has occurred across the network recently. If necessary or desired,
place some calls with a known radio ID on multisite talkgroups prior to running the test for
reference during the test.
Execution
1. Log into the SMT PC as a System level administrator.
53. Open Internet Explorer and Browse to ‘https://’hostname of RSM’/reports’ and log in
with active directory credentials.
54. Select ‘Call Activity’; enter the time to run the report for two hours before this test.
55. Enter additional report information required.
56. Click on “View Report”
57. Check to make sure that there is call activity. These reports can be up to 2 hours
behind.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 20
6. VIDA ENTERPRISE NETWORK MANAGER (ENM)
6.1 Call Activity Monitoring
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability to monitor real-time call activity from the ENM.
Expected Results
This test will show active call traffic on specific talkgroups and SIDs.
Setup
Administrator access to the ENM.
Execution
1. On a client computer, open the windows Internet Explorer and browse to
https://s0u1ENM.vida.local/nmc and log in with an Active Directory account.
58. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button.
59. Open the Realtime tab and Click Site Calls.
60. Select the site and expand.
61. Check the box next to the channels and select to add the channels to the target list.
Select the ‘ok’ button to launch the application.
62. Place a group call from P25-01 to P25-02 on the site.
63. Verify that the event viewer displays the talkgroup ID and calling party ID.
64. Verify the state changes from Free to Talk.
65. Verify the TG Alias displays the Group Number.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 21
6.2 System Alert Monitoring
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability to monitor system alerts from the ENM.
Expected Results
This test will show system level equipment icons.
Setup
Administrator access to the ENM.
Execution
1. On a client computer, open the windows Internet Explorer and browse to
https://s0u1ENM.vida.local/nmc and log in with the active directory account.
66. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button. Select the
‘Network’ tab and expand the tree in the left hand panel until you can see a site in the
right hand panel.
67. Verify the Infrastructure is presented.
68. Select an object and right click to select properties to view information related to the
object.
6.3 RF System Alarm Indications
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability to monitor system faults & alarms at the ENM.
Expected Results
System level equipment will indicate faults & alarms at the ENM.
Setup
Access to the site under test and the regional ENM. The alarm will need to be generated
by equipment being physically powered-down. Note the time of the alarm condition for
later tests. Call up the ENM Domain screen and verify that all map icons are either green
or blue. On the Fault Browser screen delete any prior alarms.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 22
Execution
1. On a client computer, open the windows Internet Explorer and browse to
https://s0u1ENM.vida.local/nmc and log in with an Active Directory account.
69. Choose the system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button.
70. Select the ‘Network’ tab and expand the tree in the left hand panel until you can see
a site in the right hand panel.
71. Generate an alarm on a device (see chart) by powering down or otherwise disabling
the device.
72. Verify that the ENM indicates a site alarm for the affected device.
73. Turn the device back ON.
74. Verify that the device alarm clears and displays green.
75. Review alarm details by performing a Right Mouse Click on an Object. Select the
desired menu option.
76. Repeat steps 1-4 for all equipment listed in the below chart.
77. Record the results below for each site. (Note: This form can be modified to reflect
actual as-built alarms
Tester: Results: Date:
Alarm # Name Pass/Fail Remarks
1 Traffic Controller
2 Router
3 Switch
4 Network Sentry
5 MME
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 23
7. OVER THE AIR REKEYING (OTAR)
7.1 UKEK Radios and Consoles
Purpose
This test is setup to verify the KMFs ability to make UKEK files that the radios and the
consoles can use.
The Unique Key Encryption Key (UKEK) is an encryption key that is unique to each
OTAR device. It is used to encrypt and decrypt Key Encryption Keys (KEKs) and Traffic
Keys (TEKs).
The UKEK is manually loaded into the device, and a UKEK is required for each
encryption algorithm that a device supports.
Expected Results
The radios and the consoles should accept the UKEK file developed by the KMF.
Setup
This test requires a computer that is on the IP network and has ‘Harris Key Manager’
installed and running. This test also requires four radios and, at least, one console
programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption key. All radios and consoles
should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR operation. This test requires the
previous creation of a Crypto Net and the addition of the aforementioned radios and
consoles to it.
Execution
1. Log into the KMF with the administrator level Active Directory Account
78. Open the ‘Network KMF Management’
79. Select the UKEK file tab
80. Generate the UKEK file by selecting the ‘Export UKEK’ button
81. Save the UKEK file
82. Select the ‘SLN Bindings’ tab
83. Generate the bindings by selecting ‘Generate SLN Bindings Report’. Save the file.
This file will be used in a later test.
84. On a computer with ‘Harris Key Manager’ installed, download and save the files
‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\radio_bindings’ and
‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\radio_ukek’ to the local computer.
85. Start ‘Harris Key Manager’ and attach the radio.
86. Select ‘Tools’ -> ‘Key Load Wizard’ to open key load wizard
87. Select ‘Next’ -> ‘ Next’ and open the UKEK file in step 9 and select ‘Next’
88. Once the UKEKs are loaded select ‘Next’
89. Choose the com port
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 24
90. Power on the radio and put the radio into Key Load Mode
91. Select ‘Load’ to load UKEK into the radio
92. Perform steps 7 – 13 for the additional radios that need keys.
93. Copy ‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\radio_bindings’ and
‘\\fileshare\fileshare\kmf_files\radio_ukek’ to the local computers associated with
each dispatch console application that will be used in the test.
94. Start the Manual Key Loader Application of the console and load the UKEK.
7.2 Warm Starting From the UAS Key Management Application
Purpose
This will test the system’s ability to push encryption keys to a radio and the radio’s ability
to hear other radios on the encrypted talkgroup. Note that the dispatch consoles requests
a warm start (reverse warm start) without user intervention.
Expected Results
The radio will accept the keys from the system and be able to communicate with other
encrypted radios on an encrypted talkgroup.
Setup
This test requires four radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption
key. The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key
Management Application. The radios should be both feature encrypted and enabled for
OTAR operation. The radios being used in this test should have their UKEK’s loaded but
not have any traffic encryption keys (Delete Keys if required).
Execution
1. PTT all four radios
95. Verify that all four radios show “No Key 0” when they are PTT’ed.
96. Put all four radios on the encrypted talkgroup but power off Radio 3 and 4.
97. From the UAS, warm start radios 1, 2, 3 and 4.
98. The UAS will report “Warm Starting” for all four radios.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 25
99. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen.
100. Verify the UAS reports “Warm Started Success” for radios 1 and 2 and “Warm
Start Failed” for Radios 3 and 4.
101. Turn on Radio 3. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.
102. The transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber at radio 1.
103. Verify that radio 2 decrypts the call’s audio.
104. Radio 3 should hear garbled audio.
105. From the UAS, warm start Radios 3 and 4 again (make sure both radios are on).
106. The UAS will report “Warm Starting” for Radios 3 and 4.
107. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.
108. Radio 1’s transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber.
109. Verify that radios 3 and 4 now decrypt the call’s audio.
7.3 Rekeying and Changing Over a Crypto Net from the UAS
Purpose
This test will show that the system can change the encryption keys to a new set of keys.
Expected Results
The radio will be able to communicate with the new set of keys sent by the system
Setup
This test requires four radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption
key. The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key
Management Application. All radios should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR
operation. The radios should have been warm started previously. If a console and/or
GWB are present in the system, then these devices should be included in this test also.
They need to be in the same test crypto net as the radios and be programmed with the
test talkgroup. They should have been warm started previously.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 26
Execution
1. Put radios 1, 2, 3 and 4 on the encrypted talkgroup.
2. Verify that all 4 radios and any consoles and/or GWB’s can transmit and receive on
the encrypted talkgroup.
3. Leave radios 1 and 2 powered on and power off Radios 3 and 4.
4. From the UAS, rekey the crypto net. The UAS will report “Rekeying” for the crypto
net.
5. Select the report icon for the crypto net.
6. Radios 1 and 2 should be shown as “Rekeyed.”
7. Any consoles and/or GWB’s should also be shown as “Rekeyed.”
8. Radio 3 and 4 should be shown as “Rekey Failed.”
9. From the UAS, change over the crypto net. It should report “Changing Over” for the
crypto net.
10. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen. It should report “Changing
Over Complete” for the crypto net
11. Turn on Radio 3. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk. The transmit (TX)
indicator should turn on and be amber at radio 1.
12. Verify that Radio 2 decrypts the call’s audio.
13. Verify that Radio 3 does not decrypt the call’s audio.
14. Verify that any console and/or GWB decrypts the call’s audio also.
15. PTT Radio 3 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.
16. The transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber at Radio 3.
17. Verify that radios 1 and 2 decrypt the call’s audio.
18. Verify that any console and/or GWB decrypts the call’s audio.
19. From the UAS, do an end user level rekey on Radio 3 for that crypto net.
20. The UAS will report “Rekeying” for Radio 3.
21. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen. It should now show
“Rekeyed” for Radio 3.
22. Select the report icon for the crypto net. Radios 1, 2, and 3 will be shown as
“Rekeyed.”
23. From the UAS, do an end user change over on Radio 3 for the test crypto net. The
UAS will report “Changing Over” for Radio 3.
24. Again PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.
25. Verify that Radio 1’s transmit (TX) indicator turns amber.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 27
26. Verify that radios 2 and 3 decrypt the call’s audio.
27. Verify that any console and/or GWB decrypt the call’s audio also.
7.4 Rekey a Radio from the Radio
Purpose
This test will test the system’s ability to send keys to a radio when the radio requests the
keys.
Expected Results
The test will take a radio that has keys and can’t communicate with other encrypted
radios, and add keys to the radio so it can communicate with the system
Setup
This test requires three radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption
key. The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key
Management Application. All radios should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR
operation. One of the radios should be Radio 4, which was neither rekeyed nor changed
over in the previous test.
Execution
1. Key Radio 1 on an encrypted talkgroup.
2. Radio 4 should display ‘No key’, and should not hear the call.
3. From the menu on Radio 4 select ‘RWSS’ to request a warm start for Radio 3. This
constitutes a “reverse” warm start. Warm starting a radio rekeys and changes over the
key for Radio 4.
4. Once the radio receives the encryption keys, key radio 1 and verify Radios 2 and 4 hear
the call.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 28
7.5 Zeroizing a Radio from the UAS Key Management Application
Purpose
This test will verify the system’s ability to delete the keys out of a radio that was
encrypted.
Expected Results
The test will take a radio that has keys and can communicate with other encrypted radios,
and remove the keys so the radio cannot communicate with other encrypted radios.
Setup
This test requires three radios programmed with a talkgroup utilizing an AES encryption
key. The radios and talkgroup need to be in a test crypto net in the UAS Key
Management Application. All radios should be feature encrypted and enabled for OTAR
operation. The radios should have been warm started previously.
Execution
1. Verify that all three radios can transmit and receive on the encrypted talkgroup.
2. From the UAS, zeroize Radio 4.
3. The UAS will report “Zeroizing” for Radio 4 with the date and time updating to reflect
the date and time the operation was initiated.
4. After the operation is complete, refresh the UAS screen. Verify the UAS reports
“Zeroized” for Radio 4.
5. PTT radio 1 on the encrypted talkgroup and talk.
6. The transmit (TX) indicator should turn on and be amber at radio 1.
7. Verify that radio 2 decrypts the call’s audio.
8. Radio 4 should hear garbled audio.
9. Verify the receive indicator is amber on both radios and the ID of radio 1 should be
seen at both radios 2 and 4.
10. Verify Radio 3 shows “No Key 0” when it is PTT’ed on the encrypted talkgroup.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 29
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 30
8. NSS SWITCHOVER
8.1 Unit 1 NSS Switchover
Purpose
This test will verify if the primary NSS losses power it will fail over to the second NSS, the
secondary NSS with take over the function of the primary NSS and restart multi-site call
traffic.
Expected Results
The test will simulate NSS failure and show that the redundant NSS will restart call
handing functionality. The calls between the radios (1 & 2) on the made site will operate
normally during the failover, call between radio on separate sites (3 & 4) will drop for
about 40 seconds. During the failover the console will loose connectivity to the system
for about 40 seconds.
Setup
To start this test the VNIC needs to be on s0u1nss if it is not start with test 10.2 and
perform this test after 10.2. Open a terminal screen. For single site simulcast system
only ignore radios 1 and 2.
Radio
Description
Radio
Lid
Talk Group
Description
Talk Group
ID Site
Radio 1 9980001 TG64001 P25 64001 1
Radio 2 9980002 TG64001 P25 64001 1
Radio 3 9980003 TG64001 P25 64002 1
Radio 4 9980004 TG64001 P25 64002 2
Execution
1. Log into both NSS’s
2. Open a terminal window and type ‘su –‘ and type in the password to get root level
access
3. Type ‘HArunning’ in to both terminal windows. The server that displays ‘Running
as Primary’ is the primary.
4. Start calls with Radio 1, 3, listen to the calls with Radios 2, 3 and the Console.
5. Create power failure on Primary Network Switching Server by initiating a power
off command in the NSS terminal window:
Primary NSS gives an alert message and goes down. After about 15 minutes
the server will reboot.
The call from Radio 3 to Radio 4 will be dropped. The call from radio 1 to 2
will continue and the console will lose connectivity to the VNIC.
Verify that after a short delay, the Backup server NSS2 automatically takes
over as the primary server.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 31
6. On the RNM, verify that the;
NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn red.
NSS2, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn green.
RNM reports NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC failure messages.
Verify that the call between Radio 1 and Radio 2 continues to be heard on
Radio 2 then drop the test call.
After failover, verify that multi-site Group and Individual radio calls can be
made between Radio 3 and Radio 4.
Verify that NSS found in step 5 comes back into standby operation.
Verify that the NSS1 Icon turns blue on RNM.
7. Wait 20 minutes for the two NSS servers to synchronize and replicate their
databases.
8.2 Unit 2 NSS Switchover
Purpose
This test will verify that if the secondary NSS losses power it will fail over to the primary
NSS, the primary NSS with take over the function of the secondary NSS and restart
multi-site call traffic.
Expected Results
The test will simulate NSS failure and show that the redundant NSS will restart call
handing functionality. The calls between the radios (1 & 2) on the same site will operate
normally during the failover, the call between radios (3 & 4) on separate sites (3 & 4) will
drop for about 40 seconds. During the failover the console will lose connectivity to the
system for about 40 seconds.
Setup
To start this test the VNIC needs to be on s0u2nss if it is not start with test 10.1 and
perform this test after 10.1. Open a terminal screen. For single site simulcast system
only ignore radios 1 and 2.
Radio
Description
Radio
Lid
Talk Group
Description
Talk Group
ID Site
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 32
Radio 1 9980001 TG64001 P25 64001 1
Radio 2 9980002 TG64001 P25 64001 1
Radio 3 9980003 TG64001 P25 64002 1
Radio 4 9980004 TG64001 P25 64002 2
Execution
1. Log into both NSS’s
2. Open a terminal window and type ‘su –‘ and type in the password to get root level
access
3. Type ‘HArunning’ in to both terminal windows. The server that displays ‘Running
as Primary’ is the primary.
4. Start calls with Radio 1, 3, listen to the calls with Radios 2, 3 and the Console.
5. Create power failure on Primary Network Switching Server by initiating a power
off command in the NSS terminal window:
Primary NSS gives an alert message and goes down. After about 15 minutes
the server will reboot.
The call from Radio 3 to Radio 4 will be dropped. The call from radio 1 to 2
will continue and the console will lose connectivity to the VNIC.
Verify that after a short delay, the Backup server NSS2 automatically takes
over as the primary server.
6. On the RNM, verify that the;
NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn red.
NSS2, MDIS, and VNIC icons turn green.
RNM reports NSS1, MDIS, and VNIC failure messages.
Verify that the call between Radio 1 and Radio 2 continues to be heard on
Radio 2 then drop the test call.
After failover, verify that multi-site Group and Individual radio calls can be
made between Radio 3 and Radio 4.
Verify that NSS found in step 5 comes back into standby operation.
Verify that the NSS1 Icon turns blue on RNM.
7. Wait 20 minutes for the two NSS servers to synchronize and replicate their
databases.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 33
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 34
9. CONTROL POINT MOVEMENT IN RESPONSE TO FAULTS AT THE
ACTIVE CONTROL POINT
Purpose
This test will demonstrate that the Control Point will move in response to
failures at the active Control Point CP.
Expected Results
This test will verify that the DCP system will move the active Control Point
to an alternate control point site when the active CP fails. After the CP
move the old CP should drop to bypass and the rest of the system should
operate normally.
Setup
The DCP system is operating with an active CP and is properly configured
with at least two sites enabled to be the control point.
Execution
1. Verify system is functioning (i.e. calls can be made – between radios and a radio and
console and optionally data calls can be made (e.g. radios can be ‘pinged’).
2. At the control point site disconnect the 1pps cable from GPS B.
3. Verify the system is still functioning (i.e. calls can be made – between radios and a radio and
console and optionally data calls can be made (e.g. radios can be ‘pinged’) and control point
has not moved. The traffic controllers at the control point display ‘CC xx’ and ‘TC xx’ when
idle; at a satellite site the traffic controllers display “TR xx’ where xx is the channel number.
4. At the control point site disconnect the 1pps cable from GPS A.
5. Verify that the control point moved to next ranked site and the old control point is now in
bypass. The traffic controllers at the control point display ‘CC xx’ and ‘TC xx’ when idle; Any
channels that are configured to be active at the old control point site when it is in bypass will
have all their status LED red. In bypass all the traffic controllers display ‘CC xx’ and ‘TC xx’
when idle and the status LED will be red.
6. Verify the ENM indicates the new control point and shows the old control point site is now in
bypass.
7. Verify the simulcast system is still functioning (i.e. calls can be made – between radios and a
radio and console and optionally data calls can be made (e.g. radios can be ‘pinged’). .
8. If the old control point has channels active in bypass verify radios switched to this bypass site
acquire the control channel and can communicate.
9. Restore the connections to the GPS receivers at the site in bypass (the old control point site).
10. Verify that the site exits bypass and joins the simulcast cluster.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 35
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 36
10. P25 TRUNKED CALLS AND SITE FEATURES
Purpose
These tests will verify that the simulcast system can provide radio communications.
Expected Results
These tests will demonstrate that the simulcast system can provide radio
communications.
Setup
All tests in this section assume that the UAS setup matches the configuration in this test.
10.1 Transmit Grant Tone
Purpose
Demonstrate the system channel grant tone is heard on the radio.
Expected Results
This test will show that the radio will play a grant tone when the radio is assigned a
working channel.
Setup
One radio with valid ID and a valid group on selected system. Grant tone (Ready to Talk
tone) enabled in radio personality as applicable for specific radio type being tested.
Execution
1. Press PTT button on radio with valid group selected.
2. Verify grant tone is heard at radio when working channel access is granted.
Note: If the call is queued, the grant tone will be delayed until the call is
assigned a working channel.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 37
10.2 Out of Range Tone on PTT
Purpose
The test demonstrates the radio’s out of range tone.
Expected Results
When the radio losses connectivity with the control channel the radio plays a tone to
make the user aware that it has lost connectivity to the Control Channel.
Setup
One radio with a valid ID and a valid group on selected system.
Execution
1. With valid group selected, and radio initially logged into and monitoring the Control
Channel on the selected system, reduce the signal strength reaching the radio by some
means (ex. unscrewing and removing the portable radio antenna, or moving further from
the site).
2. Verify that the radio indicates loss of Control Channel on the display when the received
signal strength is sufficiently reduced (i.e. out of range of system).
3. Press PTT button on radio, and verify that an out of range tone is heard at the radio.
10.3 Group Call
Purpose
The Group Call will show that the site will allow a radio to communicate using a group
call.
Expected Results
The test will demonstrate that all radios assigned to a common group will hear a call and
all radios assigned to an uncommon group will not hear the call.
Setup
Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (64101TUL) per test group structure. Make sure Scan is turned
OFF. All radios should not be in encrypted mode but have encryption keys.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 38
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Radio 3 P25-03 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. PTT Radio 1 and talk.
2. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1.
3. Audio should be heard in Radios 2 and 3.
4. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen on Radios 2 and 3.
5. Set Radio 3 to (64102TUM). PTT on Radio 1 and talk.
6. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1.
7. Audio should be heard in Radio 2 only.
8. The ID of Radio 1 should be seen at Radio 2 only.
9. Repeat for encrypted mode
10.4 Individual (Private) Call
Purpose
The Individual Call test will verify that the site will allow two radios to communicate on a
private call.
Expected Results
This test will demonstrate that two radios can communicate on an individual call and
other radios will not hear the private conversation.
Setup
Set Radios 1, 2, and 3 to (64101TUL) per test group structure. All radios should not be in
encrypted mode but have encryption keys.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 39
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Radio 3 P25-03 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 2 or enter the Radio 2 ID directly
from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1.
2. Verify that Radio 2 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1.
3. Verify that Radio 3 remains idle.
4. Release the PTT on Radio 1 and immediately PTT on Radio 2.
5. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 2.
6. Verify Radio 3 remains idle.
7. Using the Radio 1, select the pre-stored ID of Radio 3 or enter the Radio 3 ID directly
from the keypad, and PTT Radio 1.
8. Verify that Radio 3 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 1.
9. Verify that Radio 2 remains idle.
10. Release the PTT on Radio 1 but do not immediately PTT Radio 3.
11. Verify that Radio 3 gives a Call Back Alert (WHC-“Who Has Called”) Indication.
12. Make the return call from Radio 3 back to Radio 1.
13. Verify that Radio 1 receives the call and displays the ID of Radio 3.
14. Verify Radio 2 remains idle.
15. Repeat for encrypted mode.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 40
10.5 Announcement Group Call
Purpose
This test will demonstrate that the system will allow an announcement call to reach radios
assigned to different groups if those groups are included in an announcement group.
Expected Results
The test will demonstrate that all radios assigned to different groups that are included in
one announcement group will hear a call a call initiated on a radio assigned to the
announcement group.
Setup
Groups 64101 and 64102 are in Announcement Group 64107 per test group structure.
Ensure Scan is turned OFF.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64102
Radio 3 P25-03 64107Ann 64107
Execution
1. PTT Radio 3 and talk.
2. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3.
3. Audio should be heard on Radios 1 and 2.
4. ANNOUNCE should be displayed on Radios 1 and 2.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 41
10.6 Emergency Group Call
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability of the system to process an emergency group call.
Expected Results
This test will verify that when a radio indicates an emergency group call, all other radios
in the group indicate an emergency and the emergency can be cleared by an
administrator radio.
Setup
Program three Radios with the same emergency home group. Set Radio 2 to the home
group. Set the supervisor radio (Radio 1) and Radio 3 to a different group (not home
group).
Execution
1. Press the Emergency call button on Radio 1 and talk within the pre-defined Emergency
Auto-key time, and/or PTT Radio 1 during or just after that time.
2. Verify that Radio 1 indicates the “TX EMER” declaration and that it reverts to the home
group.
3. Verify that Radio 1 and Radio 2 indicate a “RX EMER” and hear audio on the emergency
home group. Radio 3 will not receive the emergency call.
4. Clear the emergency with the Supervisor Radio (Radio 1).
5. Verify the emergency clears in the radios.
6. Repeat the previous steps for encrypted voice.
10.7 System All Call
Purpose
Demonstrate the capability of the system to route a call to all radios on the system.
Expected Results
This test will demonstrate the system’s ability to route a single call, from a radio, to all
available radios on the system.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 42
Setup
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64102
Radio 3 P25-03 64105TUM 64105
Execution
1. With Radio 1 select the pre-stored ID of ALLCALL (All Call Talkgroup) and PTT the radio.
2. Audio should be heard at Radios 2 and 3.
10.8 Call Queue Declaration Alert
Purpose
This test will demonstrate the system queuing.
Expected Results
This test will verify that the system will assign users in a queue when the system has no
available channels and assign users a working channel when the system has an
available channel.
Setup
This test requires four radios and two working channels. Disable channels (if necessary)
until there are two working channels at the site. This test is to be run with no other users
on the system.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64002
Radio 3 P25-03 64105TUM 64105
Radio 4 P25-04 64105TUM 64105
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 43
Execution
1. Busy up all talk paths on the system with Radios 1 and 2 by pressing and holding the
PTT button.
2. With all talk paths busied, momentarily press and release the PTT button on test Radio 3
3. Verify that a Call Queued tone is heard at the radio.
4. Unkey (release PTT button) Radio 2.
5. Verify that Radio 3 is assigned to the free talk path.
6. The grant tone is heard at the radio, without having to rekey the radio (repressing the
PTT button).
7. Press the PTT button on Radio 3 within the auto key time applicable to the radio type
(approx. 2 seconds) to keep the assigned channel.
8. Verify that audio from Radio 3 is heard at Radio 4.
9. Unkey all radios.
10.9 Recent User Priority
Purpose
This test is set up to demonstrate the system’s ability to allow users that have recently
used the system to have a slightly higher priority than users that have not recently used
the system.
Expected Results
This test will verify that a user that has recently used the system will get a half set higher
priority over a user that has not recently used the system. This will allow the recent user
to come out of the queue before the user that has not used the system. In this test the
radio 1 should get the first available channel even though radio 2 entered the queue first.
Setup
This test requires four radios and two working channels. Disable channels (if necessary)
until there are two working channels at the site. Set the radio according to the table
below. This test is to be run with no other users on the system and at intervals as set in
the Recent Caller Interval (a time of greater than 10 seconds is recommended for the test
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 44
which is configurable in the Traffic Controller module). This will only work if performed
quickly.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64102TUM 64002
Radio 2 P25-02 64105TUM 64105
Radio 3 P25-03 64101TUL 64101
Radio 4 P25-04 64106TUH 64006
Execution
1. PTT and release Radio 1 (establish a recent user entry).
2. PTT Radios 3 and 4 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels.
3. PTT and release Radio 2 (queue a call less recent than Radio 1).
4. PTT and release Radio 1 (queue the recent user).
5. Unkey Radio 4.
6. Verify that Radio 1 un-queues and transmits.
7. Unkey all radios.
10.10 Call Priority for Group IDs
Purpose
This test is set up to demonstrate the system’s ability to allow a user with a higher priority
to get assigned a channel before a user with a lower priority despite who enter the queue
first.
Expected Results
In this test radio 4 will get the first available channel, because it will have selected a
higher priority talkgroup, and radio 3 will get assigned a channel next because it has a
lower priority talkgroup selected.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 45
Setup
This test requires two working channels on the site. Disable channels (if necessary) until
there are two working channels on the site. Setup the radio according to the table below.
This test is to be run with no other users on the system.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64002
Radio 3 P25-03 64105TUM 64105
Radio 4 P25-04 64106TUH 64006
Execution
1. PTT Radios 2 and 4 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels.
2. PTT and release Radio 1 (low priority entry into the queue).
3. PTT and release Radio 3 (medium priority entry into the queue).
4. Un-key Radio 4
5. Verify that Radio 3 un-queues and keys.
6. Un-key Radio 2
7. Verify that Radio 1 un-queues and keys.
8. Un-key all radios.
10.11 Emergency Call Priority for Group IDs
Purpose
This test is set up to demonstrate the system’s ability to allow a user that declare an
emergency to be assigned a channel before other users despite queue entry sequence or
priority level.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 46
Expected Results
This test will verify that radio 1 gets assigned a channel before radio 2 despite the fact
that radio 2 has a higher priority talkgroup selected and entered the queue first.
Setup
This test requires four radios and two working channels on the site. Disable channels (if
necessary) until there are only two working channels on the site.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64002
Radio 3 P25-03 64105TUM 64105
Radio 4 P25-04 64106TUH 64006
Execution
1. PTT Radios 2 and 4 and hold on transmit to busy both working channels.
2. PTT and release Radio 3 (medium priority entry into the queue).
3. Declare an emergency on Radio 1 (low priority entry into the queue but now at
Emergency Priority).
4. Un-key Radio 4
5. Verify that Radio 1 un-queues and is assigned a channel without having to PTT. (Key the
radio within the specified auto key time in order to keep the channel.)
6. Un-key all radios and clear the emergency with the Radio 1.
10.12 Group Scan
Purpose
This test will demonstrate the radios’ ability to scan different talkgroups.
Expected Results
In this test the radio will play calls from multiple talkgroups while scan is enabled.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 47
Setup
All radios for this test need to have scan ability. Radio 1 set up with 64101TUL and
64102TUM in the scan list, 64101TUL selected, and group scan initially disabled.
Execution
1. Place a call from Radio 2 on talk 64101TUL.
2. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on Radio 1.
3. Place a call from Radio 2 on talk 64102TUM.
4. Verify the call is not received by Radio 1.
5. Enable group scan on Radio 1.
6. Place another call from Radio 2 on talk 64102TUM.
7. Verify that the call is now received and audio is heard on Radio 1.
10.13 Priority Scan
Purpose
This test will demonstrate the radio’s ability to use scan lists with different levels of
priorities.
Expected Results
In this test the radio will play calls with a higher level of priority.
Setup
On Radio 1, add talkgroup 64101TUL to the scan list with the highest priority scan level
(1 bar) and 64102TUM with the lowest priority scan level (3 bars). Set radio 1 knob to
Group 64105TUM. Have scan enabled on radio 1.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64105TUM 64105
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64002
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 48
Radio 3 P25-03 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Place a call from Radio 2 on 64102TUM; hold the call.
2. Verify Radio 1 scans to 64102TUM and hears audio from Radio 2.
3. Place a call from Radio 3 on 64101TUL.
4. Verify that Radio 1 does not scan to the lower priority group
5. Release the call from Radio 2
6. Place a call from Radio 3 on 64101TUL; hold the call.
7. Verify Radio 1 scans to 64101TUL and hears audio from Radio 3.
8. Place a call from Radio 2 on 64102TUM.
9. Verify Radio 1 priority scans to 64102TUM and hears audio from Radio 2
10. Turn off scan on Radio 1.
10.14 Transmit Busy Lockout
Purpose
This test is setup to demonstrate that a radio can’t transmit on a talkgroup while a
different radio is transmitting on the same talkgroup.
Expected Results
This test will show that a radio will not be allowed to transmit on a talkgroup while a
different radio is transmitting on the same talkgroup.
Setup
Talkgroup used for test must be set up as transmission trunked. This feature does not
apply to message trunked calls.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Place a call from Radio 1 on selected talkgroup by pressing and holding the PTT button.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 49
2. Verify the call is received and audio is heard on Radio 2.
3. While the call is in progress, press the PTT button on Radio 2.
4. Verify that Radio 2 does not transmit over (step on) the call in progress.
10.15 Continuous Control Channel Update
Purpose
This test will demonstrate that a radio will join a call that is already in progress.
Expected Results
This test will verify that a radio will join a call that is already in progress.
Setup
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Set both radios to the test group.
2. Turn radio 2 OFF.
3. Key radio 1 and hold. Turn ON the radio 2 (and set it to the test group if necessary).
4. Verify that the second radio joins the call in progress and hears audio from the call in
progress.
5. Unkey radio 1.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 50
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 51
10.16 Convert to Callee
Purpose
This test will demonstrate that the site will only allow one radio to transmit on a talkgroup.
Expected Results
The test will verify that a site will only allow one radio to transmit on a talkgroup.
Setup
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Set two radios to the same group.
2. Key both radios at the same time.
3. Verify that one radio ends up transmitting and the other ends up receiving.
4. Verify that the call audio is routed.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 52
11. P25 PHASE 2 FUNCTIONALITY (SINGLE SITE/SIMULCAST
SINGLE SITE)
Purpose
The tests below verify that the P25 Phase 2 implementation provides the additional traffic
channel capacity and features of P25 Phase 2 while allowing backwards compatibility
with Phase 1 radios and talkgroups.
Expected Results
This will verify that a P25 Phase 1 call will work on a Phase 2 system
Setup
In the following tests, portables 1 and 2 will be set up as Phase 1 only. Portables 3 and 4
will be set up as Phase 2 and Phase 1 capable, depending upon talk-group. FDMA refers
to Phase 1 and TDMA refers to Phase 2. Start a session on the ENM and setup to watch
channel assignments using the real time viewer function.
On a client computer, open the windows internet explorer and browse to
https://s0u1rnm.vida.local/nmc and log in with an Active Directory account. Choose the
system map and select the ‘Launch Application’ button. Open the Realtime tab and Click
Site Calls. Select the site and expand. Check the box next to the channels and select the
to add the channels to the target list. Select the ‘ok’ button to launch the application.
Place a group call from Radio 1 to Radio 2 on the site, and verify that the event viewer
displays the talkgroup ID and calling party ID. Verify the state changes from Free to Talk.
Verify the TG Alias displays the Group #.
Radio Description
Radio
Lid Talk Group Description Talk Group ID System
Radio 1 998001 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1
Radio 2 998002 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 1
Radio 3 998003 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2
Radio 4 998004 TG64051 P25 64051 MAC PH 2
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 53
11.1 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call Phase 1- Phase 1
Purpose
Demonstrates that a Phase 1 call will work on a Phase 2 system
Expected Results
This will verify that a P25 Phase 1 call will work on a Phase 2 system
Setup
Turn off radios 3 and 4.
Execution
1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1
Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA by viewing the Real Time Viewer
Site Activity on the RNM.
Verify Radios 2 can hear Radio 1.
11.2 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call - Phase 1 and Phase 2
Purpose
Demonstrates that a mixed mode call can function on a Phase 2 system
Expected Results
This test will verify that a Phase 2 radio will hear a call from a Phase 1 radio.
Setup
Turn on Radios 1, 2, 3, 4
Execution:
1. PTT Radio 1 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1
Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA by viewing the Real Time Viewer
Site Activity on the RNM.
Verify Radios 2, 3 and 4 can hear Radio 1.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 54
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 55
11.3 Mixed Mode site to Mixed Mode site Call - Phase 1
Purpose
Demonstrates that a mixed mode call can function on a Phase 2 system
Expected Results
This test will verify that a Phase 1 radio will hear a call from a Phase 2 radio.
Setup
Turn on Radios 1, 2, 3, 4
Execution
1. PTT Radio 3 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3
Verify that the call is assigned as an FDMA by viewing the Real Time Viewer
Site Activity on the RNM.
Verify Radios 1, 2 and 4 can hear Radio 3.
11.4 Phase 2 site Call
Purpose
Demonstrates that a Phase 2 call work on a Phase 2 system
Expected Results
This will verify that a P25 Phase 2 call will work on a Phase 2 system
Setup
Turn off Radios 1, and 2
Execution
1. PTT Radio 3 and talk. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 3
Verify that the call is assigned as an TDMA by viewing the Real Time Viewer
Site Activity on the RNM.
Verify Radios 4 can hear Radio 1.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 56
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 57
12. SYMPHONY DISPATCH FEATURE SET
All Testing done in this section should be done with a user that is in the ‘Console’ User
Group.
12.1 Transmitting With a Microphone (Group Calls)
Purpose
Confirms the console operator can initiate communications with a terminal radio using the
console select functions and accesories, for both Group and I Calls.
Expected Results
Confirms the ability to initiate communications with the radio.
Setup
Radio set to 64101TUL and console programmed with talkgroup 64101TUL.
Execution
1. Press the INSTANT TX function on the module with the test group. Verify that a
channel access tone is heard, a ripple effect on the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed, and
the call is heard on the radio.
2. Release the Instant TX key.
3. Right click on the gear symbol for 64102TUM and select ‘Select’ to make 64102TUM
the selected talkgroup. Verify that the module for 64102TUM is highlighted indicating
that it is the selected talkgroup and the module at the top center of the screen
changes to ‘64102TUM’.
4. Make call on 64102TUM by pressing the PTT foot pedal.
5. Verify that a channel access tone is heard, the halo around the ‘TX’ indicator is
displayed, the call is heard on the radio, and audio is heard at a radio on talkgroup
64102TUM.
6. Release the foot pedal to end the call.
7. Press the headset button (field test only). Verify that a channel access tone is heard,
the halo around the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed, the call is heard on the radio, and
audio is heard at a radio on talkgroup 64102TUM.
8. Release the headset button to end the call.
Consoles
Name Description RSI / LID User Privilege Status PSAP Service Type
Console_1 Console 1 9989101 998_10_Supervisor Enabled Unit 9101 IP Console
Console_2 Console 2 9989102 998_10_default Enabled Unit 9102 IP Console
Console_3 Console 3 9989103 998_10_default Enabled Unit 9103 IP Console
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 58
9. Select the 64102TUM button with the mouse. Verify that a channel access tone is
heard, the halo around the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed, that the call is heard on the
radio, and audio is heard at a radio on talkgroup 64102TUM.
10. Release the mouse button to end the call.
12.2 Receiving Group Calls (Unit ID Display, Talkgroup ID Display,
Aliasing)
Purpose
Confirm the console operator can receive group calls from a radio.
Expected Results
Communications are initiated and received on the appropriate speaker (select or
unselect) and the radio’s ID is displayed.
Setup
Console should have talkgroups 64101TUL and 64102TUM programmed with 64102TUM
selected and a Radio set to 64101TUL.
Execution
1. Key the radio and verify that the call is heard at the unselect speaker, the calling
radio ID is displayed on the module for TG64101, and a green light ID displayed
indicating a incoming call on module TG64101.
2. Switch the radio’s talkgroup to 64102TUM and key the radio. Verify that the call is
heard at the select speaker, the calling radio ID is displayed on the module for
64102TUM, and a green light ID displayed indicating a incoming call on module
64102TUM.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 59
12.3 Initiating and Receiving Individual Calls
Purpose
Confirm the console operator can initiate and receive individual calls from a terminal
radio.
Expected Results
Communications are initiated and received on the appropriate speaker (select or
unselect) and the radio’s ID is displayed.
Setup
Console should have talkgroups 64101TUL and 64102TUM programmed with 64102TUM
selected and Radio 1 set to 64101TUL.
Execution
1. Right click on the ‘Harris’ box on the top left hand side of the screen.
2. Select ‘Open Directory’ this will open a pop up window for the ‘Directory’.
3. Select the ‘Users’ tab.
4. Select ‘P25 01’ under the “ALIAS’ column.
5. Press the ‘P25 01’ button to the right side to the screen to place a individual call to
radio 1. Verify that the ripple effect on the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed, a ringing tone is
heard at the console, the radio displays ‘INDV’, and the console displays ‘ID’.
6. Respond to the console by PTTing the radio.
7. Verify that the call is heard on the console and that the calling radio’s ID and the Call
Indicator are displayed.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 60
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 61
12.4 Emergency Call and Emergency Alarm
Purpose
Confirms the console indicates an emergency declared by a terminal radio and can reset
and clear the emergency.
Expected Results
The console indicates and can clear the emergency.
Setup
This test requires a test radio capable of generating and clearing an emergency (i.e.
Supervisor Radio).
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Select the 64102TUM in the console. Using the test radio, declare an emergency on
64101TUL. Verify that the module for ‘64101TUL’ turns red, the ID/Name of the test
radio is displayed, and the emergency alert tone is heard on the console.
2. Select the triangle with a ‘!’ to access the emergency menu. Verify that the
acknowledge ‘Ack’ button is red and the check box is red.
3. Using the radio, transmit on the talkgroup. Verify that the call is received by the
console.
4. With the console, transmit on the group with the emergency. Verify the test radio
receives the call, and is still in emergency mode.
5. Acknowledge the emergency by selecting the ‘Ack’ button. Verify that the button
changes from ‘Ack’ to clear, and the radio and the console are still in emergency
mode.
6. Clear the emergency by selecting the ‘Clear X’ button. Verify that the console clears
the emergency and the radio clears the emergency.
7. Transmit on the radio.
8. Verify that the emergency is cleared and normal group calls have resumed.
9. Select 64101TUL group on the console and declare an emergency on the test group
by pressing the ‘Emer Declare’.
10. Verify that both the console and the radio have the same indications as steps 2 to 4.
11. Acknowledge by hitting ‘Ack’ in step 5.
12. Clear the emergency with the console.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 62
12.5 System Wide Call (All Call)
Purpose
Confirm the console can initiate system wide calls.
Expected Results
The console can initiate system wide calls.
Setup
Program console module with the ‘TG64100All’ talkgroup.
Radio Description Radio LID Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 998001 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 998002 64102TUM 64002
Execution
1. Press INSTANT TX on the module with ‘TG64000 P25’. Verify that a channel access
tone is heard, the ripple effect on the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed, and the call is heard
at all radios.
2. Release the Instant TX key.
3. Press INSTANT TX on the module with ‘64101TUL’. Verify that a channel access
tone is heard, the ripple effect is displayed, and the call is heard on Radio1 but not on
Radios 2.
4. Release the Instant TX key.
5. Press INSTANT TX on the module with ‘64102TUM’. Verify that a channel access
tone is heard, the ripple effect is displayed, and the call is heard on Radio 2 but not
on Radios 1.
6. Release the Instant TX key.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 63
12.6 Announcement Group Call
Purpose
Confirm the console and radios can initiate announcement calls.
Expected Results
The console and radios can initiate announcement calls that will be heard on radios
programmed with talkgroups that have been assigned an Announcement Talkgroup.
Setup
Program console module with the ‘TG64107Ann’ talklkgroup
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64002
Radio 3 P25-03 64105TUM 64105
Execution
1. Make sure that talkgroup Announcement Group TG64107Ann has been assigned to
talkgroups 64101TUL and 64102TUM, but not to 64105TUM.
2. Press INSTANT TX on the module with ‘TG64107Ann’. Verify that a channel access
tone is heard, the ripple effect on the ‘TX’ indicator is displayed, and the call is heard
at 1 and 2, but it is not heard on Radio 3.
3. ANNOUNCE should be displayed on Radios 1 and 2.
4. Release the Instant TX key.
5. PTT Radio 1 and talk.
6. The transmit (TX) indicators should turn on at Radio 1.
7. Audio should be heard on Radio 2, but not on Radio 3.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 64
12.7 Alert Tones
Purpose
Confirm the console can initiate alert tones which can be heard at the terminal radio.
Expected Results
The tones can be initiated and heard.
Setup
Console 1 programmed with TG64052 and TG64051 selected.
Radio Description Radio LID Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 998001 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Make 64101TUL the selected talkgroup.
2. Select the tones tab on the talkgroup module.
3. Select one of the three ALERT TONE keys by selecting the drop down list next to the
orange button.
4. Test all three alert tones, one by one, by left-clicking on the selected tone.
5. Verify that the alert tones can be heard both on Radio 1 and at the console.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 65
12.8 Console Pre-Empt
Purpose
Confirm the console can pre-empt an ongoing call between terminal radios.
Expected Results
The call started by the radio will be interrupted by the console.
Setup
Console 1 programmed with talk-group 64101TUL
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Key Radio 1 on the 64101TUL and hold the call up. Verify that audio is heard at
Radio 2 and the console.
2. Key the console on 64101TUL and hold the while continuing to hold the call up on
Radio 1
3. Verify the console pre-empts
4. Verify that the transmit indicator is displayed along with the pre-empted caller LID
and CALL indicator
5. Verify that the second radio begins to hear the console audio and not the first radio
call.
6. Verify that the pre-empted radio audio is still heard on the pre-empting console.
7. Un-key the first Radio.
8. Verify that the pre-empted caller LID and CALL indicators are removed and the pre-
empted radio audio is no longer heard on the pre-empting console.
9. Un-key the console.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 66
12.9 Simulselect
Purpose
Confirms operation of the console Simulselect feature, which allows multiple talkgroups
to be selected for communication simultaneously.
Expected Results
The console can select multiple talkgroups and communication is allowed.
Setup
Console 1 programmed with talkgroups 64101TUL, 64102TUM, 64105TUM and
64106TUH.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64002
Radio 3 P25-03 64105TUM 64105
Radio 4 P25-04 64106TUH 64006
Execution
1. Create simulselect group on the 4 test group modules
2. Place a call from the console on the simulselect group
3. Verify that the call is heard all four radios
4. Place a call from each radio
5. Verify that only the console hears the calls
6. Verify only the radios on similar talkgroups here the call
7. Deactivate the simulselect group.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 67
12.10 Patch
Purpose
Confirms the console patch feature creates shared communication between multiple
selected talkgroups.
Expected Results
The patched talkgroups can communicate.
Setup
Console 1 programmed with talkgroups 64101TUL, 64102TUM, 64105TUM and
64106TUH.
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64102TUM 64002
Radio 3 P25-03 64105TUM 64105
Radio 4 P25-04 64106TUH 64006
Execution
1. Create patch on PATCH 1 with all four groups above.
2. Place a call from the newly created patch
3. Verify that the call is heard on all the radios
4. Place a call from each radio
5. Verify that the call is heard on the console and each radio.
6. Deactivate the patch.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 68
12.11 Console to Console Cross-mute
Purpose
Confirm creation of a cross-mute of another console to quiet the muted consoles audio
on the local console.
Expected Results
The cross-muted console’s audio cannot be heard on the local console.
Setup
Establish two consoles (1 and 2) to test the Crossmute function. The Consoles must be
on the same region. Program and select a test group on both consoles.
Execution
1. Place a call on console 1 on the test group.
2. Verify that console 2 can hear console 1.
3. Open the Symphony Configuration Utility for console 2 in the ‘General’ section add
the ID for console 1 to the ‘Cross Mute’ list.
4. Select ‘Apply’ to save the changes.
5. Place a call on console 1 on the test group
6. Verify the call can’t be heard at console 2.
7. Restore the desired cross mute setup.
12.12 Call History
Purpose
Confirms a history of calls processed at the console.
Expected Results
The history is accessible and valid.
Setup
This test compares programmed module call activity to the history scroll lists. Utility page,
dispatch menu will be selected. Select either the “Select History” or “Unselect History”.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 69
Execution
1. Press the ‘Scroll Up’ and ‘Scroll Down’ buttons to scroll through the Unselect call
history list.
2. Compare these calls with known activity.
3. Press the ‘Scroll Up’ and ‘Scroll Down’ buttons to scroll through the selected call
history list.
4. Compare these calls with known activity.
5. Press the ‘Esc’ button to exit the history scroll mode.
6. To monitor call history on a single group use the ‘module history’ button on the
‘module modify’ menu.
7. Use the ‘scroll up’ and ‘scroll down’ buttons to scroll through the calls for the picked
module.
8. Compare these calls with known activity.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 70
13. TRUNKED LOGGING RECORDER
13.1 Group Call
Purpose
Confirms group call audio is captured, recorded and accessible on the logging recorder
Expected Results
Calls are captured, recorded and accessible.
Setup
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Radio 3 P25-03 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. PTT radio 1 and talk.
2. Audio should be heard on Radio 2. Note the Start time of the call and the
approximate duration.
3. Retrieve the call from the Logging Recorder.
4. Verify the Caller, Callee, Start Time, and duration.
5. The Caller should be the LID for Radio 1 and the Callee should be the GID for 64101.
Verification should include the LID/GID and its Alias as defined by the UAS.
6. Verify that the call is identified as a Group Call.
7. Playback the audio
8. Confirm that the playback audio is all recorded and intelligible.
9. Repeat using encryption.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 71
13.2 Emergency Group Call
Purpose
Confirms emergency group call audio is captured, recorded and accessible on the
logging recorder
Expected Results
Calls are captured, recorded and accessible.
Setup
Radio Description Radio Name Talkgroup Description Talkgroup ID
Radio 1 P25-01 64101TUL 64101
Radio 2 P25-02 64101TUL 64101
Radio 3 P25-03 64101TUL 64101
Execution
1. Press the Emergency call button on Radio 2. Talk during the Hot Mic transmit time.
2. Clear the emergency with the Radio 1.
3. Retrieve the call from the Logging Recorder.
4. Verify the Caller.
5. Verify the Callee.
6. Verify the start time.
7. Verify the duration for the Home Group.
8. The Caller should be the LID for Radio 2 and the Callee should be the GID.
9. Verification should include the LID/GID and its Alias as defined by the UAS.
10. Verify that the call is identified as an Emergency.
11. Playback the audio and confirm that it is all recorded and intelligible.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 72
14. DIRECT INTEROPERABILITY WITH CITY OF MIAMI
Purpose
To test inter-regional communications between the Miami Beach and Miami P25 systems
Setup
Radio System Talkgroup
Radio 1 Miami Beach WAREA1
Radio 2 Miami WAREA1
Console 1 Miami Beach WAREA1
Console 2 Miami WAREA1
Log Radio 1 into Miami Beach System
Log Radio 2 into Miami System
Set both radios to WAREA1
Execution
1. PTT Radio 1 and verify it communicates with Radio 2. Verify that audio is received on
both consoles.
2. PTT Radio 2 and verify it communicates with Radio 1. Verify that audio is received on
both consoles.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 73
15. P25 ISSI GATEWAY
Purpose
To test ISSI connectivity between the City P25 system and an external P25 system
Setup
P25 City System is connected to External System using the P25 ISSI wireline interface.
Two radios are required, programmed as follows:
Radio System Talkgroup
Radio 1 External System INTEROP1
Radio 2 P25 City System INTEROP1
Log Radio 1 into External System
Log Radio 2 into P25 City System
Set both radios to INTEROP1
Execution
3. PTT Radio 1 and verify it communicates with Radio 2. Verify that audio is received on
Radio 2.
4. PTT Radio 2 and verify it communicates with Radio 1. Verify that audio is received on
Radio 1.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 74
16. VIDA INTEROPERABILITY GATEWAY
16.1 Local Interoperability
Purpose
The purpose of this test is to verify correct functionality of the Interoperability Gateway.
Expected Results
Verify that the P25 radios can communicate with legacy radios on an interoperability
conventional talkgroup.
Setup
Radio System
Radio 1
Conventional Analog
Radio
Radio 2 P25 City System
Execution
1. Select appropriate analog conventional channel on Radio 1 and matching P25
talkgroup on Radio 2.
2. Initiate a call from Radio 1.
3. Verify that audio is heard on Radio 2.
4. Initiate a call from Radio 2
5. Verify that audio is heard on Radio 1.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 75
17. ENCOMPASS GATEWAY
17.1 Interoperability with SmartNet System
Purpose
The purpose of this test is to verify correct functionality of the Encompass Gateway.
Expected Results
Verify that the P25 radios can communicate with legacy radios on a SmartNet System.
Setup
Radio System
Radio 1 SmartNet Radio
Radio 2 P25 City System
Execution
6. Select appropriate SmartNet talkgroup on Radio 1 and matching P25 talkgroup on
Radio 2.
7. Initiate a call from Radio 1.
8. Verify that audio is heard on Radio 2.
9. Initiate a call from Radio 2.
10. Verify that audio is heard on Radio 1.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 76
18. P25 SIMULCAST ENHANCED FAILSOFT (BYPASS) OPERATION
Program the MASTR V modules (both Control Points and Transmit Sites) to the Final
Configuration. Refer to the installation manual for the guide to setting TX Traffic
Controllers / CP Traffic Controllers personality parameters.
Verify the BYPASS plan has been reviewed and approved by customer representative.
This procedure makes assumptions on bypass sites before implementation and test of
the System. After WMS/Gazelle signal strength data collection, final decision will be
made on the actual bypass “ON” and “OFF” sites.
Prepare a minimum of two terminal radios programmed to operate on the active BYPASS
site and the main simulcast system.
18.1 Site OFF - Final Configuration
Purpose
Confirm sites configured to be in the “OFF” condition during BYPASS are in the expected
BYPASS mode.
Expected Results
The “OFF” site traffic controllers have no control channel.
Setup
Sites intended to be “OFF” in event of BYPASS must have all channels set to disabled
(unchecked in Device Manager, TC personality).
Execution
1. At one of the sites designated as an “off” site, create a condition to force BYPASS by
disconnecting the router to MPLS connection.
2. Verify transmit site is in BYPASS mode.
3. The Traffic Controller module display indicates “TC” instead of “TR”. Note: TC=
Working Traffic Channel, standalone mode, TR=Working Channel, simulcast mode,
and Control Channel, simulcast mode is indicated by the transmit LED indicator.
4. Observe the repeater (station) Traffic Controller modules.
5. Verify there is no active control channel.
6. Verify no stations are keyed or producing RF power.
7. Restore the site to normal by returning the site to simulcast mode by reconnecting
the router to MPLS connection.
8. Verify transmit site is in normal simulcast mode. The Traffic Controller modules will
indicate “TR(n)” , where n is the channel number.
9. Repeat steps 1-6 for the remaining “OFF” bypass sites in the simulcast system under
test.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 77
18.2 Site ON (Trunking) - Final Configuration
Purpose
Confirm sites configured to be in the “ON” condition during BYPASS are in the expected
BYPASS mode.
Expected Results
The “ON” site traffic controllers have a control channel and calls to terminal radios can be
initiated.
Execution
1. Create a condition to force BYPASS by disconnecting the router to MPLS connection.
2. Verify transmit site is in BYPASS mode. BYPS LED on Baseband module and the
Traffic Controller module display indicates either “TC” or “CC” instead of “TR.
3. Observe the stations/repeater Traffic Controller modules. Verify there is an active
control channel on one of the Traffic Controller modules. The remaining
repeater/stations Traffic Controller modules will indicate “TC”.
4. Verify the station appearing as control channel is keyed, producing RF power and
modulated with control channel data.
5. Verify a terminal radio set to the system programmed for the site in BYPASS with the
correct site ID recognizes the site’s control channel data.
6. Key the terminal radio on a group call.
7. Verify a working channel assignment is made within the channel group allowed in the
personality.
8. Verify the call is heard on a second terminal radio set to the active BYPASS system.
9. Restore the site to simulcast mode by reconnecting the router to MPLS connection.
10. Verify transmit site is in normal simulcast mode. BYPS LED on Baseband module
and Traffic Controller modules indicate “TR(n).
11. Repeat the Site OFF and Site ON tests for the remaining simulcast systems.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 78
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 79
19. INFORMATION ASSURANCE
19.1 Active Directory
Purpose
The purpose of this test is to view the GPO structure on an Active Directory server.
Expected Results
The GPO structure is valid.
Setup
None
Execution
1. Log into an Active Directory Server.
2. Open AD Users/Groups
3. Validate that the computers have been added to AD.
4. Open Group Policies Management
5. Verify VIDA GPO Structure
19.2 ePolicy Orchestrator
Purpose
The purpose of this test is to verify that ePolicy Orchestrator is communicating with its
end devices and that it will r rt actions that have been taken by McAfee Antivirus on a
remote computer.
Expected Results
ePolicy Orchestrator is accessible and displays valid reporting.
Setup
None
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 80
Execution
1. Use Internet Explorer on a client PC to navigate to the McAfee E-Policy Orchestrator
server
2. Log in using proper credentials
3. Go to the Main Screen
4. Verify all servers have been added to policies.
19.3 SUMS
Purpose
To demonstrate that the SUMS server is communicating with the remote client.
Expected Results
This test will verify that the SUMS server is comunicating with the remote clients and that
the remote clients are updated.
Setup
None
Execution
1. Log into the SUMS server and launch the ‘IBM Endpoint Manager Console’ and log
into the console with the SUMS administers user.
2. Expand ‘Sites’ ‘Custom Sites’ ‘Vida’ and select ‘Subscribed Computers’
3. Verify that each Computer is listed, in the Subscribed Computers window
4. Check to make sure that each computer has reported to the SUMS server with in the
last 30 minutes by checking the ‘Last Report Time’ column.
5. To check to make sure all the Subscriber Computers are update by selecting the
‘Baseline’ in the left hand window.
6. Make sure the ‘Baseline’ window is empty or all computer in the window are gray.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 81
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 82
20. MICROWAVE AND IP/MPLS NETWORK
This section is the test plan outline for the NEC iPASOLINK digital microwave radio, and can be used for
testing in a laboratory or field environment.
Microware Testing Equipment
Variable attenuator, 5 to 18 GHz.
Ethernet test set.
RF power meter, equipped with power sensor.
RF frequency counter.
Digital multi-meter w/probes.
Laptop with either:
o Firefox 43.0.1 or higher.
o Google chrome 49.0 or higher.
. MPLS routers are separate from the microwave system and will be tested by Harris.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 83
20.1 User Interface Test
Purpose
The node manager GUI (browser interface) will be utilized to exercise (provision) options in the ipasolink
set-up and provisioning menus to verify proper operation and control.
Expected Results
Record or screen capture for each unit radio under test. The node manager GUI (browser interface)
should populate displaying the local network element (ne) information screen.
Setup
Variable attenuator, 5 to 18 GHz.
Laptop with either:
o Firefox 43.0.1 or higher.
o Google chrome 49.0 or higher.
Execution
Using the laptop log onto the iPASOLINK Node Manager GUI manager interface and launch the
iPASOLINK set-up and provisioning menus to verify proper operation and control.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 84
20.2 Transmitter RF Output Power Measurement
Purpose
Verify that the level on the power meter is within 0.5 dB of the calibration label on the module.
The node manager GUI (browser interface) and power meter with the appropriate power sensor will be
used to measure output power of the working and protection radios (if
Applicable), at the waveguide port.
Expected Results
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 85
Setup
Execution
From the node manager GUI record and capture the Node provisioning screen for each node under test.
Record the Test Set Meter readings and correlate to the expected results.
20.3 RF Transmit & Receive Frequency Measurement
Purpose
Verify that the Transmit Frequency indicated on the frequency counter is the expected reference
frequency for the station license
Functional test the node manager GUI and frequency counter will be utilized to measure the tx operating
Frequency of the ODU
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 86
Expected Results
The difference between the desired operating frequency and the measured frequency error value must be
less than 10 ppm (6 ppm is typical). The allowable frequency tolerance can be determined by multiplying
the measured frequency expressed in Ghz by 10.
Example: 6.034 (ghz) x 10 (ppm) = +/- 60.34 kHz permissible frequency
tolerance.
Setup
Execution
From the node manager GUI select the radio operating frequency
Configure for low power output
Interrogate the frequency counter and record frequency tolerance
20.4 Receive Sensitivity Test
Purpose
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 87
Test will confirm sensitivity in the receiver meets specification and expected tolerances required to
produce a specified output
Expected Results
With SD SJ cable removed between radio BR CKT and SD receiver (only applicable for SD capable trps):
Link will be attenuated until high BER (10-3) alarm is created.
o At this point, a power measurement will be made on the waveguide port
(with local tx power muted). This value will be recorded for high BER point.
Attenuation will be reduced until, high BER (10-3) alarm is cleared and lo BER (10-6)
alarm is created.
o At this point, a power measurement will be made on the waveguide port
(with local tx power muted). This value will be recorded for lo BER point.
The same process will be performed on SD receiver, if applicable.
Setup
Execution
1. Tx power at opposite site will be minimized by 10db , so that variable attenuator can be
Incremented while path lo BER/hi BER thresholds can be viewed at local site.
2. The 1 x 10-6 And 1 x 10-3 BER operating points will be determined by observing the operation of
the lo BER alarm (1 x 10-6) and high BER alarm trap (1 x 10-3) indications from the demodulator
via the node manager GUI.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 88
3. The RSL at local side will be measured at the Point of resultant high hop BER with a calibrated
power meter and the value recorded
Record the high BER and lo BER measurements results in
20.5 Site DC Power Test
Purpose
Test will confirm that loss of DC power and continued proper radio functionality through both DC inputs.
Expected Results
Rectifier no.1 major alarm contact closure occurs during shutdown.
Rectifier no.2 major alarm contact closure occurs during shutdown.
Setup
Execution
1. The primary DC input will be removed from radio, while standby is connected. There should be no
hit in traffic loss, and only a major alarm displayed in node manager UI.
2. Secondarily, the MJ alarm on ALM/IO connector will be confirmed as changing state
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 89
20.6 8-Hour Ethernet BER Measurement Test
Purpose
Test will confirm BER constraints over a period of eight hours.
Expected Results
Circuit should run 8 hours without error/alarm, at throughput for CH BW/Modulation
under test.
Setup
Execution
1. Using a Pseudo random traffic sequence generator establish a circuit with Ethernet traffic. This
should be configured to execute for eight hours.
2. At the end of the test event, search for indications from the demodulator informs via the node
manager GUI
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 90
20.7 Orderwire Verification Test
Purpose
Verify proper operation of the orderwire over the hop.
Expected Results
Communication with remote unit
Setup
Using the NETGUARDIAN standard VOIP order wire RTU connected EOW jack on the IPASOLINK 650
IDU on both the local and remote system
Execution
1. Press CALL button on the IDU
2. Verify that call to remote unit is clear and audible
20.8 Hot Standby Test
20.8.1 Receive Signal Level test (RSL)
Purpose
Verify the system’s ability to monitor then transition to hot standby radio.
Expected Results
Signal levels at the expected tolerances
Setup
Baseline microwave configuration with radio NMS on laptop connected to IDU
Execution
1. Verify that the A-side receive signal level is 3 dB of the value calculated in the document path
design documents.
2. On hot-standby radios, verify that the B-side receive signal level is 10 dB below the A-side receiver.
3. On hot-standby radios with space diversity receivers, verify that the B-side receive signal level is 3
dB of the value calculated in the provided path design.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 91
20.8.2 Transmitter Switch Test
Purpose
Verify the system’s ability to monitor then transition to hot standby radio.
Expected Results
Transmitter state transition to primary
Setup
Baseline microwave configuration with radio NMS on laptop connected to IDU
Execution
1. Initiate a transmit switch via laptop computer command, by toggling the transmit switch on the
controller module or by creating a fault in the on-line transmitter (i.e., removing the RF coax
jumper from the input of the module).
2. In the radio NWM UI verify that the radio switches to the off-line transmitter.
3. Verify that the in-service status indicators on the transmitter module, controller module are
properly illuminated
4. If switch is caused by the initiation of a fault, verify that the proper alarm indicators are illuminated
5. After the switch, verify that there is no loss of DS1 signal at the receiver.
6. Replace cable and verify that all alarm indicators have cleared.
7. Repeat test for the other transmitter.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 92
20.8.3 Receiver Switch Test
Purpose
Verify the system’s ability to monitor then transition to hot standby radio.
Expected Results
Receiver state transition to primary
Setup
Baseline microwave configuration with radio NMS on laptop connected to IDU
Execution
1. 1Initiate a receive switch via NMS laptop computer command, by toggling the receive switch on the
controller module or by creating a fault in the on-line receiver (i.e., removing the RF coax jumper
from the input of the module).
2. Verify that the radio switches to the off-line receiver
3. Verify that the in-service status indicators on the receiver module, controller module and USI screen
are properly illuminated
4. If switch is caused by initiation of a fault, verify that the proper alarm indicators are illuminated
5. After the switch, verify that there is no loss of DS1 signal at the receiver.
6. Replace cable and verify that all alarm indicators have cleared.
7. Repeat test for the other receiver.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Functional Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 11
Functional Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 93
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
for
City of Miami Beach, Florida
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page i
1. Service Area Definitions and Grid Structure ........................................................................ 1
2. Signal Strength Test ............................................................................................................... 5
2.1 Setup ................................................................................................................................. 5
2.2 Data Measurements .......................................................................................................... 6
2.3 Data Analysis and Acceptance ......................................................................................... 6
2.4 Results Presentation ......................................................................................................... 7
3. BIT ERROR RATE (BER) CHARACTERIZATION .................................................................. 8
3.1 Setup ................................................................................................................................. 8
3.2 Data Measurements .......................................................................................................... 9
3.3 Data and Results Presentation ......................................................................................... 9
4. Voice Quality Test, Attenuated Portable ............................................................................. 10
4.1 Test Equipment and Preparation .................................................................................... 11
4.2 Grading of Test Locations ............................................................................................... 11
4.3 Test Analysis and Acceptance ........................................................................................ 12
4.4 Protection from Excessive Adjacent Tile Failures ........................................................... 13
4.5 Results Presentation ....................................................................................................... 13
5. PORTABLE INDOOR VOICE QUALITY TEST ...................................................................... 15
5.1 Test Equipment and Preparation .................................................................................... 15
5.2 Test Planning .................................................................................................................. 16
5.3 Grading of Building Test Locations ................................................................................. 16
5.4 Individual Mandatory Building Test Analysis and Grading .............................................. 17
5.5 Test Acceptance ............................................................................................................. 19
5.6 Results Presentation ....................................................................................................... 19
6. Preliminary Voice Quality Characterization Test, Attenuated Portable – South Miami
Beach ......................................................................................................................................... 21
6.1 Test Equipment and Preparation .................................................................................... 22
6.2 Grading of Test Locations ............................................................................................... 22
6.3 Test Analysis ................................................................................................................... 23
6.4 Results Presentation ....................................................................................................... 23
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 1
1. SERVICE AREA DEFINITIONS AND GRID STRUCTURE
TSB-88-D defines a service area as a boundary of the geographic area of concern for a
user, and states that Validated CPC Service Area Reliability shall be determined by the
percentage of test locations in the bounded service area that meet or exceed the
specified CPC. We are proposing a Bounded Area design for the City of Miami Beach as
defined in TSB-88-D wherein coverage predictions are made out to the boundary of the
defined service area and coverage is verified throughout the service area out to the
boundary through the performance of a Validated CPC Service Area Reliability test. The
service area is shown in red in Figure 1 - Miami Beach Service Area.
Figure 1 - Miami Beach Service Area
TSB-88-D recommends coverage verification measurements at a statistically significant
number of random test locations, uniformly distributed throughout the service area. We
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 2
divide the service area by a test grid pattern using TSB-88-D Estimate of Proportions
analysis to determine the number and size of the test tiles providing both statistically
significant measurement results and a high confidence that the results are a true
indication of the installed radio system coverage.
Table 1 provides our recommended tile sizes to obtain a uniform distribution of tiles
throughout the service area.
Table 1 - Coverage Service Area, Tile Size, and Tile Count
Service Area
Name Service Area Definition Grid Size
(miles)
Total Tile
Count
Boundary 1
Land mass within the City
boundary (as shown on maps),
filtered by roads
0.075 x 0.075 1500
Boundary 2 Water within the boundary (as
shown on maps)0.1 x 0.1 790
Boundary 3
Water within 4miles of the City
boundary (as shown on maps), but
beyond the City Boundary
0.5 x 0.5 350
Boundary 4 South Beach (for Preliminary Test)0.075 x 0.075 110
The grid pattern overlays onto street maps and we determine a drive test route that will
pass through all accessible tiles (i.e. have roads) within the defined service area
boundaries, with an approximately equal distance traveled in each tile. Based on the US
Census Bureau TIGER roads database, we estimate approximately 1200 tiles are
accessible within the City Landmass Boundary. In order to include as many test tiles as
possible, the following roads have been deemed accessible:
Primary Roads
Secondary Roads
Local Roads (Streets)
Ramps
Service Drives
Vehicular Trails
Private Service Roads
Our road filered grid structures are not meant to indicate that Harris will not test
inaccessible tiles as defined. Harris will supply the personnel and equipment to test any
non-road accessible tile the City will provide transportation to.
Tiles not accessed may be discarded from the reliability calculations with the %
acceptance criteria adjusted by treating the inaccessible grids as exclusion zones
The drive route should pass through each tile at least once but not more than twice, as
far as is practically possible. The defined drive route should not pass through tunnels,
underpasses, underground garages, or other man made obstructive areas where radio
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 3
coverage is not planned or expected. If a drive route passes through any of these areas,
we disable the TYPHON test unit to prevent collection of data in these areas.
Measurements will be made in all accessible tiles within the defined service area
boundaries. We do not use test measurements along the drive route that are outside of
each service area boundary. Any areas or accessible tiles within the service area
boundary that the City decides not to test will have coverage scored as a PASS in the
reliability calculations.
The accessible grid structure is shown in Figure 2 - Miami Beach Accessible Grid
Structure.
Figure 2 - Miami Beach Accessible Grid Structure
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 4
The grid structure associated with Boundary 4 is shown in Figure 3 – South Miami
Beach Accessible Grid Structure. This grid will be used for the preliminary coverage
test of the South Beach area activating the Council Tower site exclusively.
Figure 3 – South Miami Beach Accessible Grid Structure
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 5
2. SIGNAL STRENGTH TEST
This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is used by Harris for RF coverage verification
based on signal strength measurements. This procedure provides an accurate,
statistically valid, repeatable, objective, and cost-effective method to verify all the City of
Miami Beach coverage requirements are met.
This ATP is in conformance with the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)
Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB-88-D titled “Wireless Communications
Systems - Performance in Noise and Interference-Limited Situations - Recommended
Methods for Technology-Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification”. TSB-88-D
has defined Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) as the specified minimum design
performance level in a faded channel, and provides a set of Delivered Audio Quality
(DAQ) CPCs that define subjective voice quality performance applicable to both analog
voice and digital voice systems.
TSB-88-D also defines a service area as a boundary of the geographic area of concern
for a user, and states that Validated CPC Service Area Reliability shall be determined by
the percentage of test locations in the bounded service area that meet or exceed the
specified CPC. Harris has proposed a Bounded Area design for the City of Miami Beach
as defined in TSB-88-D wherein coverage predictions are made out to the boundary of
the defined service area and coverage is verified throughout the service area out to the
boundary through the performance of a Validated CPC Service Area Reliability test.
RF coverage using this ATP is verified by measuring talk-out (base to mobile) signal
strength throughout the City’s defined bounded service area, and calculating the
percentage of measurements that equal or exceed a -110 dBm signal level at a mobile
or portable radio required to support the City’s specified CPC of DAQ 3.4.
2.1 Setup
Harris’ TYPHON wireless testing system is utilized to measure coverage performance.
TYPHON uses calibrated test receivers to produce repeatable measurement results in
conformance with industry standards. The accuracy of test measurements is maximized
through periodic calibration of the TYPHON system and by virtue of its integral
automated hardware and software that minimizes the likelihood of procedural errors.
TYPHON may be configured with up to four industrial grade measurement receivers to
provide RSSI data for a single or multiple sites, a GPS receiver to provide accurate
position information for each measured data point, a computer with an internal clock that
coordinates and records the test data, and a roof mounted antenna. TYPHON contains
multiple receivers to facilitate gathering data simultaneously from several multi-sites or
simulcast sites at common measurement locations.
Prior to taking signal strength measurements, each site must be audited to verify that the
radio system is operating properly. The audits will verify the antenna configuration, the
power into the antenna, the antenna installation, and the frequency of the test
transmitter. Harris shall provide all test equipment necessary to perform the audits.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 6
2.2 Data Measurements
All data is collected with the TYPHON equipment mounted inside the test vehicle
(standard passenger vehicle) with an external antenna mounted on the outside and
centrally located on the vehicle’s roof, with no other equipment installed on the roof.
Each radio system base station site transmits either on the control channel or an
unmodulated carrier on one selected working channel, and measurements of this signal
are made at equal distance intervals throughout the entire drive route. The TYPHON
equipment, operating at a minimum 512 Hz sampling rate, will be configured in the ’40
Wave Distance Average’ analysis mode. With the test vehicle in motion1 along the drive
route, a local mean signal measurement is made every 40 wavelength distance2
traveled. By averaging a minimum of 200 data points within each 40 wavelength
measurement window, the estimated mean value is within 1 dB of the actual value with
99% confidence.
2.3 Data Analysis and Acceptance
All mean measurement data records collected from the drive test within the defined
service area boundary are post-processed, with data records recorded every 0.1-mile
(typically) used in the final analysis.
For each service area, the minimum acceptable signal level at a portable radio is
adjusted to the mobile measurement reference point using the loss factors shown in
Table 1 (e.g., portable body loss, excess signal required to penetrate each random
building category). A comparison is made between the mean measurement points in the
service area and this adjusted minimum level, denoted the adjusted signal threshold.
Points that equal or exceed the adjusted signal threshold value are recorded as PASS
and those below are recorded as FAIL.
The installed radio system coverage is deemed to meet the coverage requirements if, for
each bounded service area in Table 2, the ratio of the number of PASS points to the
total number of points in the service area equals or exceeds the minimum % Validated
CPC Service Area Reliability acceptance criteria that is shown.
Table 2 - Coverage Service Area, Signal Level, and Acceptance Criteria
Service Area
Definition Description
Minimum
Required
Signal
Level
(dBm)
Body
Loss
(dB)
Building
Loss
(dB)
Adjusted
Signal
Threshold
(dBm)
% Validated
CPC Service
Area Reliability
Acceptance
Criteria
1 Vehicle velocity must not exceed 60 miles per hour to ensure adequate number of points over the
measurement window
2 40 wavelengths for UHF, 800 MHz and 900 MHz 20 wavelengths for VHF 150 MHz
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 7
Land mass within the
City boundary (as
shown on maps),
filtered by roads
Portable
Indoor -110 7 28 -65 98%
Water within the
boundary (as shown
on maps)
Portable
Outdoor -110 7 --103 98%
Water within 4 miles
of the City boundary
(as shown on maps),
but beyond the City
Boundary
Portable
Outdoor -110 7 --103 98%
2.4 Results Presentation
The data records are plotted on a map showing the test grids, the areas tested and the
test results. Different pen colors are used to show ranges of measured mean signal
levels. A test report is also provided that summarizes the test results.
Results ( P a s s / F a i l )
T e s t e r : D a t e :
C o m m e n t s :
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 8
3. BIT ERROR RATE (BER) CHARACTERIZATION
This characterization procedure is used by Harris for RF coverage verification based on
Bit Error Rate (BER) measurements.
This characterization procedure is in conformance with the Telecommunications Industry
Association (TIA) Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB-88-D titled “Wireless
Communications Systems - Performance in Noise and Interference-Limited Situations -
Recommended Methods for Technology-Independent Modeling, Simulation, and
Verification”. TSB-88-D has defined Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) as the
specified minimum design performance level in a faded channel, and provides a set of
Delivered Audio Quality (DAQ) CPCs that define subjective voice quality performance
applicable to both analog voice and digital voice systems.
RF coverage using this characterization procedure is verified by measuring talk-out
(base to portable) BER throughout the City’s defined bounded service area.
3.1 Setup
Harris’ TYPHON wireless testing system is utilized to measure BER. TYPHON consists
of Harris portable radios, a GPS receiver to provide accurate position information for
each measured data point, a computer with an internal clock that coordinates and
records the test data, roof mounted antennas, and variable attenuators for use when
portable coverage is being tested.
The TYPHON equipment will be mounted inside the test vehicle (standard passenger
vehicle for single BER measurements, or SUV/van for multiple BER measurements) with
an external antenna(s) mounted on the outside and centrally located on the vehicle’s
roof, with no other equipment installed on the roof. For portable outdoor coverage
verification, the variable attenuator will be set to the appropriate level to account for
portable body losses. For portable indoor coverage verification, the variable attenuator
will be set to account for the portable body losses plus the loss of the building category
being evaluated. Variable attenuator values are shown in Table 2.
Table 1 - Coverage Service Area, Body/Building Loss, and Attenuator Values
Service Area
Definition Description
Minimum
Required
Signal
Level
(dBm)
Body
Loss
(dB)
Building
Loss
(dB)
Land mass within the
City boundary (as
shown on maps),
filtered by roads
Portable
Indoor -110 7 28
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 9
Service Area
Definition Description
Minimum
Required
Signal
Level
(dBm)
Body
Loss
(dB)
Building
Loss
(dB)
Water within the
boundary (as shown
on maps)
Portable
Outdoor -110 7
Water within 4miles of
the City boundary (as
shown on maps), but
beyond the City
Boundary
Portable
Outdoor -110 7
Prior to taking BER measurements, each site must be audited to verify that the radio
system is operating properly. The audits will verify the antenna configuration, the power
into the antenna, the antenna installation, and the frequency of the test transmitter.
Harris shall provide all test equipment necessary to perform the audits.
3.2 Data Measurements
Each radio system base station site continuously transmits a P25 test pattern data
sequence on a working channel (the same working channel for each simulcast system
site), and measurements of this signal are collected every 3 seconds by the TYPHON
equipment mounted inside the test vehicle as it is driven along the defined test drive
route. The software in the TYPHON laptop computer will automatically measure and
record the test data and determine the BER for each 3-second measurement data
record along the test drive route.
3.3 Data and Results Presentation
All 3-second BER measurement data records collected will be shared with the City.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 10
4. VOICE QUALITY TEST, ATTENUATED PORTABLE
This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is used by Harris for verification of portable
indoor coverage based on the evaluation of P25 Phase 2 voice quality using an
attenuated portable to simulate a portable within a building. The test is not used to verify
coverage inside any randomly selected building nor in any specific or mandatory
building.
This ATP is in conformance the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)
Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB-88-D, titled “Wireless Communications
Systems - Performance in Noise and Interference-Limited Situations - Recommended
Methods for Technology-Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification”. TSB-88-D
has defined Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) as the specified minimum design
performance level in a faded channel, and provides a set of Delivered Audio Quality
(DAQ) CPCs that define subjective voice quality performance applicable to both analog
voice and digital voice systems. These DAQ definitions are provided in Table 1.
Table 1 - Delivered Audio Quality Scale Definitions
Delivered
Audio Quality Subjective Performance Description
DAQ 5.0 Speech easily understood.
DAQ 4.5 Speech easily understood. Infrequent Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 4.0 Speech easily understood. Occasional Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 3.4 Speech understandable with repetition only rarely required.
Some Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 3.0 Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional
repetition required due to Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 2.0 Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition
due to Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 1.0 Unusable, speech present but unreadable.
TSB-88-D also defines a service area as a boundary of the geographic area of concern
for a user, and states that Validated CPC Service Area Reliability shall be determined by
the percentage of test locations in the bounded service area that meet or exceed the
specified CPC. Harris has proposed a Bounded Area design for City of Miami Beach as
defined in TSB-88-D wherein coverage predictions are made out to the boundary of the
defined service area and coverage is verified throughout the service area out to the
boundary through the performance of a Validated CPC Service Area Reliability test.
Portable indoor coverage in 28 dB buildings using this ATP is verified by evaluating the
voice quality of P25 Phase 2 voice test calls to/from an attenuated portable radio at test
locations throughout the City’s defined bounded service area. At each test location, a
test call is placed from the portable user to the dispatcher (an inbound call), as well as
from the dispatcher to the portable user (an outbound call). The inbound and outbound
test call at each location is graded using the DAQ definitions in Table 1. Scores that
equal or exceed the City’s specified CPC of DAQ 3.4 are considered acceptable (PASS),
and those lower than 3.4 are not acceptable (FAIL).
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 11
4.1 Test Equipment and Preparation
Portable radios as proposed and from the City’s original order will be used for the voice
quality test. The portable radio will be mounted inside the test vehicle (standard
passenger vehicle) with an external antenna mounted on the outside and centrally
located on the vehicle’s roof, with no other equipment installed on the roof.
A variable attenuator will be installed in the test vehicle between the radio and the
external antenna to simulate portable operations within 28 dB buildings. The value of the
attenuator will be set equal to the City’s defined 28 dB building loss level plus a 7 dB
loss representative of the portable radio at the hip level and equipped with a shoulder
mounted speaker/microphone.
Prior to performing the tests, each site must be audited to verify that the radio system is
operating properly. The audits will verify the antenna configuration, the power into the
antenna, the antenna installation, and the frequency of the test transmitter. Harris shall
provide all test equipment necessary to perform the site audits.
4.2 Grading of Test Locations
The City shall designate the test team to participate in coverage testing. The team
shall include, at a minimum in each team, a Consultant representative, a City staff
person, a Public Safety representative and a Contractor representative. All test
vehicles shall be provided by the Contractor. Testing shall commence daily at 8AM
and will cease at 5PM. At least two field teams will conduct the tests in the interest of
timely completion. Each test team shall have a suitably equipped marked Public
Safety vehicle as an escort for the entirety of all hours of testing. In addition,
waterway voice quality testing will be conducted in a vessel provided by the City.
A third team, which will remain at the dispatch location will be the Base team. The Base
will grade the inbound calls, and perform the outbound calls. The Base team will support
both Field teams.
The P25 Phase 2 voice test calls within each grid consist of a short message
representative of typical public safety call duration and include the identification of the
location being tested. The suggested inbound test message is “TESTING GRID
NUMBER XXX”, followed by a short sentence or two from a newspaper or periodical
such as “USA Today”. To ensure that the message is understood, the dispatcher then
repeats the inbound test message. The dispatcher will then make a similar outbound test
call. The suggested outbound test message is “CONFIRMING GRID XXX”, followed by a
different short sentence or two from a newspaper or periodical such as “USA Today”.
The field team will then repeat the dispatcher’s test message. Within each grid, if the
message is not understood on the first attempt, it can be repeated one time. Dependent
on the size of the test grid and the vehicle speed, the test vehicle can be driven through
the test grid a second time and the voice quality test call repeated.
Each of the four representatives grades the test call using the Table 1 DAQ definitions
and records the test score for each test location using the template in Table 3. PASS or
FAIL determination is made separately for the inbound and outbound calls at each
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 12
location. For each call direction, a test location is deemed to PASS if it meets or exceeds
the City’s requirement for DAQ 3.4 voice quality from both graders. If both graders agree
that the voice quality does not meet the defined DAQ 3.4 criteria, then that test location
fails for the direction being graded. If a score differs between testers at a location that
results in a failing score from only one tester, that location will need to be tested again to
determine the cause of the discrepancy. If the discrepancy cannot be rectified, then that
grid will be set aside for discussion and evaluation.
4.3 Test Analysis and Acceptance
The data logged by the four representatives on the grading template is then analyzed to
determine whether the individual test grid meets the DAQ 3.4 definition.
An individual test grid is determined to PASS if both the inbound and outbound calls at
that grid have been scored as a PASS.
The attenuated portable indoor P25 Phase 2 voice quality test is deemed to meet the
coverage requirements if, for each bounded service area and building loss category in
Table 2, the percentage of test grids that receive a PASS score equals or exceeds the
City’s minimum % Validated CPC Service Area Reliability acceptance criteria that is
shown.
Table 2 - Coverage Service Area and Acceptance Criteria
Portable Indoor
Service Area Definition Description
Attenuator
Portable
Loss
(dB)
Attenuator
Building
Loss
(dB)
Total
Attenuation
(dB)*
% Validated
CPC
Service
Area
Reliability
Acceptance
Criteria
Land mass within the City
boundary (as shown on
maps), filtered by roads
P25 PH2
Portable
Indoor
7 28 dB 35 98%
Water within the boundary (as
shown on maps)
P25 PH2
Portable
Outdoor
7 7 98%
Water within 4miles of the City
boundary (as shown on
maps), but beyond the City
Boundary
P25 PH2
Portable
Outdoor
7 7 98%
* Total attenuation accounts for portable body loss, antenna gain and any building loss and will be finalized prior to acceptance testing based on
actual equipment configuration.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 13
4.4 Protection from Excessive Adjacent Tile Failures
Harris interprets the intent of the RFP Section C.8-2 last sentence:
“However, it will not be acceptable to provide a coverage guarantee which includes a
relatively large number of failed points within any one multi-grid area, while still meeting the
overall goal of 98% coverage.”
is to avoid large coverage holes within the City. Harris’ design is focused on reducing
areas that do not meet RFP coverage thresholds within the city boundaries to avoid
excessive grid failures, and is offering the following coverage guarantees:
28 dB In-Building Portable Coverage in the City Land Mass
Harris guarantees no three adjacent grids will fail DAQ Testing where
adjacency is defined as tiles sharing a common face
If during the process of performing the coverage test the test management team
determines there are an unusually high number of failed grids within a specific area, then
the test management team will halt testing in that area and attempt to diagnose the issue
for potential radio system infrastructure problems, portable radio issues, etc.
4.5 Results Presentation
A test report is provided that includes:
the number of test grids
the location tested within each grid
a copy of the Table 3 inbound or outbound grading template used by each grader
the PASS/FAIL score for each test grid/location for each call direction
the % PASS calculation for the service area
a statement of overall test acceptance or failure of coverage.
Results ( P a s s / F a i l )
T e s t e r : D a t e :
C o m m e n t s :
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 14
Table 3 – Indoor Coverage
Attenuated Portable
Voice Quality Test Grading Template
Coverage Test Data for: City of Miami Beach Date: ________
Requirement: DAQ 3.4
Building Loss Attenuator Value: 28 dB
Portable Attenuator Value: ____ dB
Check the link used: P25 Phase 2 Voice Base to Portable (outbound)
Portable to Base (inbound)
Harris Evaluator: City Evaluator:
Organization: Organization:
Test Radio: Test Frequency:
Service Area
Test Grid
Number
Harris Grade Miami Beach
Grade
Remarks PASS /
FAIL
Score
(One row for each test grid/location)
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 15
5. PORTABLE INDOOR VOICE QUALITY TEST
This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) verifies portable indoor coverage in mandatory
or critical required buildings based on the evaluation of Digital voice quality.
This ATP is in conformance the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)
Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB-88-D, titled “Wireless Communications
Systems - Performance in Noise and Interference-Limited Situations - Recommended
Methods for Technology-Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification”. TSB-88-D
has defined Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) as the specified minimum design
performance level in a faded channel, and provides a set of Delivered Audio Quality
(DAQ) CPCs that define subjective voice quality performance applicable to both analog
voice and digital voice systems. These DAQ definitions are provided in Table 1.
Table 1 - Delivered Audio Quality Scale Definitions
Delivered
Audio Quality Subjective Performance Description
DAQ 5.0 Speech easily understood.
DAQ 4.5 Speech easily understood. Infrequent Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 4.0 Speech easily understood. Occasional Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 3.4 Speech understandable with repetition only rarely required.
Some Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 3.0 Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional
repetition required due to Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 2.0 Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition
due to Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 1.0 Unusable, speech present but unreadable.
TSB-88-D also defines a service area as a boundary of the geographic area of concern
for a user, and states that Validated CPC Service Area Reliability shall be determined by
the percentage of test locations in the bounded service area that meet or exceed the
specified CPC.
RF coverage using this ATP is verified by evaluating the voice quality of Digital voice test
calls to/from a portable radio in each of the mandatory buildings (bounded service areas)
specified by the City. In each building, test calls are placed from the portable user to the
dispatcher (an inbound call), as well as from the dispatcher to the portable user (an
outbound call). The inbound and outbound test calls in each building are graded using
the DAQ definitions in Table 1. Scores that equal or exceed the City’s specified CPC of
DAQ 3.4 are considered acceptable (PASS), and those lower than DAQ 3.4 are not
acceptable (FAIL).
5.1 Test Equipment and Preparation
Portable radios as proposed and from the City’s original order will be used for the voice
quality test. The portable radio will be worn on the belt and equipped with a shoulder-
mounted speaker/microphone.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 16
Prior to performing the tests, each site must be audited to verify that the radio system is
operating properly. The audits will verify the antenna configuration, the power into the
antenna, the antenna installation, and the frequency of the test transmitter. Harris shall
provide all test equipment necessary to perform the site audits.
5.2 Test Planning
TSB-88-D recommends coverage verification at a statistically significant number of
random test locations, uniformly distributed throughout the service area. To accomplish
this, each mandatory building (bounded service area) is divided into a grid pattern as an
aid to test planning.
An equal number of points on each floor, including basements, of each mandatory
building will be tested. Each floor will be divided into 20-ft by 20-ft grids to obtain a
uniform distribution of 100-200 grids in each mandatory building. A minimum of 20 test
grids is required for small, single floor mandatory buildings. The voice quality test is
conducted using portable radios near the center of each building test grid.
Test grids will exclude elevators. Harris and the City will mutually agree and identify
other areas of each mandatory building that will be excluded from testing such as
locations where RF signals are not permitted due to potential interference with sensitive
electronics equipment, and areas where access is denied. Test grids that are within
excluded areas of a building will not be tested and will be disregarded in the data
analysis.
5.3 Grading of Building Test Locations
The City shall designate the test team to participate in coverage testing. The team
shall include, at a minimum in each team, a Consultant representative, a City staff
person, a Public Safety representative and a Contractor representative. Testing shall
commence daily at 8AM and will cease at 5PM. At least two field teams will conduct
the tests in the interest of timely completion.
A third team, which will remain at the dispatch location will be the Base team. The Base
will grade the inbound calls, and perform the outbound calls. The Base team will support
both Field teams.
At each agreed upon test location within a building, the portable user to dispatcher
(inbound) and the dispatcher to portable user (outbound) test calls are performed. Per
TSB-88-D, if the message is not understood on the first attempt the portable user is
allowed to move 3-feet in any direction and the test can be repeated one time. The voice
quality test is then repeated at each test grid within the building.
The P25 Phase 2 voice test calls at each location within a building consist of a short
message representative of typical public safety call duration and include the
identification of the building and location being tested. The suggested inbound test
message is “Mobile Team to Dispatcher, Testing Grid Number XXX”, followed by
[Random Test Language], Grid Number XXX, How do you copy Grid Number XXX?” The
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 17
dispatcher will then make a similar outbound test call. The suggested outbound test
message is ““Dispatcher to Mobile Team, Testing Grid Number XXX”, followed by
[repeated Random Test Language], Grid Number XXX, How do you copy Grid Number
XXX?” Within each grid, if the message is not understood on the first attempt, it can be
repeated one time. If a repeat (2nd PTT) test call performed within the grid is scored as
a PASS, it will be annotated on the Table 3 grading template as a PASS-RETRY. If the
second attempt to communicate fails (no access or audio quality below the required
DAQ level), that test grid will be remain scored as a FAIL.
The [Random Test Language] to be used shall be mutually agreed upon between the
City and Harris prior to testing. The City shall provide a list of potential test messages
representing commonly used dispatch language, void of acronyms, and not to exceed 10
seconds in length, for evaluation. From the potential list of messages, one hundred shall
be selected as the pseudo-random messages to be used for testing purposes. The
phrase to be used during each test will be determined by the speaker. The final list will
be determined prior to testing.
Each of the four representatives grades each test call using the DAQ definitions and
records the test score for each test location using the template. PASS or FAIL
determination is made separately for the inbound and outbound calls at each location.
For each call direction, a test location is deemed to PASS if it meets or exceeds the
City’s requirement for DAQ 3.4 voice quality from both graders. If both graders agree
that the voice quality does not meet the defined DAQ 3.4 criteria, then that test location
fails for the direction being graded. If a score differs between testers at a location that
results in a failing score from only one tester, that location will need to be tested again to
determine the cause of the discrepancy. If the discrepancy cannot be rectified, then that
grid will be set aside for discussion and evaluation.
The City reserves the right to begin testing anywhere within the building, i.e. the four
corners (N, S, E, W) and the center of the building. The City also reserves the right to
decide not to test all planned test grid locations within a building as well as the right to
PASS a building in which the City has determined sufficient testing has been performed
to verify coverage is acceptable within the building even if testing in all grid locations has
not been completed. Any such grid locations within a mandatory building that are not
tested will be recorded as a PASS in the template and the building will be recorded as a
PASS on the template and in the final test report.
5.4 Individual Mandatory Building Test Analysis and Grading
The data logged by the four representatives on the grading template is then analyzed to
determine whether the individual test grid meets the DAQ 3.4 definition.
An individual test grid location within a building is determined to PASS if both the
inbound and outbound calls at that location have been scored as a PASS.
In the event of a failure in a tile, the building loss at that location will be measured. If the
measured loss exceeds 28dB, that test tile will be excluded from the reliability
calculation.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 18
The building being tested is deemed to meet the P25 Phase 2 voice quality coverage
requirement if the percentage of test grid locations that receive a PASS score equals or
exceeds the City’s specified acceptance criteria, shown in Table 2.
All mandatory buildings will be tested. If Harris is denied access to a mandatory building
to perform coverage acceptance testing, then that building will be scored as a PASS.
The City may elect not to test all mandatory buildings, and any buildings thus not tested
for convenience will likewise be recorded as a PASS.
Table 2 - Coverage Service Area and Acceptance Criteria
Mandatory or Critical Required
Building Description
Maximum
Building
Loss
(dB)
% Validated CPC
Service Area
Reliability
Acceptance
Criteria
Mount Sinai Medical Center P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Miami Beach High School P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
City Hall P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Miami Beach Police
Department
P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Fire Station No. 1 P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Fire Station No. 2 P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Fire Station No. 3 P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Fire Station No. 4 P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Miami Beach Police North
End Sub-station
P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Maison Grande Condominium P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Fontainebleau Hotel P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Continuum On South Beach P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Akoya Condominiums P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Blue and Green Diamond
Towers
P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Loews Miami Beach Hotel P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Miami Beach Convention
Center
P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Public Works Control Room P25 Phase 2
Voice
28 dB 98%
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 19
5.5 Test Acceptance
The installed radio system coverage is deemed to meet the City’s coverage
requirements if all mandatory buildings are scored as PASS.
5.6 Results Presentation
A test report is provided that includes:
the name and location of each mandatory building
the number and location of individual test grids within each building
the identification of excluded areas/grids within each building
a copy of the Table 3 inbound or outbound grading template used by each grader
for each building
the % PASS/FAIL score for each building
a statement of overall test acceptance or failure of coverage for the City.
Results ( P a s s / F a i l )
T e s t e r : D a t e :
C o m m e n t s :
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 20
Table 3 – Mandatory Building Coverage
Voice Quality Test Grading Template
Coverage Test Data for: City of Miami Beach Date: ________
Requirement: DAQ 3.4
Mandatory Building Name and Location: ____________________________________________
Check the link used: P25 Phase 2 Voice Base to Portable (outbound)
Portable to Base (inbound)
Harris Evaluator: Miami Beach Evaluator:
Organization: Organization:
Test Radio: Test Frequency:
Building Grid
Number
Harris Grade Miami Beach
Grade
Remarks PASS /
FAIL
Score
(One row for each test grid/location)
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 21
6. PRELIMINARY VOICE QUALITY CHARACTERIZATION TEST,
ATTENUATED PORTABLE – SOUTH MIAMI BEACH
This Acceptance Test Procedure (ATP) is used by Harris for verification of portable
indoor coverage based on the evaluation of P25 Phase 2 voice quality using an
attenuated portable to simulate a portable within a building. The test is not used to verify
coverage inside any randomly selected building nor in any specific or mandatory
building.
This ATP is in conformance the Telecommunications Industry Association (TIA)
Telecommunications Systems Bulletin TSB-88-D, titled “Wireless Communications
Systems - Performance in Noise and Interference-Limited Situations - Recommended
Methods for Technology-Independent Modeling, Simulation, and Verification”. TSB-88-D
has defined Channel Performance Criterion (CPC) as the specified minimum design
performance level in a faded channel, and provides a set of Delivered Audio Quality
(DAQ) CPCs that define subjective voice quality performance applicable to both analog
voice and digital voice systems. These DAQ definitions are provided in Table 1.
Table 1 - Delivered Audio Quality Scale Definitions
Delivered
Audio Quality Subjective Performance Description
DAQ 5.0 Speech easily understood.
DAQ 4.5 Speech easily understood. Infrequent Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 4.0 Speech easily understood. Occasional Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 3.4 Speech understandable with repetition only rarely required.
Some Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 3.0 Speech understandable with slight effort. Occasional
repetition required due to Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 2.0 Understandable with considerable effort. Frequent repetition
due to Noise/Distortion.
DAQ 1.0 Unusable, speech present but unreadable.
TSB-88-D also defines a service area as a boundary of the geographic area of concern
for a user, and states that Validated CPC Service Area Reliability shall be determined by
the percentage of test locations in the service area that meet or exceed the specified
CPC.
Portable indoor coverage in 28 dB buildings using this ATP is verified by evaluating the
voice quality of P25 Phase 2 voice test calls to/from an attenuated portable radio at test
locations throughout the South Beach’s defined service area. At each test location, a test
call is placed from the portable user to the dispatcher (an inbound call), as well as from
the dispatcher to the portable user (an outbound call). The inbound and outbound test
call at each location is graded using the DAQ definitions in Table 1. Scores that equal or
exceed the City’s specified CPC of DAQ 3.4 are considered acceptable (PASS), and
those lower than 3.4 are not acceptable (FAIL).
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 22
6.1 Test Equipment and Preparation
Portable radios as proposed and from the City’s original order will be used for the voice
quality test. The portable radio will be mounted inside the test vehicle (standard
passenger vehicle) with an external antenna mounted on the outside and centrally
located on the vehicle’s roof, with no other equipment installed on the roof.
A variable attenuator will be installed in the test vehicle between the radio and the
external antenna to simulate portable operations within 28 dB buildings. The value of the
attenuator will be set equal to the City’s defined 28 dB building loss level plus a 7 dB
loss representative of the portable radio at the hip level and equipped with a shoulder
mounted speaker/microphone.
Prior to performing the tests, the Council Tower site must be audited to verify that it is
operating properly. The audit will verify the antenna configuration, the power into the
antenna, the antenna installation, and the frequency of the test transmitter. Harris shall
provide all test equipment necessary to perform the site audit.
6.2 Grading of Test Locations
The City shall designate the test team to participate in coverage testing. The team shall
include, at a minimum in each team, a Consultant representative, a City staff person, a
Public Safety representative and a Contractor representative. All test vehicles shall be
provided by the Contractor. Testing shall commence daily at 8AM and will cease at 5PM.
At least two field teams will conduct the tests in the interest of timely completion. Each
test team shall have a suitably equipped marked Public Safety vehicle as an escort for
the entirety of all hours of testing. In addition, waterway voice quality testing will be
conducted in a vessel provided by the City.
A third team, which will remain at the dispatch location will be the Base team. The Base
will grade the inbound calls, and perform the outbound calls. The Base team will support
both Field teams.
The P25 Phase 2 voice test calls within each grid consist of a short message
representative of typical public safety call duration and include the identification of the
location being tested. The suggested inbound test message is “TESTING GRID
NUMBER XXX”, followed by a short sentence or two from a newspaper or periodical
such as “USA Today”. To ensure that the message is understood, the dispatcher then
repeats the inbound test message. The dispatcher will then make a similar outbound test
call. The suggested outbound test message is “CONFIRMING GRID XXX”, followed by a
different short sentence or two from a newspaper or periodical such as “USA Today”.
The field team will then repeat the dispatcher’s test message. Within each grid, if the
message is not understood on the first attempt, it can be repeated one time. Dependent
on the size of the test grid and the vehicle speed, the test vehicle can be driven through
the test grid a second time and the voice quality test call repeated.
Each of the four representatives grades the test call using the Table 1 DAQ definitions
and records the test score for each test location using the template in Table 3. PASS or
FAIL determination is made separately for the inbound and outbound calls at each
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 23
location. For each call direction, a test location is deemed to PASS if it meets or exceeds
the City’s requirement for DAQ 3.4 voice quality from both graders. If both graders agree
that the voice quality does not meet the defined DAQ 3.4 criteria, then that test location
fails for the direction being graded. If a score differs between testers at a location that
results in a failing score from only one tester, that location will need to be tested again to
determine the cause of the discrepancy. If the discrepancy cannot be rectified, then that
grid will be set aside for discussion and evaluation.
6.3 Test Analysis
The data logged by the four representatives on the grading template is then analyzed to
determine whether the individual test grid meets the DAQ 3.4 definition.
An individual test grid is determined to PASS if both the inbound and outbound calls at
that grid have been scored as a PASS.
The attenuated portable indoor P25 Phase 2 voice quality characterization test results
are then compare to the expected Service Area Reliability as noted in Table 2. The
percentage of test grids that receive a PASS score should be equivalent to (within
measurement error) or exceed the expected % CPC Service Area Reliability that is
shown.
If the characrterization test results do not reasonably align with the Expected %, Harris
will review and determine the root cause.
Table 2 - Coverage Service Area and Acceptance Criteria
Portable Indoor
Service Area Definition Description
Attenuator
Portable
Loss
(dB)
Attenuator
Building
Loss
(dB)
Total
Attenuation
(dB)*
Expected %
CPC
Service
Area
Reliability
Land mass within the South
Beach agreed upon area,
filtered by roads
P25 PH2
Portable
Indoor
7 28 dB 35 97%
6.4 Results Presentation
A test report is provided that includes:
the number of test grids
the location tested within each grid
a copy of the Table 3 inbound or outbound grading template used by each grader
the PASS/FAIL score for each test grid/location for each call direction
the % PASS calculation for the service area
a statement of overall test acceptance or failure of coverage.
* Total attenuation accounts for portable body loss, antenna gain and any building loss and will be finalized prior to acceptance testing based on
actual equipment configuration.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 24
Results ( P a s s / F a i l )
T e s t e r : D a t e :
C o m m e n t s :
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Coverage Acceptance Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-AK
City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 12
Coverage Acceptance Test
Procedures
Page 25
Table 3 – Indoor Coverage
Attenuated Portable
Voice Quality Test Grading Template
Coverage Test Data for: City of Miami Beach Date: ________
Requirement: DAQ 3.4
Building Loss Attenuator Value: 28 dB
Portable Attenuator Value: ____ dB
Check the link used: P25 Phase 2 Voice Base to Portable (outbound)
Portable to Base (inbound)
Harris Evaluator: City Evaluator:
Organization: Organization:
Test Radio: Test Frequency:
Service Area
Test Grid
Number
Harris Grade Miami Beach
Grade
Remarks PASS /
FAIL
Score
(One row for each test grid/location)
City of Miami Beach
60 Calendar Day System
Reliability Test Procedures
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Reliability Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-
AK City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 13
Reliability Test Procedures
Page 2
Customer Approval
This Acceptance Test Procedure has been read and approved for use as the Sixty (60)
Calendar Day System Reliability Test.
Customer Representative Harris Representative
_____________________ __________________________
Signature Signature
_____________________ __________________________
Printed Name Printed Name
_____________________ __________________________
Date Date
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Reliability Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-
AK City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 13
Reliability Test Procedures
Page 3
60 Calendar Day System Reliability Test
Introduction
The Sixty (60) Calendar Day System Reliability Test is a standalone performance test
designed to demonstrate successful operation of the Land Mobile Radio (LMR) System over
a specified period of time.
Approach
The System Reliability Test will be conducted once the Functional Acceptance Test Plan
and coverage tests have been successfully completed. During the test, the system shall
operate for a period of sixty (60) accumulated calendar days without a major failure relating
to hardware or software infrastructure. Neither the (Customer) nor Harris shall perform any
system maintenance during the test unless mutually agreed upon in writing.
During the test, records of hardware and software failures will be collected, evaluated and
resolved as required. The failures will be classified as a “Major System Failure”, an
“Intermediate System Failure”, or a “Minor Failure” (as defined below in 0). The test will be
successfully completed upon the completion of a sixty (60) calendar day period without the
occurrence of a “Major System Failure”.
Harris and the City of Miami Beach shall assign a primary and secondary point of contact
which will be available at all times during active testing of the system. These contacts will
comprise the “test committee”. Any in-process failures will be reviewed by both parties, a
determination made as to the actions to be taken, and the effect on the test clock following
the guidelines and definitions of failures below. During this time, all documented issues will
be logged, evaluated, resolved and reviewed by the test committee.
Monitor and Control
The Enterprise Network Manager (ENM) application will be used to monitor system health
status. The Harris project engineering team will require VPN Remote Access to the City
network in order to perform remote monitoring and diagnosis of the LMR System.
Site and terminal configurations will be locked during the System Reliability Test
preparation. Any mutually agreed changes will be documented and become a part of the
test report.
Failure Definitions and Samples
Definitions of failure types are described in 0:
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Reliability Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-
AK City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 13
Reliability Test Procedures
Page 4
Figure 1. Failure Types
Failure Types Description
Major
Defined as Harris supplied hardware or software failure which INTERRUPTS the 60 Calendar Day
System Reliability Test and will STOP testing. Harris and/or its authorized repair service will make
the necessary repairs/adjustments. A NEW 60 Calendar Day System Reliability Test will be
initiated upon resolution of the failure.
Intermediate
Defined as Harris supplied hardware or software failure which INTERRUPTS 60 Calendar Day
System Reliability Test and will STOP testing. Harris and/or its authorized repair service will make
the necessary repairs/adjustments, and the 60 calendar day test period will be resumed at the
point that it was stopped. For example, if the failure occurs on Day 15 of the reliability test, repairs
will be made, and the System Reliability Test will continue on Day 15.
Minor
Defined as Harris supplied hardware or software failures and has no material effect on the overall
operation of the system or major system components. Harris and/or its authorized repair service
will commence and complete repairs/adjustments in a timely manner. The 60 Calendar Day
System Reliability Test is NOT INTERRUPTED and its cycle time is not affected.
Other
Defined as one or any combination of the following type of events considered out of Harris'
Control: Radio call failures in "known" poor coverage areas, non-Harris customer provided
equipment, commercial power failures, customer staff/operator errors, previously agreed system
maintenance downtime and/ or harsh environmental conditions or acts of God which cannot be
prevented
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Reliability Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-
AK City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 13
Reliability Test Procedures
Page 5
System failure definitions are shown in Figure 2:
Figure 2. System Failure Definitions
Item Failure Description Major Intermediate Minor
A Complete Loss of Network Switching
capability. X
B Complete Loss of one or more trunked
radio repeater sites. X
C Loss of trunking mode of operation. X
D Loss of simulcast control point equipment. X
E Failure of 50% or more dispatch console
positions including control stations. X
F
A software failure or download or any
intervention by a Harris software developer
or programmer on the radio system
infrastructure components resulting in a
service outage that would otherwise be
classified as a major failure.
X
G
Failure of the radio system infrastructure to
properly recognize the emergency alert
from a terminal subscriber.
X
H
Ten or more trouble tickets in a 24-hour
period that are related to the same radio
system infrastructure issue.
X
I Complete Loss of Network Management
capability. X
J Loss of more than 20% percent traffic
capacity of the user base. X
K
Failure of any single Mutual Aid or
Encompass Gateway interface equipment
between the Gateway(s) and the new radio
system; legacy system failures do not
apply.
X
L Any non-critical failure that does not affect
trunking operation X
M Any user terminal equipment X
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Reliability Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-
AK City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 13
Reliability Test Procedures
Page 6
Test Planning Procedures
Prior to the start of the 60 calendar day test, the following activities must take place:
Functional Acceptance Test Plan completed
50 test users identified
User training completed for the test users
Test Committee members identified
Team meeting with users and test committee to review the test plan and failure
definitions and examples
Issue reporting process reviewed and approved
Failure Reporting
Upon observing a system issue, the user will complete the Radio System Issue Report
(Error! Reference source not found.) and submit it to the test committee within 12 hours.
The Harris representative will issue daily reports to the Test Committee, containing a
preliminary classification of the issue. Should the issue be classified a major failure, the test
will be halted until resolved.
All reported issues will be logged documenting the details of the issue resolution. Should the
initial classification be disputed by another member of the test committee, the committee will
meet within 24 hours to review the issue and reach agreement on the classification. The test
will continue until the team meets and reaches agreement.
In the unlikely event that the test committee cannot reach consensus on the issue
classification, or restart of the test after a major failure, the Harris Project Manager and the
City Project Manager will meet and discuss. If they cannot reach agreement, the test will
resume and the issue will be referred to the Dispute Resolution Board.
Weekly meetings will take place to review the progress of the test, discuss issues identified
and their resolution. Attendees of the meetings will include the Test Committee and others
as identified by the City and Harris Project Managers. The Harris Project Manager will
document and distribute meeting minutes and action items for each meeting.
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Reliability Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-
AK City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 13
Reliability Test Procedures
Page 7
Figure 3. City of Miami Beach Radio System Issue Report Form
Name/User:
Date:
Time:
Location:
In Building (Y/N):
GPS Coordinates:
Agency:
User ID:
Talk Group/Channel:
Selected System:
Issue Description
Exhibit A – Statement of Work – Reliability Test Procedures
Request for Proposals (RFP) Public Safety Network, 2017-006-
AK City of Miami Beach, Florida
February 2018
Section 13
Reliability Test Procedures
Page 8
Resources and Designations
Harris and the City will determine the necessary resources to execute and monitor the
testing and ensure they are available to meet, perform, and complete the technical
requirements as agreed upon. Such resources include personnel, facilities, site access, and
the assistance of required City personnel to conduct testing. Identified and agreed upon
resources will be made available such that there is no impact to the cycle-time of the
reliability test and performance of the task.
Acceptance
As identified on the project schedule, upon successful completion of the 60 calendar day
System Reliability Test, Harris will submit the results of the test including a summary of
issues and descriptions of resolutions performed. A joint meeting will follow, at a mutually
agreeable location, to review the test documentation and obtain acceptance and agreement
that the System Reliability Test was successfully executed, completed and approved.
Page 1 of 4
ECR-7197
01-26-2017
EXHIBIT B
SOFTWARE LICENSE AGREEMENT
This License Agreement (“Agreement”) is made on ________________, 2018 (the “Effective Date”) between Harris
Corporation , a Delaware Corporation, through its Communication Systems Segment, (“LICENSOR”) with offices
at 221 Jefferson Ridge Parkway, Lynchburg, VA 24501 and _____________________ (“LICENSEE”). LICENSOR
is the owner of certain wireless communications software programs and LICENSEE desires to obtain a license from
LICENSOR to use such wireless communications programs.
1.0 Definitions.
1.1 “Designated Systems”: Means the Harris system(s), products, and Designated Terminals purchased by Buyer
and identified in the System Purchase Agreement between the City of Miami Beach and Harris Corporation, dated
____________ ____, 2018 (“Purchase Agreement”) for which the Licensed Programs and documentation are
intended to be used.
1.2 "Designated Terminals": Means the LICENSOR’S Terminals purchased by LICENSEE.
1.3 “Licensed Programs”: The term Licensed Programs shall mean the wireless communications computer
programs in software or firmware supplied under this Agreement by LICENSOR in binary object code format to the
LICENSEE (stand alone or in conjunction with the purchase of a LICENSOR wireless communications system.)
Licensed Programs shall also include all other material related to the Licensed Programs supplied by LICENSOR to
LICENSEE hereunder, and which may be in machine readable or printed form, including but not limited to user
documentation and/or manuals.
1.4 “Open Source Software”: Means software with either freely obtainable source code, license for modification,
or permission for free distribution.
1.5 “Open Source Software License”: The terms or conditions under which the Open Source Software is licensed.
1.6 “Purchase Agreement”: The agreement to which this exhibit is attached.
1.7 “Third Party Software Products”: Shall mean programs that are not developed by LICENSOR which are
licensed/purchased by LICENSOR for inclusion in its products.
2.0 License Grant for Licensed Programs.
2.1 Subject to the terms of this License Agreement and the performance by Licensee of its obligations hereunder,
LICENSOR hereby grants to Licensee, and Licensee hereby accepts from LICENSOR, (a) a personal, non-
transferable, non-exclusive, perpetual, limited license to use the Licensed Programs in object code format only and
(b) install and execute such Licensed Programs on Licensee’s equipment and (c) which are to be used for internal
business purposes only. All licensed programs under this License Agreement shall only be used in conjunction with
the Designated System. This license does not transfer any right, title, or interest in the Licensed Programs. The
license granted authorizes Licensee to use the Licensed Programs in object code format and does not grant any rights
to source code.
Page 2 of 4
ECR-7197
01-26-2017
2.2 LICENSEE will not reproduce, modify, or make derivative works of the Licensed Programs, except that
LICENSEE may make one archival, and one inactive backup, copy of the Licensed Programs. In addition,
LICENSEE, its agents, consultants and/or its subcontractors will not attempt to reverse engineer, decompile, or
reverse-compile any software contained in the Licensed Programs and any attempt to do so shall be a material breach
of this License Agreement. With respect to the Licensed Programs, LICENSEE will not alter, deface, discard, or
erase any media, documentation, or LICENSOR or Third Party Licensor’s trademarks or proprietary rights notices.
2.3 Third Party Software Products may be subject to additional license terms, which, if applicable, are set out in
Product Specific License Terms delivered with each product. Additional To the extent applicable, LICENSEE shall
comply with any additional Third Party Software Product license terms.
2.4 If the Software licensed under this License Agreement contains or is derived from Open Source Software,
the terms and conditions governing the use of such Open Source Software are in the Open Source Software Licenses
of the copyright owner and not this License Agreement and, to the extent applicable, LICENSEE will comply with
the Open Source Software terms License terms. If there is a conflict between the terms and conditions of this License
Agreement and the terms and conditions of the Open Source Software Licenses governing Licensee’s use of the Open
Source Software, the terms and conditions of the license grant of the applicable Open Source Software Licenses will
take precedence over the license grants in this License Agreement. If requested by Licensee, Harris will use
commercially reasonable efforts to: (i) determine whether any Open Source Software is provided under this License
Agreement; (ii) identify the Open Source Software and provide Licensee a copy of the applicable Open Source
Software License (or specify where that license may be found).
3.0 Protection and Security of Licensed Programs.
LICENSEE acknowledges and agrees that the Licensed Programs and any materials and/or documentation related
thereto, and any portion thereof, supplied by LICENSOR hereunder are proprietary and confidential to LICENSOR
or applicable third party licensors and are a valuable commercial asset of LICENSOR or their third party owners.
LICENSEE also acknowledges and agrees that LICENSOR and/or the third party licensors have and shall retain all
proprietary rights in their respective portions of the Licensed Programs and any materials and/or documentation
related thereto. LICENSEE (i) shall respect such proprietary rights, (ii) shall protect LICENSOR and any third party
licensor’s proprietary rights at least to the extent that it protects its own proprietary information, or such (iii) shall
not use the Licensed Programs nor any materials or documentation related thereto except for the purposes for which
they are being made available as set forth in this Agreement and (iv) shall not reproduce, print, disclose, or otherwise
make said Licensed Programs or materials and/or documentation related thereto available to any third party, in whole
or in part, in whatever form, except as permitted in the terms of this Agreement.
4.0 Warranty
Seller warrants, for the greater of a period of one year or, if a longer warranty period for the product containing the
Licensed Program is set forth in a Purchase Agreement and Maintenance Agreement, the longer warranty period shall
apply commencing with the date of Licensee's acceptance of their Designated System, that any Licensed Program
furnished to Licensee under this License Agreement shall be capable of successfully operating on the Designated
System in accordance with the logic defined in the operator's manuals when the system is supplied with correct input
data. If, on the basis of evidence submitted to LICENSOR within the term of this warranty, it is shown that any
Licensed Program does not meet this warranty, LICENSOR will, at its option, either correct the defect or error in the
Licensed Program, free of charge, or make available to Licensee a substitute program. The foregoing warranty is
exclusive and in lieu of all other warranties whether written, oral, implied or statutory. NO IMPLIED OR
STATUTORY WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE,
Page 3 of 4
ECR-7197
01-26-2017
NONINFRINGEMENT, SHALL APPLY, ALL OF WHICH ARE EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED BY
LICENSOR.
Licensed Programs which have been developed or are owned by a third party licensor and which are sublicensed by
LICENSOR to LICENSEE hereunder shall be warranted to LICENSEE only to the extent that the licensor of such
sublicensed programs warrants such sublicensed programs to LICENSOR.
In the event that the Licensed Programs do not conform to the representation above, LICENSEE’s sole remedy and
LICENSOR’s sole and exclusive liability shall be to replace such Licensed Programs with the then current released
version of such Licensed Programs.
5.0 Limitation of Liability.
5.1 Section 20 of the Purchase Agreement, entitled “Limitation of Liability,” is incorporated by reference herein,
and shall govern and apply to this License Agreement and any claims or causes of action arising hereunder.
6.0 Term and Termination.
6.1 LICENSOR reserves the right, in addition to any other remedies it may retain in this License Agreement or
may be entitled to in law or equity (including immediate injunctive relief and repossession of all non-embedded
Licensed Programs and documentation), to terminate this License Agreement at any time prior to the expiration of
any Term in the event LICENSEE breaches any material term or condition or fails to perform or observe any
obligations or covenants of this License Agreement and such failure and/or breach is not remedied within thirty (30)
days of written notice from LICENSOR.
6.2 Within thirty (30) days after termination or expiration of this License Agreement, LICENSEE will return to
LICENSOR all confidential material including but not limited to all copies, partial copies, and/or modified copies (if
any) of Licensed Programs and any equipment owned by LICENSOR in LICENSEE’s possession.
7.0 Assignment/Transfer.
This License Agreement, the licenses granted hereunder and the Licensed Programs provided to LICENSEE under
this License Agreement may not be assigned, sub-licensed, or otherwise transferred by LICENSEE to any third party
without LICENSOR’s prior written consent, except that this license may be assigned if the Products containing the
Licensed Programs are transferred but the new owner or user of the Products may only use the Licensed Programs in
accordance with terms of this License Agreement. Subject to the foregoing, any assignee hereunder shall be subject
to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this License Agreement. Any attempt by LICENSEE to assign, sub-
license, or transfer the Licensed Programs, or any of the rights or duties contained in this Agreement, without
LICENSOR's prior written consent shall be void.
8.0 Severability.
If any term or provision of the License Agreement is determined by a court or government agency of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid under any applicable statute or rule of law, such provision(s) are, to that extent, deemed
omitted, but this License Agreement and the remainder of its provision shall otherwise remain in full force and effect.
9.0 Waiver.
No waiver will be implied from conduct or failure to enforce rights. No waiver will be effective unless in writing
signed on behalf of the party against whom the waiver is asserted.
Page 4 of 4
ECR-7197
01-26-2017
10.0 Compliance with Laws.
Licensee acknowledges that the Licensed Programs are subject to the laws and regulations of the United States and
Licensee will comply with all applicable laws and regulations, including export laws and regulations of the United
States. Licensee will not, without the prior authorization of Harris and the appropriate governmental authority of the
United States, in any form export or re-export, sell or resell, ship or reship, or divert, through direct or indirect means,
any item or technical data or direct or indirect products sold or otherwise furnished to any person within any territory
for which the United States Government or any of its agencies at the time of the action, requires an export license or
other governmental approval. Violation of this provision is a material breach of this Agreement.
11.0 Governing Law.
This License Agreement will be governed by the laws of the Unites States to extent that they apply and otherwise to
the laws of the State of Florida. The terms of the U.N. Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods
do not apply. The parties expressly agree that the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act ("UCITA")
applicable in any jurisdiction shall not apply to this Agreement.
12.0 Agreement.
This License Agreement is part of the Purchase Agreement between LICENSOR and LICENSEE for the purchased
products by LICENSEE from LICENSOR. The Purchase Agreement and this License Agreement contain the full
understanding of the parties with respect to the subject matter hereof and which supersede all prior understandings
and writings relating thereto and which shall become binding on the Effective Date of this License Agreement. No
waiver, consent, modification, amendment, or change to the terms of this License Agreement shall be binding unless
agreed to in a writing signed by LICENSEE and LICENSOR. If there is any conflict between the terms of the
Purchase Agreement and this License Agreement as to the Licensed Programs, the terms of this License Agreement
will prevail.
13.0 Notices.
Notices shall be provided as set forth in the Purchase Agreement. In the event there is no notice provision in the
Purchase Agreement, notices and other communications between the parties shall be transmitted in writing by certified
mail or nationally recognized overnight courier service.
14.0 Survival.
Sections 2.2, 3, 5, 6, 8, 9, 11, and 13 of this License Agreement shall survive termination of this License Agreement.
[End of Document]
EXHIBIT C – END USER LICENSE AGREEMENT
FOR
HARRIS BEON SOFTWARE APPLICATION
IMPORTANT - READ CAREFULLY:
THIS HARRIS END-USER LICENSE AGREEMENT ("AGREEMENT") IS A LEGAL AGREEMENT
BETWEEN YOU (EITHER AN INDIVIDUAL OR A GOVERNMENTAL OR CORPORATE ENTITY
HEREINAFTER REFERRED TO AS "BUYER") AND HARRIS CORPORATION ("SELLER") FOR
THE HARRIS SOFTWARE PRODUCTS IDENTIFIED BELOW (THE "LICENSED PROGRAMS").
BY DOWNLOADING, INSTALLING, COPYING, OR OTHERWISE USING THE LICENSED
PROGRAMS OR BY CLICKING THE “ACCEPT” BUTTON AND AGREEING TO THESE TERMS
AND CONDITIONS, YOU AS AN INDIVIDUAL AND, AS APPLICABLE, ON BEHALF OF THE
BUYER ENTITY AGREE TO BE BOUND BY THE TERMS AND CONDITIONS OF THIS
AGREEMENT AND THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE EFFECTIVE AS OF THE DATE OF YOUR
FIRST INSTALLATION, COPYING OR USE OF THE LICENSED PROGRAMS OR THE DATE OF
THE “ACCEPT” CLICK THROUGH. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO THE TERMS AND
CONDITIONS OF THIS AGREEMENT, YOU SHOULD NOT CLICK THE “ACCEPT” BUTTON
AND YOU ARE NOT AUTHORIZED TO DOWNLOAD, INSTALL OR USE THE LICENSED
PROGRAMS AND YOU MUST IMMEDIATELY DELETE ANY LICENSED PROGRAMS THAT
YOU MAY HAVE.
Buyer and Seller agree as follows:
1. Definitions
1.1 "Buyer" means:
1.1.1 If Buyer is an individual, that individual;
1.1.2 If Buyer is a government entity, all agencies, branches, departments and divisions that are legally
part of that government entity; and
1.1.3 If Buyer is a corporation, the legal entity that is the named Buyer plus all other legal entities that
are wholly owned by the named Buyer.
1.2 "Contract(s)" means the separate written contract(s) or agreement(s), if any, between Buyer and
either Seller or another party authorized by Seller to provide the Licensed Programs to Buyer. Each
Contract will include the required execution of this End User License Agreement by the Buyer and the
Buyer users prior to the installation and use of the Licensed Programs.
1.3 “Device” means the products used by Buyer to run the Licensed Programs.
1.4 "Licensed Programs" means the object code version of the software programs including, without
limitation, any scripts, interfaces, graphics, displays, text, images, artwork, drivers, photographs,
animations, video, audio, music, text, applets, documentation, associated media and other components or
content provided as well as any services provided by Seller with the software, if any, together with any
Modifications or Enhancements of the above items provided by Seller. This Agreement is limited to the
object code programs only. No rights in or access to any source code or program listings are provided.
1.5 “Modifications and Enhancements” shall mean any updates, upgrades, patches, fixes, feature
additions, modifications or enhancements of the Licensed Programs.
2. License Grant
2.1 Subject to the terms and conditions contained in this Agreement and the performance by Buyer of
its obligations hereunder, Seller hereby grants to Buyer, and Buyer hereby accepts from Seller, a personal,
non-transferable, non-exclusive, limited license to use the Licensed Programs in accordance with any
documentation that accompanies the Licensed Programs.
2.2 Any Modifications and Enhancements of the Licensed Programs that Seller chooses to make
available to Buyer shall be subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement as well as any additional
terms and conditions that may apply to the Modifications and Enhancements. This Agreement does not
entitle Buyer to receive any Modifications and Enhancements and any Modifications and Enhancements
may be provided by Seller at its discretion.
3. Buyer Obligations
3.1 Buyer hereby accepts the Licensed Programs “AS IS” and shall determine the applicability of the
Licensed Programs for Buyer’s desired use on Buyer’s Devices. Except as expressly set forth in the
Contract, all installation, training and maintenance is the sole responsibility of Buyer.
3.2 Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as giving Buyer any right to sell, assign, lease, or in
any other manner transfer or encumber Seller’s ownership of the Licensed Programs.
3.3. Buyer shall not duplicate the Licensed Programs, or any portion thereof, except Buyer may make
archival copies of the Licensed Programs in accordance with Buyer’s documented standard computer
software back-up procedures. The media containing such authorized copies shall have prominently
placed thereon, without change or alteration, the same copyright notices and proprietary legends and
markings that are on the delivered Licensed Programs media.
3.4 The techniques, algorithms, and processes contained in the Licensed Product constitute trade
secrets of Seller. Buyer agrees to take all measures reasonable and necessary to protect the confidentiality
of the Licensed Product and Seller' rights therein. Except as expressly provided in the Contract between
Seller and Buyer, Buyer may not rent, lease, network, display, or distribute the Licensed Programs to any
third party without Seller’s prior written consent. Furthermore, Buyer may not reverse engineer,
disassemble, decompile, modify, alter, translate, or adapt the Licensed Programs or create any derivative
thereof. The obligations set forth in this Subsection shall survive termination or expiration of this
Agreement
3.5 The Licensed Programs are licensed as a single product and neither the individual programs
comprising the Licensed Programs nor any Modifications or Enhancements may be separated for use by
more than one concurrent user.
3.6 The act of copying any portion of the Licensed Programs as authorized hereunder shall not cause,
or be construed as causing, any portion thereof to be considered as being in the public domain or
generally available on a nonproprietary basis. All such copies shall be treated as confidential as required
for original information under Section 3.3.
3.7 To the extent applicable, Buyer must comply with all applicable privacy, consumer data and
protection laws and all laws that apply to collecting, accessing, storing, processing, using, disclosing and
securing user data, including any obligations to notify and obtain consents of users regarding Buyer’s
access to users’ personal information.
3.8 In addition to any license fees and other compensation paid for the use of the Licensed Programs,
Buyer shall pay the gross amount of any present or future sales, use, excise, value-added, or other similar
tax applicable to the price, sale or any Products or services furnished hereunder or to their use by Seller or
Buyer, or Buyer shall otherwise furnish Seller with tax exemption certificates acceptable to all applicable
taxing authorities.
4. Ownership
Buyer is given possession of a copy of the Licensed Programs but Seller shall at all times retain title or
full ownership interest in such Licensed Programs and all Modifications and Enhancements thereof,
regardless of the form or media in or on which the original and other copies thereof may subsequently
exist. All rights, title and copyrights in and to the Licensed Programs (including, but not limited, to any
images, photographs, animations, video, audio, music, text, and applets incorporated into the Licensed
Programs), the accompanying printed materials, and any copies of the Licensed Programs are owned by
Seller and/or its licensors. Nothing contained herein shall be deemed to convey any title or ownership
interest in the Licensed Programs to Buyer.
5. Warranty
5.1 Provided: (a) that connectivity and interoperability of the Buyer’s Device with the cellular
commercial carrier network or other third party network being used by the Buyer is fully available and
fully functioning; and (b) that the Licensed Programs are used on a Device designated by Seller as
acceptable for Licensed Programs’ use, and (c) correct input data is supplied to Buyer’s Device, Seller
warrants, for a period of ninety (90) days from the download of the Licensed Programs onto the Buyer’s
Device, that the Licensed Programs furnished to Buyer by Seller shall be capable of successfully
operating on the Buyer’s Device in accordance with the logic defined in the Licensed Programs’ operator
manuals or other official supporting documentation designated by Seller for the Licensed Programs. If, on
the basis of evidence submitted to Seller within the 90 day term of this warranty, it is shown that any
Licensed Program does not meet this warranty, Seller, at its option, will either: (i) correct the defect or
error in the Licensed Program free of charge and provide a corrected Licensed Program, or (ii) make
available to Buyer free of charge a satisfactory substitute Licensed Program.
5.2 Seller is unable to and cannot guarantee either the extent or consistency of the wireless coverage
and communications of a cellular commercial carrier’s network or other third party network nor can
Seller guarantee the quality of the data service provided. Given the dependency on commercial cellular
and third party networks, the use of the Licensed Programs, including location information, is not
intended for mission critical communications but rather for administrative and other communications.
IN PARTICULAR, SINCE THE LICENSED PROGRAMS’ PERFORMANCE, FEATURES AND
FUNCTIONALITY MAY BE UNAVAILABLE, IMPRECISE OR INACCURATE DEPENDING ON
SYSTEM, NETWORK, CAPACITY, ENVIRONMENTAL, TERRAIN, COMPATIBILITY,
INTEROPERABILITY AND OTHER CONDITIONS, SELLER AND ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS
AND SUBCONTRACTORS HEREBY DISCLAIM, EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTY SET
FORTH IN SECTION 5.1 ABOVE, ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND
CONDITIONS, WHETHER ORAL, EXPRESS, OR IMPLIED, INCLUDING WITHOUT
LIMITATION WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, PERFORMANCE, ACCURACY, RELIABILITY, AND
NONINFRINGEMENT, WHETHER SUCH WARRANTIES OR CONDITIONS MAY BE IMPLIED
BY STATUTE, CUSTOM, COURSE OF DEALING BETWEEN THE PARTIES, TRADE USAGE OR
COMMON LAW. FURTHERMORE, EXCEPT FOR THE EXPRESS WARRANTY SET FORTH IN
SECTION 5.1 ABOVE, SELLER AND ITS THIRD PARTY SUPPLIERS AND SUBCONTRACTORS
MAKE NO OTHER WARRANTY THAT THE LICENSED PROGRAMS OR THIRD PARTY
CONTENT AND SERVICES PROVIDED AS PART OF THE LICENSED PROGRAMS
(INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, LOCATION DATA) WILL BE UNINTERRUPTED,
ACCURATE, RELIABLE, TIMELY, SECURE, FREE FROM VIRUSES OR OTHER HARMFUL
COMPONENTS OR ERROR-FREE.
5.3 THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 5 CONSTITUTE THE
ONLY WARRANTIES WITH RESPECT TO THE LICENSED PROGRAMS AND ANY
MODIFICATIONS OR ENHANCEMENTS TO THE LICENSED PROGRAMS PROVIDED BY
SELLER. THE WARRANTIES AND REMEDIES SET FORTH IN THIS SECTION 5 CONSTITUTE
THE BUYER'S EXCLUSIVE REMEDIES IN THE EVENT SUCH WARRANTIES ARE BREACHED.
THEY ARE IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES WHETHER WRITTEN, ORAL, EXPRESS,
IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE WARRANTY OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND THE WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. IN
NO EVENT SHALL SELLER BE LIABLE FOR SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR INDIRECT
DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUES.
6. HIGH RISK ACTIVITIES; LOCATION DATA
6.1 THE LICENSED PROGRAMS ARE NOT FAULT-TOLERANT AND ARE NOT DESIGNED,
MANUFACTURED OR INTENDED FOR ANY USE REQUIRING FAIL-SAFE, EMERGENCY OR
MISSION CRITICAL PERFORMANCE IN WHICH THE FAILURE OF A LICENSED PROGRAM
COULD LEAD TO DEATH, PERSONAL INJURY, PHYSICAL OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE.
THIS USE RESTRICTION INCLUDES, WITHOUT LIMITATION, THE OPERATION OF
AIRCRAFT AND THE DESIGN, CONSTRUCTION, OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE OF
NUCLEAR FACILITIES.
6.2 ANY LOCATION DATA INCLUDED IN THE LICENSED PROGRAMS IS FOR BASIC
INFORMATIONAL PURPOSES ONLY AND IS NOT INTENDED TO BE RELIED UPON IN
SITUATIONS WHERE PRECISE LOCATION INFORMATION IS NEEDED OR WHERE
ERRONEOUS, INACCURATE OR INCOMPLETE LOCATION DATA MAY LEAD TO DEATH,
PERSONAL INJURY, PROPERTY OR ENVIRONMENTAL DAMAGE. NEITHER SELLER NOR
ITS SUBCONTRACTORS AND SUPPLIERS CAN GUARANTEE THE AVAILABILITY,
ACCURACY, COMPLETENESS AND RELIABILITY OF THE LOCATION DATA INCLUDED IN
THE LICENSED PROGRAMS.
7. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY
7.1 The total liability of Seller, including its third party subcontractors and suppliers, for all claims of any
kind for any loss or damage, whether in contract, warranty, tort (including negligence or infringement), strict
liability or otherwise, arising out of, connected with, or resulting from the performance or non-performance
of this Agreement or from the use of the Licensed Programs shall not exceed the total amount of license fees
and other amounts paid by Buyer to Seller for the purchase and use of the Licensed Programs.
7.2 IN NO EVENT, WHETHER AS A RESULT OF BREACH OF AGREEMENT, WARRANTY,
TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR INFRINGEMENT), STRICT LIABILITY OR OTHERWISE,
SHALL SELLER, OR ITS SUBCONTRACTORS OR SUPPLIERS, BE LIABLE FOR ANY SPECIAL,
CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL, INDIRECT OR EXEMPLARY DAMAGES INCLUDING, BUT
NOT LIMITED TO, LOSS OF PROFITS OR REVENUES, LOSS OF USE OF A DEVICE OR ANY
OTHER HARDWARE OR EQUIPMENT, COST OF CAPITAL, COST OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS,
FACILITIES, SERVICES OR DOWNTIME COSTS.
7.3 The provisions of this Section, LIMITATION OF LIABILITY, shall apply notwithstanding any
other provisions of this Agreement or any other agreement and shall survive the expiration or termination of
this Agreement.
8. Term and Termination.
8.1 Except as expressly set forth in a Contract providing for a shorter term and unless earlier
terminated as provided herein, the term of this Agreement shall be perpetual. If a shorter term is set forth
in the Contract, the term of this Agreement shall be the shorter term set forth in the Contract.
8.2 This Agreement may be terminated at any time by written mutual agreement of the parties.
8.3 Seller reserves the right, in addition to any other remedies it may retain in this Agreement or may
be entitled to in law or equity, to terminate this Agreement at any time prior to the expiration of any Term
in the event:
8.3.1 Buyer breaches any material term or condition or fails to perform or observe any obligations or
covenants of this Agreement or the Contract and such failure and/or breach is not remedied within thirty
(30) days of written notice from Seller; or
8.3.2 Buyer petitions for reorganization, readjustment or rearrangement of its business affairs under
any laws or governmental regulations relating to bankruptcy or insolvency, or is adjudicated bankrupt or
if a receiver is appointed for Buyer, or if Buyer makes or attempts to make an assignment for the b enefit
of creditors, or is unable to meet its obligations in the normal course or business as they fall due.
8.4 In the event this Agreement expires or is revoked or terminated by Seller, it is agreed that (a) such
termination or revocation shall not affect any provisions of the Agreement which by their nature are
inherently intended to survive expiration or termination, and (b) Buyer shall be entitled to a reasonable
period of time to wind down its use of the Licensed Programs in an orderly fashion, after which Buyer
shall discontinue use of the Licensed Programs. To discontinue the use of the Licensed Programs, Buyer
shall un-install and remove the Licensed Programs from the Buyer’s Device s and delete all copies of the
Licensed Programs in Buyer’s possession.
9. U.S. Government Contracts
9.1 Buyer agrees that it will not use the Licensed Programs in the performance of a contract, or
subcontract, with the U.S. Government in a manner so as to affect Seller's rights to Licensed Programs. If
Buyer desires to use the Licensed Programs in the performance of a contract, or subcontract, with the U.S.
Government, prior to such use Buyer shall consult with Seller as to the procedures and use of restrictive
markings required to protect the ownership interest of Seller.
9.2 If the Buyer is an agency or department of the U.S. Government, then the following notice
applies: The Licensed Programs is Commercial Computer Software as defined in 48 CFR 227.7201
through 227.7202-4 and in 48 CFR 2.101 and 12.212, as appropriate or any equivalent regulations of
other governmental agencies, and the rights of the U.S. Government to utilize the Licensed Programs are
those expressly set forth in this Agreement. The U.S. Government does not receive unlimited rights to
the Licensed Programs. The contractor is Harris Corporation, acting by and through its RF
Communications Division, 221 Jefferson Ridge Parkway, Lynchburg, Virginia 24501.
10. Export Control
10.1 The export regulations of the United States prohibit, with certain exceptions, the export from the
United States or the transfer to foreign persons (non-U.S. citizens or "green card" permanent residents),
whether in the U.S. or abroad, of technical data relating to certain commodities unless the exporter has
obtained written authorization from the U.S. Government and received written assurance from the foreign
importer that the technical data will not be further exported without permission of the exporter and the
cognizant U.S. Government agency. Buyer agrees to comply fully with all relevant regulations of the
United States to assure that no violation of such regulations occurs.
10.2 Buyer further acknowledges that violations of these laws and regulations include, but are not
limited to, exporting or re-exporting, or otherwise supplying or providing access to the Licensed
Programs, the accompanying documentation or any other materials provided by Seller, to: (a) any country
against which the United States imposes trade sanctions or export controls; (b) persons on the U.S.
Commerce Department's Denied Parties List or Entity List, the U.S. Treasury Department's Specially
Designated Nationals List, or the U.S. State Department's List of Debarred Parties; (c) end uses related to
nuclear weapons, missile technology, or chemical/biological weapons; or (d) any destination for which an
export license is required.
10.3 Buyer further acknowledges that the export of the Licensed Programs, documentation and any
other materials provided by Seller may be controlled by the U.S. State Department's Office of Defense
Trade Controls, through the Arms Export Control Act as implemented in the International Traffic in Arms
Regulations, 22 C.F.R. §§ 120-130 ("ITAR"),the U.S. Commerce Department's Bureau of Industry and
Security, through the Export Administration Act as implemented in the Export Administration
Regulations, 15 C.F.R. §§ 730-774 ("EAR"), and/or the U.S. Treasury Department's Office of Foreign
Assets Control, and depending on which agency has jurisdiction over these items different restrictions on
export, re-export, and use activities will apply. Buyer agrees that it is Buyer's responsibility to determine
which of these U.S. agencies has export control jurisdiction over the Licensed Programs, documentation,
and any other materials provided by Seller, and Buyer acknowledges that export jurisdiction over these
items may change from time to time.
10.4 Further, Buyer agrees that any violation by Buyer of any of these laws and regulations will also
constitute material breach of this Agreement, and Buyer agrees to indemnify Seller against any criminal
or civil monetary sanctions, costs, losses or expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys'
fees and costs) resulting from Buyer's failure to comply. Buyer agrees to defend, indemnify and hold
Seller, and its officers, directors, agents and employees harmless against all criminal and/or civil
monetary sanctions, costs, losses or expenses (including but not limited to reasonable attorneys' fees and
costs) incurred as a result of any failure on Buyer's part to comply with these laws. Buyer further agrees
to notify Buyer's Buyers of, and to use best efforts to ensure their compliance with, the restrictions
imposed by these laws and regulations.
11. Maintenance Support
Seller may, from time to time, issue Modifications and Enhancements to the Licensed Programs. If Seller
should issue a Modification or Enhancement to the Licensed Programs, Buyer may obtain such
Modification or Enhancement at the current price then charged by Seller or the price set forth in the
Contract, as applicable.
12. Intellectual Property Indemnification
12.1 Seller agrees that it shall, at its own expense and at its option, defend or settle any claim, suit, or
proceeding brought against Buyer, based on an allegation that the Licensed Program furnished under this
Agreement constitutes a direct or a contributory infringement of any claim of any United States patent, mask
work, copyright or any other intellectual property right. This obligation shall be effective only if Buyer shall
have made all payments then due to Seller for the purchase and/or use of the Licensed Programs and if Seller
is notified of said allegation promptly in writing and given authority, information, and assistance for the
settlement or defense of said claim, suit, or proceeding. If, in any such suit arising from such claim, the
continued use of the Licensed Programs for the purpose intended is enjoined by any court of competent
jurisdiction, Seller shall, at its expense and option, either: (a) procure for Buyer the right to continue using
the Licensed Programs, or (b) modify the Licensed Programs so that they become non-infringing, or (c)
replace the Licensed Programs or portions thereof so that they become non-infringing, or (d) remove the
Licensed Programs and refund the license fee paid by Buyer to purchase the Licensed Programs license (less
reasonable depreciation for use). The foregoing states the entire liability of Seller for intellectual property
infringement by the Licensed Programs and is subject to any limitation of total liability set forth in this
Agreement.
12.2 The preceding subsection 12.1 shall not apply to the use of the Licensed Programs in conjunction
with any other hardware or software not supplied by Seller to the extent that such conjoined use causes the
alleged infringement. As to any portion of the Licensed Programs or use described in the preceding sentence,
Seller assumes no liability whatsoever for intellectual property right infringement.
12.3 THE INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS RECITED ABOVE ARE IN
LIEU OF ALL OTHER INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY INDEMNITIES WHATSOEVER, WHETHER
ORAL, WRITTEN, EXPRESS, IMPLIED OR STATUTORY.
13. Third-Party Software Licenses
Licensed Programs contain material original to Seller and may contain material provided by third parties
either under separate end-user license agreements or under Open Source licenses. Open Source Licensed
Programs are provided under license from individual third party sources, identified in the Appendix
attached to the end of this license agreement, if any. Each Open Source third party software license is
incorporated herein verbatim from the source and the terms and conditions thereof are accepted by Buyer
as a condition of use of the Licensed Programs. As used herein, Open Source means any software that is
licensed under terms in any license for software which require, as a condition of use, modification and/or
distribution of such software or of other software incorporated into, derived from or distributed with such
software (hereinafter referred to as "Work"), any of the following: (a) the making available of source
code or design information regarding the Work; (b) the granting of permission for creating derivative
works regarding the Work; or (c) the granting of a royalty-free license to any party under intellectual
property rights regarding the Work. By means of example and without limitation Open Source includes
the following licenses or distribution models: the GNU General Public License (GPL), the GNU Lesser
or Library GPL (LGPL), or any similar open source, free software or community licenses. Under no
circumstances shall the Buyer combine Licensed Programs with any Open Source Software not supplied
by Seller in any way. Third party software products included in the Licensed Programs are only to be
used with the Licensed Programs for Buyer’s internal business purposes and are not to be used, modified
or further developed for other purposes.
14. Assignment/Transfer.
This Agreement, the licenses granted hereunder and the Licensed Programs provided to Buyer under this
Agreement may not be assigned, sub-licensed, or otherwise transferred by Buyer to any third party
without Seller’s express prior written consent. Subject to the foregoing, any assignee hereunder shall be
subject to all of the terms, conditions and provisions of this Agreement. Any attempt by Buyer to assign,
sub-license, or transfer the Licensed Programs, or any of the rights or duties contained in this Agreement,
without Seller's prior written consent shall be void.
15. Severability.
If any term or provision of the Agreement is determined by a court or government agency of competent
jurisdiction to be invalid under any applicable statute or rule of law, such provision(s) are, to that extent,
deemed omitted, but this Agreement and the remainder of its provision shall otherwise remain in full
force and effect.
16. Waiver.
No waiver will be implied from conduct or failure to enforce rights. No waiver will be effective unless in
writing signed on behalf of the party against whom the waiver is asserted.
17. General
17.1 This Agreement supersedes all prior agreements, proposals, representations, and communications
between Seller and Buyer relating to the Licensed Programs. In the event of a conflict in the terms and
provisions of this Agreement and the terms and provisions of a Contract, the terms and provisions of this
Agreement shall govern.
17.2 The headings for each section are stated for convenience only and are not to be construed as
limiting.
17.3 Under the terms of this Agreement, Buyer is a licensee of Seller. Buyer is not an employee,
agent, partner, contractor or representative of Seller. The respective obligations and rights of Seller and
Buyer are specifically limited by the terms of this Agreement. Buyer hereby specifically acknowledges
that it does not have authority to incur any obligations or responsibilities on behalf of Seller.
17.4 Buyer acknowledges that any unauthorized use or disclosure of Licensed Programs will cause
irreparable damage to Seller and that injunctive relief or other equitable remedies may be necessary to
prevent or minimize such damage to Seller. Buyer agrees that it will not contest the applicability of
injunctive relief on any grounds other than no unauthorized use or disclosure of Licensed Programs has
occurred. In addition, Seller shall not be required to provide a bond or other financial security to obtain
injunctive relief.
17.5 Nothing in this Agreement shall limit Seller from using the Licensed Programs and/or licensing
the Licensed Programs to other parties.
17.6 Governing Law
17.6.1 It is expressly understood and agreed to by Seller and a Buyer located in the United States that
in the event of any disagreement or controversy between the parties, the terms and conditions of this
Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the state set forth in the Contract between Seller and Buyer
without regard to that state’s conflicts of laws principles. In the event that no such governing law state is
established in the Contract between Seller and Buyer, then it is expressly understood and agreed to by the
parties hereto that in the event of any disagreement or controversy between the parties, the terms and
conditions of this Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the Commonwealth of Virginia without
regard to its conflicts of laws principles.
17.6.2 If Buyer is located outside of the United States, then, without limiting either party’s right to seek
injunctive or other equitable relief in court, either party may elect (by written notice given prior to filing a
complaint or, in the case of the defendant, prior to answering a complaint) to resolve a dispute by bindi ng
arbitration in the English language in London, Great Britain under the International Arbitration Rules of
the International Centre for Dispute Resolution; the decision of the arbitrator will be enforceable in any
court. The original of this Agreement has been written in the English language and that version will apply
if there is any dispute.
17.6.3 Both Seller and Buyer agree to exclude application of the U.N. Convention of Contracts for the
International Sale of Goods and the Uniform Computer Information Transactions Act (UCITA) to this
Agreement, if either were otherwise applicable.
APPENDIX
Open Source Licensed Programs
(See Article 13)
Third Party SW Licenses License Location
Android LogBack GNU LGPL 2.1 https://github.com/twall/jna/blob/master/LGPL2.1
SLF4J MIT license http://slf4j.org/license.html
Google Maps Google https://developers.google.com/maps/licensing
City of Miami Beach, Florida Contract No.
RFP592382
33
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System Rev. 4/4/17
EXHIBIT D
Payment and Performance Bonds
Performance/Payment Bond will be requested at time of Notice to Proceed.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 1 of 32
BETWEEN
HARRIS CORPORATION
AND
CITY OF MIAMI BEACH
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 2 of 32
TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY PAGE ......................................................................................................................................... 3
Service Description: .................................................................................................................................. 4
Annual Service Rates: ............................................................................................................................... 4
Demand Service Rates: ............................................................................................................................ 5
SIGNATURE PAGE ...................................................................................................................................... 6
TERMS AND CONDITIONS ......................................................................................................................... 7
DEFINITIONS ............................................................................................................................................. 11
EQUIPMENT LIST ...................................................................................................................................... 13
COVERED ITEMS ...................................................................................................................................... 13
EXCLUDED ITEMS ..................................................................................................................................... 13
STATEMENTS OF WORK .......................................................................................................................... 14
Customer’s Location Repair and Management - Infrastructure .............................................................. 14
24x7x365, 30 Minute Call-back, and Escalation Plan ............................................................................. 16
Preventive Maintenance on Harris Infrastructure.................................................................................... 18
Preventive Maintenance on Non-Harris Infrastructure ............................................................................ 20
Software FX ............................................................................................................................................ 23
Software FX with SUMS Infrastructure Installation ................................................................................. 25
Hardware Refresh ................................................................................................................................... 26
Local Terminal Support ........................................................................................................................... 29
Customer’s Location Terminal Pick Up and Delivery .............................................................................. 30
Software FX with SUMS Terminal Installation ........................................................................................ 31
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 3 of 32
SUMMARY PAGE
THIS MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT ("Agreement") is made and entered into this ______ day of
____________________ , by and between the City of Miami Beach, (hereinafter referred to as "Customer") and
Harris Corporation, a Delaware corporation, acting through its Communication Systems Segment (hereinafter
referred to as "Harris") together the (“Parties”). The Services shall begin at the end of the three (3) year
Warranty period (“Commencement Date”).
This Agreement consists of (i) this Summary Page, (ii) the Maintenance Agreement Terms and Conditions (iii)
Definitions (iv) Equipment List and (v) the Statements of Work, which are incorporated herein by reference. In
the event of any inconsistencies or conflicts within the Agreement, precedence shall be given to the documents
in the following order:
1. Amendments
2. Agreement Definitions
3. Maintenance Agreement Summary Page
4. Maintenance Agreement Terms and Conditions
5. Agreement Equipment List
6. Agreement Statement(s) of Work
NOTICE TO HARRIS: NOTICE TO CUSTOMER:
Name Name
Title Title
Address Address
Address Address
Address Address
With a copy to:
Name Name
Title Title
Address Address
Address Address
Address Address
Customer Single Point of Contact for Services/Invoicing:
Name Mike Boyet
Title Field Service Manager
Email mboyet@harris.com
Phone # (985) 774-7604
Cell # Mike Boyet
Customer Contact for Software FX:
Name Harris Technical Assistance Center
Title N/A
Email PSPC_TAC@harris.com
Phone # 1-(800) 528-7711, option 3
Cell # Harris Technical Assistance Center
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 4 of 32
Service Description:
The Services will be performed in accordance with and under the specifications of the following SOWs:
Table 1 – Applicable SOWs
Annual Service Rates:
Table 2 – Annual Service Rates
Maintenance Cost
Infrastructure Year 4 - 5 $600,000.00
Infrastructure Year 6 - 10 $ 1,600,000.00
Infrastructure Year 11 - 15 $ 1,900,000.00
Hardware Refresh Year 7 and Year 12 $ 1,400,000.00
Total $5,500,000.00
DESCRIPTION
Customer’s Location Repair and Management
24x7x365, 30 Minute Call-back, and Escalation Plan
Preventive Maintenance on Harris Infrastructure
Preventive Maintenance on Non-Harris Infrastructure
Software FX
Software FX With Sums Infrastructure Installation
Hardware Refresh
Local Terminal Support
Customer’s Location Terminal Pick Up and Delivery
Software FX With Sums Terminal Installation
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 5 of 32
Demand Service Rates:
Table 3 – Demand Service Rates
Demand Services Rate
(does not include
Material)
Hourly Rate
(normal Working
Hours):
Hourly Rate (overtime,
weeknights, holidays,
weekends):
Maintenance Year 1 $128.00 $192.00
Maintenance Year 2 $131.07 $196.61
Maintenance Year 3 $134.22 $201.33
Maintenance Year 4 $137.44 $206.16
Maintenance Year 5 $140.74 $211.11
Maintenance Year 6 $144.12 $216.17
Maintenance Year 7 $147.57 $221.36
Maintenance Year 8 $150.53 $225.79
Maintenance Year 9 $153.54 $230.30
Maintenance Year 10 $156.61 $234.91
Maintenance Year 11 $159.74 $239.61
Maintenance Year 12 $162.93 $244.40
Maintenance Year 13 $166.19 $249.29
Maintenance Year 14 $169.52 $254.27
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 6 of 32
SIGNATURE PAGE
THUS this Agreement has been executed by Customer and Harris as of the dates below.
_____________________________________ ________________________________________
Authorized Customer Signature Authorized Harris Signature
_____________________________________
________________________________________
Name Name
_____________________________________
Title
________________________________________
Title
_____________________________________
________________________________________
Date: Date:
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 7 of 32
TERMS AND CONDITIONS
1. DEFINITIONS.
Definitions are those set out in the Definitions
attached to this Agreement.
2. SCOPE.
This Agreement describes the terms and
conditions for (a.) purchases by Customer of
Services and (b.) delivery by Harris of the
Services to Customer or otherwise delivered by
Harris to Customer. Harris shall provide the
Services described in this Agreement or other
document(s) attached to and made part of this
Agreement. (c.) SOWs may contain definitions,
terms and conditions specific to that SOW. (d.) At
Customer’s request, Harris may also provide
Demand Services at Harris’ Demand Services
rates. (e.) All Services provided under this
Agreement are only applicable to the Equipment
listed in the Equipment List attached to this
Agreement.
3. CONDITIONS OF SERVICE.
(a.) All Equipment must be in good working order
on the Commencement Date of this Agreement or
for additional Equipment at the time the additional
Equipment is added to the Agreement. (b.) On the
Commencement Date of this Agreement, or within
thirty (30) days of the Commencement Date,
Customer shall provide Harris with an Equipment
serial number list of all Equipment to be covered
under this Agreement. (c.) Customer must
promptly notify Harris of any Equipment failure or
when any Equipment is lost, damaged, stolen or
taken out of service. (d.) If Customer purchases
additional Equipment that becomes part of the
same system as the initial Equipment, the
additional Equipment may be added to this
Agreement and will be billed at the applicable
rates after the original warranty for such
Equipment expires. (e.) Customer is solely
responsible for obtaining and complying with any
necessary permits and licenses from the Federal
Communications Commission.
4. SITE ACCESS, SERVICE TIMES.
(a.) On-site Response Times are based on
assumption that the site is accessible by normal
transportation methods and vehicles. (b.)
Customer is responsible to ensure that all
necessary clearances, escorts, ID cards, network
access requirements including custom software or
security credentials, or other special requirements
have been provided to Harris in advance to allow
technicians prompt access to any Equipment
requiring service that may be located in a secured
or limited access area under Customer’s control.
(c.) Customer agrees to provide Harris an
appropriate work environment and unlimited
access, working space including heat, light
ventilation, electric current and outlets, and local
wireless and telephone access for the use of
Harris' service personnel in the Equipment's
physical location.
5. PAYMENT TERMS.
(a.) Payment terms shall be net forty five (45)
days from the date of invoice. All amounts past
due over thirty (30) days shall accrue interest from
their due date at the rate of one and one-half
percent (1-1/2%) per month (or such lesser rate as
may be the maximum permissible rate under
applicable law). (b.) Harris may at any time
hereafter revise the rates set forth in this Agreement
by giving Customer Notice thereof not less than
ninety (90) days prior to the rate change, provided
the revised rates are mutually agreed upon in
writing. (c.) Any taxes related to Services pursuant
to this Agreement shall be paid by Customer or
Customer shall present an exemption certificate
acceptable to the taxing authorities. Applicable
taxes shall be billed as a separate item on the
invoice, to the extent possible.
6. TERM AND TERMINATION.
(a.) The term of this Agreement shall begin on the
Commencement Date of the Summary Page to
which these Terms and Conditions are attached
and shall continue for the period indicated on the
Summary Page (“Term”). (b.) In the event
Customer fails to make any overdue payments
due to Harris, or City fails to maintain their
facilities or City owned infrastructure, which has a
negative impact on the P25 System, under this
Agreement within fifteen (15) days after receipt of
Notice from Harris, Harris may at its option
immediately thereafter terminate this Agreement.
In the event of any other default under this
Agreement, either Customer or Harris shall give
the other party Notice describing the default and a
thirty (30) day period to correct the default. This
Agreement may then be immediately canceled if
the default is not corrected prior to the end of the
thirty (30) day period. (c.) City shall have the right
to terminate this Agreement at any time by
providing Harris thirty (30) days advance written
Notice thereof. (d.) If Harris provides Services
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 8 of 32
after the termination or expiration date of this
Agreement, the terms and conditions in effect at
the time of the termination or expiration date will
apply to those Services and Customer agrees to
pay for those Services on a time and material
basis at Demand Services rates.
7. SERVICES NOT COVERED.
(a.) Services exclude the repair or replacement of
Equipment that has become defective or
damaged from use in other than the normal,
customary, intended, and authorized manner, use
not in compliance with applicable industry
standards, excessive wear and tear, misuse,
abuse, accident, environmental conditions, liquids,
power surges, neglect, acts of God, acts or
omissions or delays by Customer or Third Party,
or other force majeure events. (b.) Unless
specifically included in this Agreement, Services
exclude accessory items, or items that are
consumed in the normal operation of the
Equipment such as batteries, UPS, belt attached
objects such as clips or holsters, battery chargers,
personal audio interfaces such as footswitches or
ear pieces, headsets, keypads, fuses, knobs,
lanyards, labels, custom or special products, ,
City-modified Equipment or software, Harris has
no responsibilities for any transmission medium,
such as telephone lines, computer networks, the
internet or for Equipment malfunction caused by
the transmission medium. (c.) Excluded are
services, hardware, or software, to resolve
Software or Equipment problems resulting from
third party product or causes beyond Harris’
control or failure of Customer to perform
Customer’s responsibilities set out in this
Agreement. (d.) Other exclusions may be defined
in a SOW or other document attached to this
Agreement.
8. WARRANTY.
ALL SERVICES PROVIDED HEREUNDER
SHALL BE PERFORMED IN A GOOD AND
WORKMANLIKE MANNER. EXCEPT AS
SPECIFIED IN THIS SECTION, HARRIS
HEREBY DISCLAIMS AND CUSTOMER
WAIVES ALL REPRESENTATIONS,
CONDITIONS, AND WARRANTIES (WHETHER
EXPRESS, IMPLIED, OR STATUTORY),
INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION, ANY
WARRANTY OR CONDITION (A) OF
MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A
PARTICULAR PURPOSE, NONINFRINGEMENT,
TITLE, SATISFACTORY QUALITY, QUIET
ENJOYMENT, ACCURACY, (B) ARISING FROM
ANY COURSE OF DEALING, COURSE OF
PERFORMANCE, OR USAGE IN THE
INDUSTRY. TO THE EXTENT AN IMPLIED
WARRANTY CANNOT BE DISCLAIMED, SUCH
WARRANTY IS LIMITED IN DURATION TO THE
APPLICABLE EXPRESS WARRANTY PERIOD.
CUSTOMER’S SOLE AND EXCLUSIVE
REMEDY FOR BREACH OF WARRANTY SHALL
BERE-PERFORMANCE OF THE SERVICES,
AND ANY MONETARY LIABILITY IN
CONNECTION WITH NON-CONFORMING
SERVICES, IF ANY, SHALL BE SUBJECT TO
THE LIMITATION OF LIABILITY SET FORTH IN
SECTION 9 OF THIS AGREEMENT.
9. LIMITATION OF LIABILITY.
NOTHING IN THIS AGREEMENT SHALL LIMIT
HARRIS’ OR ITS SUPPLIERS’ LIABILITY FOR
(1) PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH CAUSED
BY ITS NEGLIGENCE; OR (2) HARRIS’
LIABILITY IN THE TORT OF DECEIT OR FOR
FRAUD. THE LIABILITY OF EITHER PARTY TO
THE OTHER OR TO ANY THIRD PARTY
ARISING OUT OF OR IN CONNECTION WITH
THIS AGREEMENT, WHETHER IN CONTRACT,
TORT (INCLUDING, WITHOUT LIMITATION,
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE SHALL BE
LIMITED TO, AND SHALL NOT EXCEED,
AMOUNTS PAID OR PAYABLE BY CUSTOMER
TO HARRIS FOR THE SERVICES DURING THE
TWELVE (12) MONTHS PRECEDING THE
EVENT OR CIRCUMSTANCES GIVING RISE TO
SUCH LIABILITYSUBJECT TO THE
EXCEPTIONS SET OUT IN THE FIRST
PARAGRAPH OF THIS SECTION, IN NO EVENT
SHALL EITHER PARTY OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE
LIABLE FOR ANY INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL,
PUNITIVE OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES,
LOST PROFITS OR LOST OR DAMAGED DATA,
OR ANY INDIRECT DAMAGES, WHETHER
ARISING IN CONTRACT, TORT (INCLUDING
NEGLIGENCE) OR OTHERWISE EVEN IF SUCH
LOSSES OR DAMAGES WERE FORESEEN,
FORESEEABLE, KNOWN OR OTHERWISE. BY
ENTERING INTO THIS AGREEMENT
CUSTOMER DOES NOT (A) CONSENT TO
SUIT, OR (B) WAIVE ITS GOVERNMENTAL
IMMUNITY OR THE LIMITATIONS AS TO
DAMAGES.
10. COVERAGE, INTERFERENCE, AND THIRD
PARTY FACILITIES.
Representations concerning the distance at which
usable radio signals will be transmitted and
received by the Equipment supplied hereunder
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 9 of 32
shall not be binding upon Harris unless reduced to
a writing signed by an authorized representative
of Harris and made a part of this Agreement.
Radio systems are subject to degradation of
service from natural phenomena and other causes
beyond the reasonable control of Harris such as
motor ignition and other electrical noises, and
interference from other users assigned to the
same or adjacent frequencies. Harris cannot be
responsible for interference or disruption of
service caused by operation of other radio
systems or by natural phenomena or by motor
ignition or other interference over which there is
no reasonable control. Such interference and
noise can be minimized by addition (at
Customer’s expense) of corrective devices
adapted for particular locations and installations.
Harris will make recommendations as to the use
of such devices; however, total freedom from
noise and interference cannot be guaranteed. In
the event Customer utilizes facilities or services
supplied by others such as common carrier
services or shared services, Harris shall have no
responsibility for the availability or adequacy of
any such facilities or services.
11. INSURANCE.
Harris shall obtain and, at all times during the term
of this Agreement, keep in full force and effect
comprehensive general liability and auto liability
insurance policies issued by a company or
companies licensed by the insurance department
and authorized to do business in the State(s) of
Customer’s facilities where with liability coverage
provided for therein in the amounts of at least
$1,000,000.00 CSL (Combined Single Limits).
Coverage afforded shall apply as primary. Harris
shall provide Notice of cancellation or nonrenewal.
12. SPARE PARTS, END OF PRODUCTION.
(a.) Except for those Spare Parts for which Harris
has agreed to provide, as specified in the SOW
attached hereto, if Spare Parts are required in the
provision or execution of the Services, Customer
shall be responsible for the purchase of Spare
Parts. Harris will assist Customer in determining
the inventory of spares. Customer will order
Equipment spares in the same manner which
Customer orders other Equipment. (b.) Harris will
generally support provisioning of its Equipment for
a period of five (5) years after final production.
Harris will endeavor to provide six (6) months
advance notice of the final production date. Third
Party equipment will be supported in accordance
with the individual manufacturer’s provisioning
policy. Harris will utilize commercially reasonable
efforts to assure Third Party spare parts and
equipment availability to support its Services
under this Agreement.
13. GENERAL.
(a.) Harris will comply with applicable Federal,
State and local laws and regulations as of the
date of this Agreement which relate to equal
employment opportunity (including applicable
provisions of Executive Order 11246, as
amended), workmen’s compensation, and the
manufacture in Harris’ facilities of the Equipment
delivered hereunder (including applicable
provisions of the Fair Labor Standards Act of
1938, as amended). The price and, if necessary,
delivery of any Equipment will be equitably
adjusted to compensate Harris for the cost of
compliance with new laws or regulations adopted
after the date of the Purchase Agreement that
directly impact and/or require material changes to
the operation or delivery of the Services. (b.) This
Agreement shall be interpreted and the legal
relations between the parties determined in
accordance with the laws of the State of Florida.
Venue for any legal proceedings shall be in any
state or federal court in Miami-Dade County,
Florida. The invalidity, in whole or in part, of any
provision of this Agreement shall not affect the
validity or enforceability of any other provisions
thereof. (c.) Harris shall not be responsible for
delays or failures in performance under this
Agreement that are due to causes beyond its
reasonable control including, but not limited to,
acts of God, war, acts of terrorism, fires, severe
weather, floods, strikes, blackouts, – embargoes,
emergency conditions incompatible with safety or
good quality workmanship, any similar unforeseen
event that renders performance commercially
implausible, or work performed on Harris
Equipment by third parties not authorized by
Harris to perform such work. In the event, such
delays or failures interrupt Harris’ Services to
Customer, Harris shall promptly notify Customer
of the circumstances and the anticipated delay.
(d.) This Agreement cannot be amended,
modified or any provisions waived orally. All
amendments and modifications must be in writing
and signed by both parties. All waivers must be
provided in writing by the party waiving their rights
under this Agreement. (e.) Harris may subcontract
service work. Should any subcontractor fail to
perform or their work otherwise proves
unsatisfactory, Harris will arrange for continuing
Services of the Equipment by qualified technicians
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 10 of 32
for the duration of this Agreement. Harris shall be
liable to Customer for any direct costs, including
the cost of obtaining alternate Services if
necessary, incurred by Customer for failure of any
subcontractor to satisfactorily perform the work
required by this Agreement. (f.) All notices
(“Notice”) under this Agreement shall be in writing
and shall be deemed to have been duly given
upon being delivered personally or upon receipt if
mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested.
Notices shall be sent to the representatives
named below or any subsequent representative
for which Notice was provided pursuant to this
section. (g.) This Agreement may not be assigned
without Notice of the other party, which consent
shall not be unreasonably withheld. However,
Harris may: (i) assign all its rights, obligations and
liabilities under this Agreement to any subsidiary;
or (ii) assign its rights to monies due or payable
under this Agreement; Harris shall provide
Customer with Notice of any such assignment.
Harris’ assignment of monies due or payable
under this Agreement will not relieve Harris of any
obligations or responsibilities to Customer
hereunder.
14. ENTIRE AGREEMENT.
This Agreement is the complete agreement
between the parties concerning the subject matter
of this Agreement and replaces any prior implied,
oral, or written communications between the
parties, except as agreed between the parties in
this Agreement. There are no conditions,
understandings, agreements, representations, or
warranties expressed or implied, that are not
specified herein.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 11 of 32
DEFINITIONS
AGREEMENT. Means the Agreement Terms and Conditions, Summary Page, Definitions, Statement of
Work(s), Equipment List, and any other attachments, all of which are incorporated herein by reference.
COMMENCEMENT DATE. Means the date on which Services begin.
CUSTOMER. Means the end-user entity, named in the Summary Page, purchasing Services for its own
internal use under this Agreement.
DEMAND SERVICES. Means service requests beyond the scope of and not defined in this Agreement and
will be performed at the Demand Services rates listed in this Agreement or at Harris’ current rates, as
applicable.
DESIGNATED SYSTEM(S). Means the Harris system(s) purchased by Customer and identified in
Equipment List. The Designated System does not include Third Party Software products, excluded products,
or other systems to which the Designated System may be linked.
EFFECTIVE DATE. Means the date on which the Agreement is signed by the last of the parties to sign the
Summary Page of this Agreement.
EQUIPMENT. Means the land mobile radio products and related systems, as listed in the Equipment List.
EQUIPMENT LIST. Means the specific, serialized list of Equipment to be covered as set forth in the
applicable SOW in this Agreement.
NON-HARRIS SOFTWARE. Means software whose copyright is owned by a party other than Harris or its
affiliated companies, including but not limited to the anti -virus updates, operating system patches, and
signature files.
OTHER SERVICES. Means Demand Services as requested by Customer that entail subcontractors, Third
Parties, or non-Harris services on a time and material basis plus no more than 20%.
PURCHASE AGREEMENT. Means the System Purchase Agreement between the City of Miami Beach and
Harris Corporation, dated ___________, ___, 2018.
RESPONSE TIMES. Means the expected timeframe to respond to unscheduled system problem or outage
event. Response Times are described in the applicable SOW. Response Times are based on assumption
that the site is accessible by normal transportation methods and vehicles. On -site Response Time
requirements exclude site locations that require extensive drive time due to traffic conditions, obstructions,
distances, or site locations where specialized vehicles are required .
SECURITY UPDATES. Means software updates that mitigate, address and/or resolve product security
vulnerabilities in system components offered by Harris, including but not limited to, operati ng system
updates, antivirus signatures, and other security related Windows -based Third Party updates (Microsoft
security patches, Red Hat Linux security patches, and vulnerability updates for Third Party products). These
updates may include Non-Harris software patches and/or a work-around.
SECURITY UPDATE MANAGEMENT SERVICE (“SUMS”). Means Harris' automated patch management
system that provides periodic, security-related software updates.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 12 of 32
SERVICES. Means services to be provided by Harris as identified and more specifically described in SOWs
to be performed on Equipment listed on the Equipment List, as applicable.
SOFTWARE. Means the proprietary computer software of Harris as owned exclusively by Harris or Harris'
suppliers, as appropriate, and as further defined in and licensed to Customer pursuant to the terms of the
Software License Agreement.
SOFTWARE UPDATES. Means all Harris provided Software Updates to either Harris Designated System
components or Security Updates. Updates may contain enhancements and/or corrections to existing
features.
SPARE PART(S). Means required additional Equipment to be purchased by Customer for use to complete
repairs of critical Equipment.
STATEMENT OF WORK (“SOW”). Means the attached document(s) describing the Services to be
performed by Harris.
SUMMARY REPORT. Means email, phone call, or other communication to indicate action taken.
TECH-LINK. Means Harris' secure web portal containing on-line support tools offered to Customer as part of
the applicable SOW. Access is restricted to authorized Customers via user ID and password login.
TERMINALS. Means mobile radios, portable radios, control stations, vehicle repeaters, or back up dispatch
radios that consist of mobile or portable radios as their prime radio transmitter, as listed in the Equipment List.
THIRD PARTY (IES). Means any entity other than Harris that provides products or services to Customer,
whether managed by or processed through Harris.
WORKING HOURS. Working Hours defined as 8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Monday through Friday excluding
national holidays. Work performed outside of Working Hours is defined as Demand Services or Other
Services.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 13 of 32
EQUIPMENT LIST
This Equipment List includes the items to be covered by the applicable SOW which is attached to the
Agreement. If Customer purchases additional Equipment that becomes part of the same system as the
initial Equipment, the additional Equipment may be added to this Agreement and will be billed at the
applicable rates after the original warranty for such Equipment expires. Equipment shall mean the
land mobile radio products and related systems, as listed in the Equipment List.
COVERED ITEMS
Rates are based upon the following Equipment:
Table 4 – Covered Equipment
QTY DESCRIPTION
4 Sites with 10 Channels Each
2 High Availability Network Switching Centers
17 Symphony Consoles at 3 locations
17 Back-up Radios at Dispatch
4 Interoperability Gateways with 11 Talk Paths each
20 Control Stations
1064 Portable Radios
508 Mobile Radios
A simulcast or trunked RF site consists of duplexer, combiner, multicoupler, channels, IP channel
routers with interface cards, network sentry, UAC, and MME only, if initially purchased.
A dispatch site consists of only IP consoles, IP console switches and IP console routers, with their
internal interface cards and power supplies only, if initially purchased.
A NSC site consists of only premier NSC IP server, storage array, IP router, backup device,
firewall, fault management data collection device, and network management pc interface, if initially
purchased.
EXCLUDED ITEMS
The SOWs listed in this Agreement include the Services to be provided specifically on the Equipment
listed above. The below listed items are excluded from these Services. Customer may request that
Harris perform services on the below listed items and Harris will prepare a Demand Services quote to
provide those services.
• Civil maintenance on Tower, Shelter, Fences, Landscaping, Fuel Tanks, Batteries, and
Environmental Systems.
• Any other existing network or system infrastructure or equipment not provided by Harris.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 14 of 32
STATEMENTS OF WORK
Customer’s Location Repair and Management - Infrastructure
1.0 Harris Responsibilities:
1.1 For Harris Equipment:
1.1.1 On-Site Troubleshooting:
1.1.1.1 Dispatching Harris personnel to investigate problem at Customer’s location
after remote diagnostics are made.
1.1.1.2 Basic on-site response within one (1) Hour for a Severity Level 1 service
outage.
1.1.1.3 Perform pre-diagnostics to confirm malfunction.
1.1.2 Repair or replacement of failed Equipment:
1.1.2.1 If repairable, repair and perform testing to verify proper operation.
1.1.2.2 If replaceable, replace with Spare Part and perform testing to verify proper
operation.
1.1.3 Shipment of failed Equipment to Harris Depot Repair and Return for repair:
1.1.3.1 Obtain a Return Material Authorization (“RMA”) from Harris.
1.1.3.2 Ship (at Harris’ expense) Equipment to Harris Depot Repair and Return.
1.1.3.3 Manage and track repair status through the Depot Repair and Return
process.
1.1.3.4 Receive and bench evaluate (where possible) repaired Equipment to meet
original Harris specifications.
1.1.4 Return of repaired equipment:
1.1.4.1 Return repaired Equipment to original Customer location, install, and
perform testing to verify proper operation.
1.1.4.2 If a Spare Part was used, return the repaired Equipment to the Spare Parts
inventory.
1.2 For third-party manufactured Equipment:
1.2.1 On-Site Troubleshooting:
1.2.1.1 Dispatching Harris personnel to investigate problem at Customer’s location
after remote diagnostics are made.
1.2.1.2 Basic on-site response within one (1) Hour for a Severity Level 1 service
outage.
1.2.1.3 Perform pre-diagnostics to confirm malfunction.
1.2.2 Repair or replacement of failed Equipment:
1.2.2.1 If repairable, repair and perform testing to verify proper operation.
1.2.2.2 If replaceable, replace with Spare Parts and perform testing to verify proper
operation.
1.2.3 Shipment of failed Equipment to Original Equipment Manufacturer (“OEM”) or other
third party for repair:
1.2.3.1 Obtain a RMA from the third-party repair center.
1.2.3.2 Ship (at Harris’ expense) Equipment to the third party for repair.
1.2.3.3 Manage and track repair status through the third-party repair process.
1.2.3.4 Receive and bench evaluate (where possible) repaired Equipment to meet
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 15 of 32
original specifications.
1.2.4 Return of repaired Equipment:
1.2.4.1 Return repaired Equipment to original Customer location, install, and
perform testing to verify proper operation.
1.2.4.2 If a Spare Part was used, return the repaired Equipment to the Spare Parts
inventory.
2.0 Other Harris Responsibilities:
2.1 Purchase the replacement of the failed Equipment when not repairable.
2.2 Provide Customer with a Summary Report.
2.3 Provide Customer access to http://pspc.harris.com/Service/CustomerService.aspx in order
for Customer to submit an RMA request.
2.4 Provide quote to Customer for Demand Services repairs, if applicable.
2.5 Provide for repaired and returned equipment (i) a ninety (90) days warranty, or (ii) the
remainder of the original warranty, or (iii) the third party warranty, whichever is greater.
2.6 Trained, experienced, City vetted, and qualified technicians to provide Services on the
Equipment.
2.7 Technicians will be equipped with the required tools, test, network, and computer
equipment needed to troubleshoot and repair the Equipment. Test equipment requiring
annual calibration will have affixed at all times, calibration stickers showing the expiration
date of the calibration or the date next calibration is due.
3.0 Customer Responsibilities:
3.1 Provide Harris with a single point of contact for issues to which Harris responds.
3.2 Customer users experiencing an issue will notify Customer’s single point of contact for
issues. Customer’s single point of contact will contact Harris.
3.3 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
equipment to support delivery of service.
3.4 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
3.5 Within five (5) business days from receipt of Demand Services quote, approve additional
charges for Demand Services repairs or disapprove Demand Services repairs and pay the
evaluation fee of the repair facility used.
3.6 Maintain Spare Parts in environmentally controlled and easily accessible locations.
3.7 Supply sufficient Spare Parts in order for Harris to provide Services. In the event the
Spare Parts list provided by Harris is not sufficient, Harris will provide the necessary spare
parts to properly maintain the system according to all the service levels in this agreement.
3.8 In the event that Customer does not maintain sufficient Spare Parts to replace the failed
Equipment while the failed Equipment is under repair and Customer desires a more rapid
repair, Customer is to provide Harris a method to pay for expedited repair service or the
procurement of an additional spare part. In the event the Spare Parts list provided by
Harris is not sufficient, Harris will provide the necessary spare parts to properly maintain
the system according to all the service levels in this agreement.
3.9 Cooperate with Harris to provide the Services described in this SOW.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 16 of 32
24x7x365, 30 Minute Call-back, and Escalation Plan
4.0 Harris Responsibilities:
4.1 Provide 24x7x365 on-call system technicians that are trained, experienced City vetted,
and qualified to provide Services on the Equipment.
4.2 Technicians will be equipped with the required tools, test, network, and computer
equipment needed to troubleshoot and repair the Equipment. Test equipment requiring
annual calibration will have affixed at all times, calibration stickers showing the expiration
date of the calibration or the date next calibration is due.
4.3 Technicians will have transportation in good working order to reach the required
locations.
4.4 On-call technician will receive notification of system issues by one of the following:
System Notification, Self-Notification, or Customer Notification.
4.4.1 System Notification: Equipment may directly or through an alarm monitoring
system determine there is an active alarm that requires immediate attention and
notifies a Harris technician. Harris technician will self-dispatch or will notify the on-
call technician of the issue. Harris technician will notify Customer’s single point of
contact of the issue and will advise time of call initiation and estimated next steps
to resolution.
4.4.2 Self-Notification: Harris technician aware of an issue through use or other activities
related to the Equipment will self-dispatch or will notify the on-call technician of the
issue. Harris technician will notify Customer’s single point of contact of the issue
and will advise time of call initiation and estimated next steps to resolution.
4.4.3 Customer Notification: Customer’s points of contact will contact Harris per the
Escalation Plan and Response Matrix.
4.5 This is the Escalation Plan employed by Harris:
4.5.1 Step 1
4.5.1.1 Local Tech: Customer’s points of contact will notify Harris on-call
technician by placing a call to one of the following dependent on how local
service personnel are notified:
4.5.1.2 Customer will call a defined local number that alerts the on-call technician
via their cell phone or pager. The number that the Customer calls will
remain constant and will be forwarded to the on-call technician. OR
4.5.1.3 Customer will call a defined local number for an answering service. The
answering service will take Customer's name, number and reason for the
call. The answering service will then contact the Harris on-call technician
and will escalate until Harris personnel respond back to Customer.
4.5.1.4 Internal escalation is automatic at this point and requires no further
customer intervention.
4.6 Service information will be collected and reported to Customer. Harris will utilize an
electronic service ticket system to collect and report on the following:
4.6.1 Unique incident tracking number with date
4.6.2 Data pertaining to the current issue including equipment description
4.6.3 Assigned technician
4.6.4 Service activity
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 17 of 32
4.6.5 History or comparable incidents where applicable to assist with troubleshooting
4.6.6 Resolution
Table 5 – Response Matrix
SEVERITY LEVEL TYPE OF EQUIPMENT RESPONSE TIME
Severity Level 1
(Major Failures)
➢ Any site inoperable
➢ 25% of system switches inoperable
➢ 25% of site talkpaths inoperable
➢ 25% of dispatching capability is
inoperable
➢ Any major alarm that is leading to an
inoperable state of 25%.
24x7x365
Within thirty (30) minutes to
remotely respond to the
problem. Arrive on site within
one (1) hour, if necessary.
Severity Level 2
(Moderate Failures)
➢ Moderate issues that prevent
Customer's normal use of Equipment.
➢ Single site channel or subsystem
inoperable (single region)
➢ Individual dispatch console inoperable
➢ Individual dispatch control stations
inoperable
24x7x365
Within thirty (30) minutes to
remotely respond to the
problem. Arrive on site within
four (4) hours, if necessary.
Severity Level 3
(Non-Emergency)
➢ Minor alarms that do not prevent or
prohibit use of Equipment
➢ Operational, parts, and configuration
questions
➢ Site environmental alarms
➢ Intermittent problems being reviewed
or monitored that are not resulting in a
Severity Level 1 or Level 2 issue
➢ Scheduled or routine maintenance
➢ Administrative issues
➢ Preventive maintenance protocol or
questions.
24x7x365
Within eight (8) hours begin to
remotely interrogate the
problem and arrive on site, if
necessary.
5.0 Customer Responsibilities:
5.1 Provide Harris with points of contact to notify of issues to which Harris responds.
5.2 Customer users experiencing an issue will notify Customer’s single point of contact for
issues. The Customer’s single point of contact will contact Harris per the Escalation Plan
and Response Matrix.
5.3 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
Equipment to support delivery of Services.
5.4 Provide the following information when initiating a service request:
5.4.1 Severity Level as per the Response Matrix.
5.4.2 Problem description and site location.
5.4.3 Information regarding Group ID, Unit ID and functionality impacted.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 18 of 32
5.4.4 Provide contact information on user reporting issue, location of user reporting
issue, and time experienced.
5.4.5 Other pertinent information requested by Harris.
5.5 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment or Services.
5.6 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
Preventive Maintenance on Harris Infrastructure
6.0 Harris Responsibilities:
6.1 Inspect and repair substandard equipment before the Services commence.
6.2 Perform Preventive Maintenance which provides tests, checks, and alignment on
Customer’s Equipment to ensure the Equipment meets specifications.
6.3 Provide Customer with a Preventive Maintenance Work Hours schedule and approximate
Equipment outage times (if any).
6.4 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
6.5 Provide annual optimization of Equipment to best Harris' practices (Table 6 below) and
will evolve by Harris.
7.0 Customer Responsibilities:
7.1 Provide a suitable service environment (HVAC, power, illumination, grounding, internet
access).
7.2 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
equipment to support delivery of Service.
7.3 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
7.4 Provide Harris instant and convenient access to all Equipment, data, and power points.
7.5 Ensure Harris can perform Services in one continuous effort.
7.6 Waive Services and reimbursement for Services when access is not provided to Harris
for scheduled Services or Harris is unable to provide Services due to Customer
responsibilities.
7.7 Pay Demand Services for additional efforts including Equipment removal, Equipment
aggregation management, delays in work, software or cable interface acquisition,
configuration or software changes, or repairs.
7.8 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
8.0 Included Equipment:
Table 6 below provides Services to be performed as applicable during the Preventive Maintenance on
the Equipment listed in the Equipment List.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 19 of 32
Table 6 – Preventive Maintenance Test and Inspection
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
GENERAL Check RF, data and audio cable condition, replace if necessary
Check general alarm status, troubleshot and correct any found alarm conditions
Check condition of punch blocks, correct any deficiencies
Perform a general talkgroup test
Perform a multisite test if convenient
Perform an individual call test if convenient
MASTR V BASE
STATION
Check simulcast timing, adjust if necessary
Check RF power before and after combiner, replace/retune cavities if necessary
Check frequency accuracy, bring into specifications if necessary
Check modulation deviation, bring into specifications if necessary
Check receiver sensitivity, repair/replace if necessary
Check combiner insertion loss and station power, replace/retune cavities if necessary
Verify alarm functionality, repair/replace any failed sensors
Check basic call processing, each channel, if failure, troubleshoot to resolution
Check basic simulcast call processing, each channel, if failure, troubleshoot to
resolution
Clean physical filters
Inspect RF lines, replace any damaged or defective lines
Inspect audio and data cables for snug connection, snug up if necessary
Verify control channel operation and rolling, if failure, troubleshoot to resolution
Perform power supply voltage checks, if failure, troubleshoot to resolution
GPS RECEIVERS Verify GPS sync, troubleshoot if out of sync
Verify alarm functionality, troubleshot and correct if necessary
Verify battery functionality, replace if necessary
Check power supply voltage, adjust or replace if necessary
NETWORK Check and verify RNM alarms, troubleshoot and make corrections if necessary
Inspect Ethernet cables, replace if necessary
Check MPLS router voltage, adjust or replace power supply if necessary
Check MPLS router cables, replace if necessary
Check MPLS router alarms, take corrective actions if alarms found
Check dual CPU operation, repair or replace if necessary
Check servers for dust, clean and replace filter if necessary
CONSOLES Check console link to VNIC, troubleshoot connection if necessary
Check RF, data and audio cable condition, replace if necessary
Verify operation of touch screen monitor, replace if necessary
Check and clean keyboard
Verify CD drive functional, repair or replace if necessary
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 20 of 32
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
Verify console basic call functionality, troubleshoot and make corrections if necessary
Check select and unselect speaker audio output for clarity, repair or replace if
necessary
CONSOLE
ACCESSORIES Check headset jacks for condition and functionality, repair or replace if necessary
ISSI Check functionality, troubleshoot and make correction if necessary
Check for alarms, troubleshoot and make correction if necessary
NSS Verify high availability (HA) functionality, troubleshoot and make correction if
necessary
Check for alarms, troubleshoot and make correction if necessary
Check servers for dust, clean and replace filter if necessary
Check servers are operating software revision, record findings
Check BeOn functionality, troubleshoot and make correction if necessary
Preventive Maintenance on Non-Harris Infrastructure
9.0 Harris Responsibilities:
9.1 Perform Preventive Maintenance which provides tests, checks, repairs (if necessary,)
and alignment on Customer’s Equipment to ensure the Equipment meets specifications.
9.2 Provide Customer with a Preventive Maintenance Work Hours schedule and approximate
Equipment outage times (if any).
9.3 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
9.4 Provide annual optimization of Equipment to best Harris' practices (Table 7 below) and
will evolve by Harris.
9.5 Notify Customer of any additional efforts required.
10.0 Customer Responsibilities:
10.1 Provide a suitable service environment (HVAC, power, illumination, grounding, internet
access, to the extent possible).
10.2 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
equipment to support delivery of Service. (Physical access to leased sites shall also be
governed by the leases between Customer and Site Owner.)
10.3 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
10.4 Provide Harris instant and convenient access to all Equipment, data, and power.
10.5 Ensure Harris can perform Services in one continuous effort, to the extent possible.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 21 of 32
10.6 Waive Services and reimbursement for Services when access is not provided to Harris
for scheduled Services or Harris is unable to provide Services due to Customer
responsibilities.
10.7 Pay Demand Services for such additional efforts as mutually agreed.
10.8 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
11.0 Included Non-Harris Equipment:
Table 7 below provides Services to be performed as applicable during the Preventive
Maintenance on the Equipment listed in the Equipment List.
Table 7 – Preventive Maintenance Test and Inspection Non- Harris Infrastructure
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
MICROWAVE Check alarm status, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check cable condition, replace if necessary
Check A and B side voltage, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check transmit side A and B oscillator is within specification, troubleshoot and
correct if necessary
Check receive side A and B oscillator is within specification, troubleshoot and
correct if necessary
Check BER, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check receive signal levels, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check waveguide condition, recommend corrections if necessary
Conduct Ring Fall Over test
LOGGING RECORDER Check Alarm Status, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check Cable Condition, replace if necessary
Inspect Ethernet Cables, replace if necessary
Check Status on All Lights, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check Server Voltage, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check Server Cables, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check Server Alarms, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check CPU Operation, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check inter-site redundancies, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
Check storage at all sites, recommend changes/corrections/additions if
necessary
Servers Are Dust Free, Clean, And Filters Replaced (If Necessary)
Check recording on all channels, troubleshoot and correct if necessary
ACCESS Check path cleared of overhanging trees and shrubs for access, recommend
corrections if necessary
Check road access, grade, drives and compound sufficient for access,
recommend corrections if necessary
Fabric and barbed wire has not failed, recommend corrections if necessary
Locks and chain operational, recommend corrections if necessary
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 22 of 32
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
Gate operating properly, recommend corrections if necessary
TOWER / ROOF Visually inspect from ground tower condition for noticeable failures or potential
issues, recommend corrections if necessary
Verify tower lighting, recommend corrections if necessary
Visually inspect electrical grounding for proper connection, recommend
corrections if necessary
ANTENNA SYSTEMS Visual inspection from the ground for damage or corrosion
Sweep antenna lines, recommend corrections if necessary
Check tower-top amplifiers for alarms, operation with in specifications,
recommend corrections if necessary
SHELTER BUILDING Inspect for building weatherproofing failures, recommend corrections if
necessary
Inspect for pest infestations, recommend corrections if necessary
Inspect for holes and joints failures, recommend corrections if necessary
Inspect for vandalism, recommend corrections if necessary
Exterior light functioning, recommend corrections if necessary
Walls and floor clean and in good condition, recommend corrections if
necessary
Cable entries installed and sealed properly, troubleshoot and correct (Harris-
installed items) if necessary, recommend corrections (non-Harris-installed) if
necessary
Transmission lines at waveguide ports sealed properly, troubleshoot and
correct (Harris-installed items) if necessary, recommend corrections (non-
Harris-installed) if necessary
Shelter free from trash and surplus material
Visible interior ring ground intact and all connections in good condition,
recommend corrections if necessary
All cable rack pieces connected with ground jumpers, troubleshoot and correct
(Harris-installed items) if necessary, recommend corrections (non-Harris-
installed) if necessary
All shelter lights operational, recommend corrections if necessary
Site entry door operating properly, recommend corrections if necessary
DEHYDRATOR Check dehydrator for excessive hours or potential line failure, repair if
necessary
UPS / Battery Plant Check functionality, troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check alarm history, troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check AC/DC voltage levels, troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check amperage levels, troubleshoot and repair if necessary
Check rectifier inputs for proper operation as notified by the battery monitors,
troubleshoot and repair if necessary
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 23 of 32
EQUIPMENT PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE TEST and INSPECTION
FIRE ALARM AND
EQUIPMENT
Check fire extinguishers in shelters for sufficiently charged condition and fire
inspection tag date, recommend corrections if necessary
GENERATOR – HARRIS
INSPECTION
Check lines for corrosion and leakage, recommend corrections if necessary
Check fuel tanks for corrosion and leaks, recommend corrections if necessary
Check condition of pads and grounding, recommend corrections if necessary
Check for alarms, recommend corrections if necessary
Check fuel and oil levels, recommend corrections if necessary
Check hours run time if excessive, recommend corrections if necessary
Check alarm indicator panel, recommend corrections if necessary
Check for rodent or pest infestation, recommend corrections if necessary
Insure battery has sufficient amperage to start generator
HVAC – HARRIS INSPECTION Check for rodent or pest infestation and treatment, recommend corrections if
necessary
Exterior unit checked for visual damager or contaminant buildup, recommend
corrections if necessary
Verify temp and humidity setting with controller, recommend corrections if
necessary
Software FX
12.0 Description of Services:
Harris' Software FX is a comprehensive software maintenance program that provides periodic
Software Updates to Harris developed software applications and system Security Updates. Software
FX is made of three (3) elements. This SOW covers system software release 10A and succeeding
versions.
12.1 The first element provides updates to Harris developed software programs. These
Software Updates are baseline tested as system level releases and provided as a
package to ensure compatibility across system infrastructure, radio components, and
programming utilities. The Software Updates include enhancements to the existing
software baseline, corrections to issues, and the ability to purchase and enable newly
developed licensed features. All software media and revised software manuals are
provided at the time of any software revisions, and are available in manual form or on-line
through Harris' Tech-Link web portal. Harris will separate corrective revisions from
enhancements; however, if new releases are necessary to provide corrections, then the
entire release (including enhancements) shall be provided.
12.2 The second element, SUMS, provides periodic security-related updates to mitigate
identified software vulnerabilities. Harris monitors governmental and open source
information databases to identify vulnerabilities applicable to the Designated System.
Updates are tested on dedicated security verification test systems to ensure proper
system operation prior to general release. Security updates may include Microsoft
security updates, Sybase, SQL, Red Hat Linux and other security-related updates that
are relevant to the Designated System. Security updates are electronically distributed to
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 24 of 32
target devices via a client - server application running within the designated system. This
application provides the full scheduling capabilities should an application restart or server
reboot be necessary to complete the update process.
12.3 The third element, Tech-Link, provides Customer access to various on-line support tools
via a secure website. Customer will receive a user ID and password allowing them
access to the secured website. In addition to providing access to Software Updates, the
secure website gives Customer 24x7x365 access to technical service memos, the
technical library, current software release notes, user documentation and answers to
frequently asked questions.
12.4 All updates shall be shipped to the Customer's Software FX contact as designated below.
At or before inception of this service, a system audit may be performed to identify the
Software Updates, Security Updates and any additional hardware necessary to bring the
software programs within Customer's Designated System up to Harris' current software
release level(s).
12.5 Optional on-site support services may be purchased by the Customer, outside of this
SOW, through Harris or Harris' authorized provider.
13.0 Harris Responsibilities:
13.1 Harris will provide Customer Software Updates, documentation updates and software
release notes.
13.2 Prior to the general release of a major system release, Harris shall make available a
system level release document announcing the impending release, and detailing its
contents and impact.
13.3 Provide Security Updates, security release notes, and installation instructions at periodic
intervals targeting bi-monthly releases. More frequent Security Update distributions may
be required to address urgent product security vulnerabilities. Security Update
distributions on other than a bi-monthly basis do not constitute a contractual default or
breach by Harris.
13.4 Provide method to deliver Security Updates to the target devices within the Customer's
Designated System via an automated client - server distribution application.
13.5 Monitor pertinent governmental, vendor, independent and open source databases for
security vulnerabilities and any subsequent resolutions that affect products provided by
Harris that are part of the Customer's Designated System.
13.6 Identify and document latest system vulnerabilities and compliance issues discovered.
Provide a status and recommendations report via Tech-Link.
13.7 Pretest the Security Updates to ensure that they do not adversely affect Harris' stated
performance of the Customer's Designated System. Testing is performed on dedicated
security verification test systems to ensure proper operation prior to general release.
13.8 Provide telephone support by Harris's Technical Assistance Center (TAC) personnel with
respect to the installation of Software Updates. Such support will be available during
Harris' normal business hours (8:00 a.m. to 5:00 p.m. Eastern Standard Time Monday
through Friday, excluding holidays) and for a period of ninety (90) days from the date the
Software Update is released to Customer. After-hours emergency support will be
available through Harris optional system maintenance services at prices then in effect.
13.9 Reassess the system configuration annually and provide revised pricing should any
significant changes, purchase of additional Equipment, be made to Customer's
Designated System(s) configuration. Harris will not make any configuration changes
unless mutually agreed to by both the City and Harris. Unless otherwise identified in this
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 25 of 32
SOW, revised pricing will be reflected in the following year's Software FX fee. If Harris's
rates for Software FX should increase, the Customer will be notified in writing of any such
increases at least one hundred twenty (120) days prior to the end of Subscriber's yearly
Software FX period then in effect.
14.0 Customer Responsibilities:
14.1 Cooperate with Harris and perform all acts that are reasonable or necessary to enable
Harris to provide the services in this SOW to Customer.
14.2 Designate a contact individual with sufficient technical expertise to be able to interact
knowledgeably with Harris' technical support personnel.
14.3 Purchase of all necessary software licenses to enable the automated distribution of
Security Updates for new and existing devices not previously licensed as part of the
original Designated System purchase.
14.4 Customer hereby delegates, grants, and assigns to Harris, acting as the Customer's
agent, all approval rights relating to the selection of vendor patches. All approvals given
to third-party vendors shall be deemed as being granted by the Customer.
14.5 Provide the below designated contact information. The below designated contact will
receive all notices and software and security updates provided under this SOW
15.0 Other Charges:
15.1 Customer may be required to have currently executed service(s)/support agreement(s)
with third-party vendor(s) separate from this SOW in order to receive certain Security
Updates. Failure to do so may limit the Customer's right to receive the third-party
software. Any charges or fees associated with the third-party vendors' service(s)/support
agreement(s) are the sole responsibility of the Customer.
16.0 Exclusions:
16.1 Any Software products released by Harris for which an earlier generation or release level
of software is not already contained within Customer's Designated System is not included
in this SOW.
Software FX with SUMS Infrastructure Installation
17.0 Harris Responsibilities:
17.1 Ensure that Customer’s Equipment continues to function at peak performance by
installing the Software Updates.
17.2 Provide Customer with a Working Hours installation schedule and approximate
Equipment outage times (if any).
17.3 Provide up to 48 hours of labor per year to install Infrastructure Software Updates (one
full work day every two months).
17.4 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
18.0 Customer Responsibilities:
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 26 of 32
18.1 Decide whether to install or not install Software Updates based on the risks and benefits
involved. This covers any Software, inclusive of third party patches.
18.2 Provide a suitable service environment (HVAC, power, illumination, grounding, internet
access).
18.3 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical, and remote access to Customer sites and
Equipment to support delivery of Services.
18.4 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
18.5 Provide Harris instant and convenient access to all Equipment, data, and power points.
18.6 Ensure Harris can perform Services in one continuous effort.
18.7 Waive Services and reimbursement for Services when access is not provided to Harris
for scheduled Services or the software installation is deemed not necessary by Harris or
Harris is unable to provide Services due to Customer responsibilities.
18.8 Pay Demand Services for additional efforts including Equipment removal, Equipment
aggregation management, delays in work, software or cable interface acquisition,
configuration or software changes, or repairs.
18.9 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
19.0 Exclusions:
19.1 Install multiple revisions of software to catch up to a more recent software release, or to
roll back to a previous software release, or any configuration changes, are not included in
this SOW.
19.2 In the event a Software Update released recommends a hardware update, those updates
of hardware, software, or services, are not included. Such update solutions will be
purchased by Customer separately, unless Customer purchased Hardware Refresh.
Hardware Refresh
20.0 Harris Responsibilities:
20.1 Provide the Customer with a Hardware Refresh which inclu des a hardware upgrade and
implementation services for the Equipment on the Equipment List at year 7 and year 12
to stay current with the Software FX major system releases.
20.2 Provide new standard features that are an integral part of the delivered hardware.
20.3 Provide for full product replacement for the following hardware as purchased and is
necessary: The list below is the typical hardware that has been identified to be replaced
at the 7 & 12 year intervals. The hardware replacement will not be restricted to only this
list. Any software updates that require new hardware to support the new software will be
supported and replaced as needed throughout this agreement.
Table 8 - Equipment Refreshed in Year 7:
Part Number Descripti
oononon
Quantity
VSVS02 VIDA Security, NSC 2
VS-CR51 Router, 3925, AC, Data 2
VS-CU5G 1-PORT, EHWIC, CU/OPTICAL GIGABIT ETHERNET 4
VS-CU5R CISCO RPS2300 W/ 2921-51 ADAPTER 2
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 27 of 32
Part Number Descripti
oononon
Quantity
VSCR21 FIREWALL, ASA5506-X W/SEC+/ANYCON-25USR 2
VS-MA7D KIT, RACKMNT, 5506 2
VS-CR32 ROUTER,1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 2
VS-CU5G 1-PORT, EHWIC, CU/OPTICAL GIGABIT ETHERNET 2
VS-CR32 ROUTER,1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION,CISCO 4
VS-MN3E KIT, MOUNTING HARDWARE,1921 ROUTER 4
VS-CU6G MODULE, CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 8
VSCU3H Switch, Cisco 2960 4
VSMA6N KIT, MTG HDWR, CISCO 2960 MASTR III/V CAB 4
VS-CR32 ROUTER,1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 4
CM-027501-100000 Switch, Alcatel,7705 SAR 6
VS-CR32 ROUTER, 1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 1
VS-MN3E KIT, MOUNTING HARDWARE,1921 ROUTER 1
VS-CU6G MODULE, CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 2
VSCU3H Switch, Cisco 2960 1
VSMA6N KIT, MTG HDWR, CISCO 2960 MASTR III/V CAB 1
VS-CR32 ROUTER, 1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 1
VS-MN3E KIT, MOUNTING HARDWARE,1921 ROUTER 1
VSCR14 Router, 2921, DC, Security, w/Ether Switch 4
VSMN2W Kit, Mnt Hrdwr,2921/2911 Router 4
VS-CU5C SWITCH, CISCO ME 3400E, DC,24-PORT 4
VSMA7B KIT, MOUNTING HARDWARE, CISCO ME3400 4
VS-CU6G MODULE, CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 4
VS-CU7A MODULE, CISCO 1000BT SFP GLC-T 8
NS-PNSD SERVER, PREMIER NSC, VMWARE 2
NM-SU3L STORAGE ARRAY NETWORK NETAPP SAN-HA 2
SC-MD7A-DC Network Sentry, IP Simulcast 1
Table 9 - Equipment Refreshed in Year 12:
Part Number Descripti
on
Quantity
A30-1564-001 PRINTER, LASERJET(TM) PRO400 COLOR, M45 2
VCM1000018505-2 PC, QUORUM 2
NM-CU5H MONITOR,19IN FLAT PANEL 2
UD-ZN4Z CONSOLE, BUNDLE, PREMIER, WIN8.1 17
UD-AB1A SPEAKER, NANO, SYMPHONY 34
UD-CU6T MONITOR, 21.5" CLASS, HIGH DEF 17
UD-AB1K CABLE, DISPLAYPORT TO DVI-D,10FT 17
UD-AB1F MOUSE, OPTICAL, USB, SCROLL WHEEL 17
UD-AB1G KEYBOARD, 104 KEY, USB, HUB 17
UD-AB1D SINGLE FOOTSWITCH, USB, SYMPHONY 17
UD-AB1B JACK BOX, 6 WIRE 34
CM-022218-3006WJ Adapter,6 Wire Jackbox to Headset 34
CM-022218-0402M KIT, GOOSENECK MIC, 12IN 17
2C-CM22218-0305 HEADSET, OVER-THE HEAD SOLID BOOM 34
MANG-NAA3E Module, DVU, UAC, Interoperability Gateway 7
SC-MD7B-DC ASSY, CONTROLLER, SITEPRO, MME W/ CABLES DC 1
MANS-CP9B Netclock, GPS Master Clock 2
EA-555027-002 Oscillator, SecureSync, Rb, Master, DC 8
VSVS02 VIDA Security, NSC 2
VS-CR51 ROUTER,3925, AC, DATA 2
VS-CU5G 1-PORT, EHWIC, CU/OPTICAL GIGABIT ETHERNET 4
VS-CU5R CISCO RPS2300 W/ 2921-51 ADAPTER 2
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 28 of 32
Part Number Descripti
on
Quantity
VSCR21 FIREWALL, ASA5506-X W/SEC+/ANYCON-25USR 2
VS-MA7D KIT, RACKMNT, 5506 2
VS-CR32 ROUTER,1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 2
VS-CU5G 1-PORT, EHWIC, CU/OPTICAL GIGABIT ETHERNET 2
VS-CR32 ROUTER,1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 4
VS-MN3E KIT, MOUNTING HARDWARE,1921 ROUTER 4
VS-CU6G MODULE, CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 8
VSCU3H Switch, Cisco 2960 4
VSMA6N KIT, MTG HDWR, CISCO 2960 MASTR III/V CAB 4
VS-CR32 ROUTER,1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 4
CM-027501-100000 Switch, Alcatel,7705 SAR 6
VS-CR32 ROUTER,1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 1
VS-MN3E KIT, MOUNTING HARDWARE,1921 ROUTER 1
VS-CU6G MODULE, CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 2
VSCU3H Switch, Cisco 2960 1
VSMA6N KIT, MTG HDWR, CISCO 2960 MASTR III/V CAB 1
VS-CR32 ROUTER,1921, AC, NO ENCRYPTION, CISCO 1
VS-MN3E KIT, MOUNTING HARDWARE,1921 ROUTER 1
VSCR14 Router,2921, DC, Security, w/Ether Switch 4
VSMN2W Kit, Mnt Hrdwr,2921/2911 Router 4
VS-CU5C SWITCH, CISCO ME 3400E, DC,24-PORT 4
VSMA7B KIT, MOUNTING HARDWARE, CISCO ME3400 4
VS-CU6G MODULE, CISCO EHWIC-4ESG 4-PORT GIG INT 4
VS-CU7A MODULE, CISCO 1000BT SFP GLC-T 8
NS-PNSD SERVER, PREMIER NSC, VMWARE 2
NM-SU3L STORAGE ARRAY NETWORK NETAPP SAN-HA 2
SC-MD7A-DC Network Sentry, IP Simulcast 1
20.4 Provide the following implementation Services during Working Hours:
20.4.1 Review Software FX Software Update, release notes, and system data as
needed to discuss with Customer.
20.4.2 Complete a Hardware Refresh project plan, including Software FX impacts,
Equipment requirements, replacement or modification plan of Equipment, Harris
and Customer resources needed, installation plan, and potential impacts to the
system and its users.
20.4.3 Identify additional equipment or services outside the scope of this SOW and
provide quote to the Customer, if applicable.
20.4.4 Provide the required project management support to perform the Hardware
Refresh.
20.4.5 Provide the required design engineering labor to perform the Hardware Refresh.
20.4.6 Provide the required staging labor and shipping to the Customer to perform the
Hardware Refresh.
20.4.7 Provide the required field installation labor to perform the Hardware Refre sh.
20.4.8 Provide the required field engineering labor to perform the Hardware Refresh.
21.0 Customer Responsibilities:
21.1 Concurrent enrollment in Harris Software FX for the entire term of this SOW.
21.2 Initiate start of Services and work to a mutually agreeable schedule to perform the SOW.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 29 of 32
21.3 Provide Harris with a single point of contact that will coordinate with all impacted
agencies for the SOW, will notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the
Equipment or Services, and will arrange for Harris to have unlimited, safe, physical and
virtual private network access to sites and Equipment to perform the SOW.
21.4 Keep the system current and compliant with all regulatory agency, manufacturer’s
agreements, manuals, and licenses.
21.5 Receive title of all Equipment upon shipment by Harris, store properly, and make
available for use during the SOW. Return all replaced equipment to the Harris Lynchburg
facility at Customer’s expense within one hundred eighty (180) days after the Hardware
Refresh Equipment is shipped to the Customer.
21.6 Procure additional resources at its expense should the Hardware Refresh require
resources other than those listed in this SOW or to provide functionality to devices
beyond this SOW .
21.7 Cooperate and complete all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to perform the
SOW.
22.0 Additional Conditions:
22.1 Hardware Refresh only includes Services needed for Software FX Software Updates
within the 10X platform for the Equipment on the Equipment List, and does not include
Services for defects not corrected by Software FX, or virus prevention or attacks, or
configuration changes not required by the change in Equipment, or improper or custom
system configurations, use, hardware, software, or features. Additional hardware,
software, permissions, functionality, or services required by this SOW or beyond this
SOW will be procured by the Customer.
22.2 Hardware Refresh does not include system expansions, frequency or configuration
changes, changes from industry standards or certification bodies (such as P25, LTE,
ISO, UL, 3GPP, etc.), or the addition of features or functionality that are not part of the
base equipment upgrade as determined and delivered by Harris within the 10X platform.
This SOW will automatically terminate if Harris no longer supports the system technology
or discontinues the Hardware Refresh program.
22.3 Terminal Services are excluded from the Hardware Refresh SOW.
Local Terminal Support
23.0 Harris Responsibilities:
23.1 Provide trained, experienced, City vetted, and qualified technicians for the Services.
23.2 Equip technicians with the required tools, test, network, and computer equipment needed
to troubleshoot and repair the Equipment. Test equipment requiring annual calibration
will have affixed at all times, calibration stickers showing the expiration date of the
calibration or the date next calibration is due.
23.3 Perform an operational check to identify issues at the local Harris service office during
Working Hours within two (2) business days from receipt of Terminals.
23.3.1 At Harris’ option, replace with Spare Parts and perform testing to verify proper
operation.
23.3.2 If the Terminal can be repaired without opening the case, the Terminal will be
repaired and returned to Customer.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 30 of 32
23.3.3 If the issue would require opening the Terminal case, repair time may be
extended as the terminal may need to be returned to the factory for repair.
23.4 Remove and replace vehicle Terminals as needed to provide the Services described in
this SOW.
23.5 Provide quote to Customer for Demand Services repairs, if applicable.
23.6 Provide Customer with a Summary Report.
24.0 Customer Responsibilities:
24.1 Provide the following information when initiating a service request:
24.1.1 Problem description and location where it occurred.
24.1.2 Information regarding Group ID, Unit ID and functionality impacted.
24.1.3 Provide contact information on user reporting issue, location of user reporting
issue, and time experienced.
24.1.4 Other pertinent information requested by Harris.
24.2 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and electronic access to Customer Equipment to
support delivery of service.
24.3 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
24.4 Perform recommended preventive maintenance, software and hardware updates.
24.5 Within five (5) business days from receipt of Demand Services quote, approve additional
charges for Demand Services repairs or disapprove Demand Services repairs and pay
the evaluation fee of the repair facility used.
24.6 Maintain and supply sufficient Spare Parts in an environmentally controlled and easily
accessible location in order for Harris to provide Services.
24.7 Cooperate with Harris to provide the Services described in this SOW. In the event that
Customer does not maintain sufficient Spare Parts to replace the failed Equipment while
the failed Equipment is under repair and Customer desires a more rapid repair, Customer
is to provide Harris a method to pay for expedited repair service or the procurement of an
additional spare parts. In the event the Spare Parts list provided by Harris is not
sufficient, Harris will provide the necessary spare parts to properly maintain the system
according to all the service levels in this agreement.
25.0 Additional Conditions:
25.1 This SOW includes service on physically connected Harris microphones and mobile
control heads.
25.2 This SOW excludes repairs to accessories, external mobile speakers, antennas,
batteries, battery chargers, power or antenna cables, and power supplies.
Customer’s Location Terminal Pick Up and Delivery
26.0 Harris Responsibilities:
26.1 Pick up and deliver Terminals as needed at one location once per week for the first 1,000
Terminals, and one additional trip per week for every 1,000 Terminals sold thereafter,
with exact dates, times, and locations to be mutually agreed one week in advance.
26.2 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 31 of 32
27.0 Customer Responsibilities:
27.1 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical and remote access to Customer sites and
Equipment to support delivery of Service.
27.2 Provide Equipment collected in two (2) location.
27.3 Waive Services and reimbursement for Services when access is not provided to Harris
for scheduled Services or Harris is unable to provide Services due to Customer not
meeting their responsibilities or events beyond Harris control.
27.4 Pay Demand Services for additional Services not listed in this SOW including Equipment
removal, Equipment aggregation management, delays in work, software or cable
interface acquisition, configuration or software changes, or repairs .
27.5 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
28.0 Additional Conditions:
28.1 Customer is responsible to ensure that all necessary clearances, escorts, ID cards,
network access requirements including custom software or security credentials, or other
special requirements have been provided to Harris in advance to allow technicians
prompt access to any Equipment requiring service that may be located in a secured or
limited access area under Customer’s control.
Software FX with SUMS Terminal Installation
29.0 Harris Responsibilities:
29.1 Ensure that Customer’s Equipment continues to function at peak performance by
installing the Software Updates.
29.2 Provide Customer with a Working Hours installation schedule and approximate
Equipment outage times (if any).
29.3 Harris will provide up to 0.5 hours of labor per terminal per year to instal l all software.
29.4 Provide Customer a Summary Report.
30.0 Customer Responsibilities:
30.1 Decide whether to install or not install Software Updates based on the risks and benefits
involved.
30.2 Provide a suitable service environment (HVAC, power, illumination, grounding, internet
access).
30.3 Provide Harris unlimited, safe, physical, and remote access to Customer sites and
Equipment to support delivery of Services.
30.4 Notify Harris when there is any activity that impacts the system, Equipment, or Services.
30.5 Provide Harris instant and convenient access to all Equipment, data, and power points.
30.6 Provide Equipment collected in two (2) location.
MAINTENANCE AGREEMENT
Maintenance Agreement Page 32 of 32
30.7 Waive Services and reimbursement for Services when access is not provided to Harris
for scheduled Services or the software installation is deemed not necessary by Harris or
Harris is unable to provide Services due to Customer responsibilities.
30.8 Pay Demand Services for additional efforts including Equipment removal, Equipment
aggregation management, delays in work, software or cable interface acquisition,
configuration or software changes, or repairs.
30.9 Cooperate with Harris and perform all efforts that are necessary to enable Harris to
provide the Services to Customer.
31.0 Exclusions:
31.1 The initial installation or configuration of an y software, or to install multiple revisions of
software to catch up to a more recent software release, or to roll back to a previous
software release, or any configuration changes, are not included in this SOW. This does
not apply under any conditions that the reasons for passing up a release or roll back a
release was determined to be Harris related.
City of Miami Beach, Florida Contract No.
RFP592382
35
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System Rev. 4/4/17
EXHIBIT F
City of Miami Beach Request for Proposal
Incorporated by Reference
City of Miami Beach, Florida Contract No.
RFP592382
36
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System Rev. 4/4/17
EXHIBIT G
Harris Proposal
Incorporated by Reference
City of Miami Beach, Florida Contract No.
RFP592382
37
800MHz P25 Digital Trunked Simulcast Network System Rev. 4/4/17
EXHIBIT H
Contractor’s Insurance Certificate